Professional Documents
Culture Documents
SEP I8ti0
ivision. .....,
Section
No, ..
sec
^
2011
witii
funding from
http://www.archive.org/details/appealforhinduadOOward
Rev.
F.
DeV/.
WARD,
D. D.,
GENES EO.
N. Y.
ADDRESSED TO
RESIDING IN INDIA.
"It
is
the duty of every Christian in India to act the part of a Missionary to the Heaare around him."
then
who
Bishop of Madras.
it
"India
idolatry
is
new link
in
might be converted by England. It ia c bjiiby our religion. Every convert we make from the chain which binds Hindustan to Britain."
might be
blessed
Rev.
J.
A. James, of Birmingham.
MADRAS:
AMERICAN MISSION PRESS.
1845.
Extract of a Letter
from a
another in Calcutta.
"We have a high commission whether as servants of the British Government, to support the majesty of its name, by the uprightness of all our decrees or as the sei"vants and children of a still higher Power, to work each to the utmost of his abilities, to the fullest extent of his influence, be \i personal and springing from high moral attributes, or official and lent by his position in the world, for the good of his feUow-servants and brother-men."
;
On
lege,
at the
the
year
1843,
the
honorable
Chairman
forget,
paragraphs.
"Never
life
young gentlemen,
ought to be the
the
in
India
Never let this thought be for a moment absent from your minds. Above all, remember that all good service must be founded on good inoral and religibenefit
of
its
ous principles.
the
Remember,
also, that
we have
all
to answer for
at
manner
be a
in
a higher
tribunal,
shall
The high
added
aside
authority
to their
own
intrinsic truth
who
is
Company
They
are pledged to
whom
he was addressing.
We
at
and accommo-
such a time.
as light
liant
Would that they were printed in letters briland placed where the eye of each Briton, each
Had
these
principles
held
that
place in the memories, and exerted that control over the con-
duct of the rulers of India, from the days of Lord Clive to the
present hour, that they should have done, what happy effects
vi^ould
have followed
But
it
is
sullenly to
mourn over
the past.
The
evil that
We
and with
those
now
To those the following thoughts are respectfully May they receive the attention that the subject, at
justly
addressed.
least,
most
demands
position of a Christian while dwelling in a heathen
is full
The
munity
com-
The danger
is
tracea-
human
"Vice is a monster of so horrid mien, That to be hated needs but to be seen But seen too oft, familiar with its face,
We
Such
ciation
is
first
endure, then
pitij,
then embrace."
the natural
vice
with the
the
emotions of
deep loathing and deeper sorrow that whelm the soul at the first sight of the symbols and ceremonies of idol-worship, there interpose not an energy equally powerful with that which preserved unharmed the three faithful Israelites amid the flames of
the furnace,
third,
we may
rest assured
most
fatal process,
attachment
first
is
or at least indifference
This
is
no
idle
dreaming.
There
danger.
Of
this
we should be
which
w^ill
we seek
that grace
for-
in
the city
of Athens.
His position
his
is
He
is
has
it
in
power
to
do much
emphasis,
good or
a
much harm.
on a
He
marked
v.ill
person
with
"city set
hill."
neighbours cannot
or will
deportment, while from these they form their opinion of the religion he professes.
visible representation
He
is
a personification of Christianity, a
He may
is
prefer
it
should be otherwise.
He may
urge that
it
faults that
may
this
nature,
There may be much truth in founded deep in our common speak louder than words;'''' and though the
professors.
is
my
religion,
look at
tion
Who How
to his posi-
first
community
There
and so deeply
page may be
of address
felt
life.
The
is
printed
illegible,
a foreign language
feelings,
may
but here
mode
common
study,
to
all.
It is
no previous
tian holding
no vocal expression.
Such a commentary on
is
the principles
up
and by
it
he
is
duty,
is
required of a Christian
called
when dwelling
It
in a
heathen
land.
H'e
is
upon
I
is
to be actively useful.
becomes every
"Why am
detained on earth?
am an
There
my
My
treasure and
my
heart
is
there,
And my
eternal
home.
its
Why am
vileges
pri-
and blessedness?"
reason
that he
may
be useful.
The world
is
to be converted instru-
and restored
to original holiness
upon
that
the community of disciples rests upon each individual of community to the extent of his ability; hence the command,
say, Come.'*''
should
an individual, has something to do, someway of active effort, personal usefulness; and he should possess his mind with the deep and ever present conviction that the leading object of his detention on earth, is to allow him time But there is another question that calls for to he thus useful.
feel that he, as
thing in the
is
address-
ed
"Why
are
you compelled
say, for
Compelled, we
at
were
once hasten away from a view of scenes and objects so loathas those
some
you are
daily
compelled to witness.
it
If
it
it
is
we take
is,)
you are
has he
And why
The
Bible answers:
You
may
this,
talk of "livelihood,"
"no
situation at
home," and
events,
the like;
but most assuredly the Disposer of events has a higher object than
in the
disposition
of your
lot.
All
national
or
We
answer, at home, in
Has
why you
are
obliged
it
may
number?
design in
There
is
and
if
we
number of
may be brought
Here
an assemblage
of persons placed, for the time, in your charge; and the same
voice that says to the Christian parent, " Train up your child in
the tony he should
go,'*''
just
alone
your
before him
if sick,
you provide
for
if in
sorrow, you
in these
w-ith-
In meeting
his wants,
and
respects,
it
you
feel
that
regard
as
is
him what
immortal
in
and equal."
?
no other
and
that his
unending existence
of just
to be passed
heaven or in
hell
among the
men made
per-
fect," or in that
abode where
"My
Do
thus
when you
visit
them
at their sick
Are you silent then, or do you not call to your aid an interpreter and communicate through him your wishes and advice ? Again, if you can do little yourself, may it
upon you
for business?
is
preached
in the Native
What
if
Chris-
this
com-se!
We
know
truth
once
all that
would be
regular
become acquainted
is
Him "whom
hear
to
life
eternal."
a
Sometimes,
too,
they
would
the
from
Native
fail
and
partially at least
remember.
But, you continue, "If I do advise them they iciU not go.'^
AVith
all respect we would ask, Have you ever, with affectionate and hearty earnestness, made the trial? Did you ever call your servants around you, and with a manner and tone that com-
8
pelled
that
sincere,
say to
them,
"You
know
to
as
it
circumstances.
relieve
You
But
feel
can bear
me
witness that
am
ever ready
difficulty
possibly
that
do
which
for
your
it
souls.
open my
and read
thus:
'Without
faith
is
holiness
no man
It is
see I cannot
imminent.
my
'heart's desire
I
may
I
be saved.'
Could
by
my
I
tears
would withhold
to
neither.
But
much
you
in
a language that
is
preached
in
your
own
language.
It is
my
said that,
salvation.
may be
the
means of your
this
any longer."
Can a
and yet they give no heed to his word? We cannot believe it! But before you say that there is no use in making the effort we urge you to try. It is worth the time, worth the trouble. God's glory and an immortal soul are the motives. O, make
the single trial!
But,
it
will
be
to
please me."
Who
its
Deduct from
the audiences
usually frequenting
house of
God
all
except those
come
to worship
Him
But does
verted child
jifo
at
the
it
is
wont
to
be made?
nor
ought
you
your servants.
But, you again urge, "/ donH wish to trench upon their conWe are aware that some Christians do scientious scruples."
not consider
it
right to
will
not
We
are not
Of that we say in this place now mging compulsion, but advice and
9
will
Use
these means,
and
it
may
be that they
have
this advice,
time to give to
my
to
servants,'''' is
an objection
the follow-
We
If
it
commend
certain
their attention
doing
arises
not from
but from
some
some who do attend to this department of Chrisand yet it would be difficult to show that their public engagements are at all less numerous or less urgent than
instances of
effort,
tian
those
that
who
plead
this
apology.
is
time given
sell
No, but
to
"do good aa
the Judge,
"Why
of your servants?"
it,
AVill
to say,
"Lord,
But waiving
do someiliing,
objections,
may we
entreat
Christian masters,
and supposing
earnestly
that
may we
way
you
to
do
it
now.
Members
and not
They
Can you
feel for
believe this
them?
to save them.
of their danger.
Point
them
the
away the sin of ihe world. Counsel them to flee to Him who "came to seek and save that which was lost." Do this and your labour will not be in vain in the
that taketh
Lamb
God
Lord.
You
will
will
at
least
perhaps you
in the
Do
it
not,
and
knew
means of his ruin. "I was in your house and you were a Christian, but you never taught me what Christianity was I used to see you pray, but you never told
that
;
me how
to pray
call
the
members of your
join in worshipI
me
used
10
to see
me one
for ever
remain in torments."
Bible truth.
ticism.
With a
heart weighed
God and
the value of
the soul, to coimder the spiritual ivants of your servants, and make
But though
it
it is
to stop there.
God under
small
compared with
the multitude to
There are
the nation.
They
are the
hope of
What
character would
it
what encouragement
what impulse
visit
to the missionary
who
to teachers
and
pupils,
them.
An
We
give
we
trust
you now
exhibitions.
Do
let
ing themselves in which you might give one or a few away with
We
surely
do not
now
a single chapter of the Bible or a small Tract has not unfrequently arrested attention, awakened inquiry, and led the soul
to the cross of Christ for salvation.
The needy
wants of the
accompany
your pecuniary
soul,
and
How
great
the
facilities
by
ladies
and especially
11
No
how much
This
is
Who
Ayah,''''
little
by Mrs. Sherwood.
What
one case may be in others. How happy the effects of such instruction accompanied with appropriate examHeaven's blessing will not ple upon the children of the family.
accomplished
in
your
aid, forget
not the
streets
of our larger
advanced
not
in life
and
at
and seemed
to
understand in any
and
offices
of Jesus Christ.
cities
But
were the
it
Sahbath-school, or a Bible-class.
of
Can you allow such an opgood to remain misimproved? We are in some of the large towns of the Presiis
who need the instruction there imwho would not come if invited, but because there are
to collect
Is this as
it
should
and attachpreached."
ment
This
to
is
Him who
is
commands
gies of
in
we
Our appeal
addressed to those
who
are.
May
it
not be
in vain.
12
with
the
means of
leaving a
We
know
often
far as
a gentleman in the department of Engineers who is accompanied on his tours by a missionary, thus fulfilling so
owes
to his
Sovereign.
As
to
pecuniary
aid
in
sustaining Christian
missions,
and
we need say but little. This is a most important and necessary method of doing good. We Increasingly large sums rejoice that it is heeded by so many.
other institutions of benevolence,
are given yearly by British Christians towards the spread of the
We
The
question has
in
day''s salary
among
way
into the
the Natives; and whether if that l/365th amount would not far exceed all that now funds of Missionary and Bible and Tract
in
India.
We
suggest the
question.
May
it
be seriously considered.
are privileged to
We
know
methods of
still
doing-
good we have now stated have been and some, and that with the most satisfactory
time since we met a Native Christian
are
pursued by
results.
But a short
from a genCases
who
tleman he served
in
boyhood.
Nor
is
might be named of Christian masters who daily pray not for Delightful scene! remindtheir domestics alone but with them.
ing one of the noble declaration of the Prince of Israel, "as
for 7ne
still
and
iny
home we
will
A.
larger
number
employ a Native catechist or reader, who visits the family An weekly, and conducts religious service with the domestics.
excellent
ever, with
and
all
commendable arrangement.
respect,
We
would how-
presence
will
13
regular attendance
more
of
all
that they
in the
or
explained, a
more
certain place
to
whom
But we must
and we do
it
with an historical
illustration.
in Ireland in 1S32,
when
an ecclesiastic
of the people.
been lighted by
fire
from heaven.
in-
Pieces of
it
man
should go to his
kindle
that so
long as the
But one
lighting
man
fire
after
own
piece of the
who was
it
without
it;
and thus
district.
in
spread from
Now
what was
in
this case
It
is
mere imposture
is
in
the
But ought
it
so to be?
to
own
that in
your case
is
so?
When
the
to the
once
feel a desire
the
same?
Can we
suppose that he
gated associates
structing
the
work
to
Moses and
And will you lay the whole burden of in? and warning the Pagan, and the Mohammedan, and
the
upon the minister, the missionary ? And number of conversions be few, will you ascribe it to some
?
of the gospel
upon
one
with
of
its
disciples;
"Whatsoever
hand findeth
in
to do,
do
''
it
thy might."
"Son, go
work to-day
my
vineyard."
Let him
Come."
"He
that hath
my
v.ord
let
him speak
14
my word
ed as
if
Each
Christian
is
singled out
When
Christians
were
throughout the
gospel.''^
Who?
Not
we
We
do not urge
that private
members of
upon
public preacher.
By no means.
But there
an important
Personal service
is
re-
we could educate
and
freight the
and buy the services of ten thousand more, word of life to a score of nations, and thus by
if
there be
still
our
to
whom we can by the use of the means placed at command exercise a sanctifying control, we must account
for the use
God
we make of
good
to our fellow-men,
King?
What, within
the circle
What, among the youth of the congregation wliere you worship? What, among the gay, the worldly, the thoughtNothing? Then less of the city or town in which you dwell?
domestics?
are you \that you profess to be?
you
that
was
Oh
and dangerous sentiment that you can be good, and As well might you think that there can be a sun not do good. Doing good to others in the heavens and that sun not shine.
scriptural
is,
most
God
wants your
heart
as a
but with
it
Emanuel
to the restored
home
tell
to
thy friends
(thy household,
thy acquaintances)
for
and
is
you."
God
The
souls
()p])ortu-
15
command.
Let these
considerations engage
your attention.
suggest produce
tlieir
mation of your plans and the pursuance of your daily engageBe faithful to your God, faithful to yourselves, that ments.
when you
enter the
new
Jerusalem, you
may
find
some ignorant
and debased heathen who, through your example, your word of counsel, and your prayers, shall have been led to a participation in
its
eternal glories.
to some work of high and holy love, thou an angel's happiness shalt know
Rouse
And
The good begun by thee shall onward flow In many a branching stream and river grow The seed, that, in these few and fleeting hours
sow.
company
of travellers, destitute
For
to
moisten their
parched
they tod
lips
but
now
their stock
is
quite
exhausted.
Onwards
hope of finding a refreshing spring. But the unclouded sun above, and the burning sands beneath, render some of them unable to proceed they lie down never to rise again. The rest agree to separate, and to take diflerent directions, in the
for a time, in the
hope of multiplying their chances of discovering water. After long wandering in this almost forlorn pursuit, one of them finds himself on the margin of a stream. Slaking his enraged thirst, he
Looking around and and shouts He communicates to him, with all his returning strength, to come. the reviving signal to another still furtlier oflf^ and he to a third,
immediately thinks of
his
fellow-travellers.
lifts
up
his voice,
till
the very extremities of the desert ring with the cheering call
to
come.
"Brethren, that desert
is
world
those
that
it
by
feUow-men;
of
it,
was
his
church;
church,
his
every
to
member
or
indirectly, is to
lift
up
voice
divine
while the Spirit of Christ, speaking through them, gives the caU effect. Every one that hears the call is to transmit it further still, till it has reached the very last of humaninvitation to come;
welcome sound."
JANUARY,
1844.
No.
8.
Dear Brethren-, In compliance with your kind request, and in answer to the expressed wislics of otliers wlio were present on the occasion, I send to you, for insertion in the "Instructor," the Historical and Statistical parts of my Address recently delivered at the Scotch Kirk. The article is prepared with great care as to accuracy of statements the information having been generously
,
have corresponded, and gathered from the last Reports of the several societies whose agents occupy this part of the missionary field. It may be thought tliat the picture is too bright. My object has been to say all that truth will allow of an encouraging nature. If any individual be disposed to hold up to public view the other and darker side, no
afforded
by
friends witli
whom
can only wish that your readers may be as much have been with collating and reeoi-ding these proofs of God's merciful interposition in behalf of this idolatrous nation. If that object be secured, neither their time nor my labour will have been expended in
vain.
Yours
truly,
F. D. \\.
Waku.
ON MISSIONARY EN'COURAGEMENTS
The
Historical
IN
SOUTHERN
INDIA.
and
F.
D.
A.
AJIKRICAN MISSIONARY.
Had
selected as the
theme of
discussion
would be comparatively light- Did I suppose would be for general interest, or practical benefit, to hold up your view the dark rather than the bright side of the picture
No.
8.
to
b3
QQ V
to
ON MISSIONARY ENCOURAGEMENTS
on the
than the
to
January
dwell
c?<.9couraging
ratlier
encouraging
be able
to
an exercise like
effort in
ments and
at all
painfully true
That the picture has a dark side is but too and I am far from saying that its presentation is times undesirable and injurious. It is a truth to which
facts;
we cannot
ed
efforts
close
idols,
and superstitious
rites
it is
and ceremonies,
in Jesus."
But
mean
but
rvill
to place the
human
to
in
opposition
to the
Divine pos-
sibility,
we understand him
not
mean
that
man
cannot and
God
convert
,
the Hindus,
and that
is
hopeless
doomed
is
to feel
!
conclusion
not
!
But
is it
tme
We
believe
He
still
careth for
He
and that as
dews
shall
of His grace
and
solitary
place
rose."
That our
may
be strengthened,
is
now
of
Let us
prospects.
ascertain also
what views
their
themselves of
present
and
future
IN
SOUTHERN
INDIA.
395
While thus journeying, it may be well for us to keep before our minds two important consideral'wus. The first of \vhich is, that Christianity, in its aggressive movements upon the Hindus of this Presidency, has obstacles to contend with of an extraordiI mean such as it has not been called upon to nary character
*,
it
These
are, the
errors in theology,
Christianity-
of
of these,
%yhile Christianity in
advantage in the protection of an enlightened Christian government, as also the general countenance of those who occupy positions of influence and power, it has disadvantages in tl)e
several points
it
South Sea, in Africa, in the West Indies, or among the tribes of Slower progress, in view of these the North American Indians.
must be looked for here than in those lauds. And us remember that the' Spirit of the Lord, to whose regenerating and sanctifying influences we are indebted for all the good that ever has been or ever can be eff'ected, acts, as a
obstacles,
let
again
general
truth as
rule,
it
through that
divinely
appointed
is
truth withheld, the prospect darkens, "iMy people perish for lack
of knowledge"
truth-"
word is making progress, gaining a lodgement in the minds and memories of the people, hope revives, failh strengthens, and the ear is open with ardent expectation to hear the sigh of the convicted and the song of
On
see truth
is
we do
much may fall by the way-side, or on the rock, or among thorns, 3et we confidently believe that a few grains at least, and it may be that many, will
but where that seed
broad-cast, though
fall
Having gone
at
on good ground and bring forth fruit. forth on our tour of observation, we arrive
vacant, excepted) in Southern India.
first
is
now almost
This mission
was established by the Rev. C- F- Schwartz in the year 1773. During fifty years its limits were very extensive, reaching even to
396
Tinnevelly.
January
But these
to
out-stations
and
be considered alone.
Here
Ave
find
the oldest
European, and the oldest Native ministers in Southern India the Rev- J- II. Kohlhoff, now in his 82d year, and tlic Rev.
in the
94th
find
we
seminary for the training of Native catechists and schoolmasters an orphan school for Native Christian children, 120 in num-
ber
three
has ten
the
second, four
eight
the
under
3,261.
fifth,
the
the
third, twelve
thj'ee
sixth,
most
total
the
fourth, eight
of which are
now
souls
efficient
superintendence.
The
number of
who
are baptized,
The
recent arrangement
whereby
difi^erent villages
amounts to and
who
midst (as
is
Tanjore
Discouragements
Christ
is
are felt and expressed, while at the same time, in the language of
city,
"the
kingdom of
for a little
time at Negapa-
Here we
a
find
devoted to
lish
variety
;
of duties
Engthe
six
languages
15
youths in
usefulness
in
church
the
an
;
same
institution
having
in
already
the
furnished
Native young
mission
men who
girls'
are
now
employment of the
1
Brahmins
a Native
2 of
whom whom
are
are
IN
SOUTHERN
INDIA.
397
villages,
assistant.
Mcmargoody and Meliialtam we find a missionary who will point us to 12 schools under his direction, containing ahout 425 pupils, who attend upon the means of instruction with gratifying punctuality and diligence.
Calling at
of the same denomination
He
without good
effect
him
this significant
its
which the word of and not upon some ;" and finally we shall hear from "when land is first brought under language
",
cultivation
produce
it
may
be but
little,
tion prepares
for yielding
a greater increase
present
visible
success
may
means employed
way
more
efi^ective cultivation."
Passing farther south we come to Trichinopoly- Here Ave meet with a missionary of the "Gospel Propagation Society,"
who
250
that two services in Tamil are held on Sundays, arid two on week days ; that the attendance on Sabbath mornings is on an average 185, and the number of communicants 50 and that he is happy in being able to say that he
adults and 127 children
; ;
has received
the
much encouragement
its
in his ministrations
among
some
members
there being
who
are not to
Soon
lous
we
and
Madiera-
Here
Ave
Avill
make a
AA'as
brief pause.
Ten
At
the
and its promulgators, that Avhen the senior member of the American Mission, soon after his arrival
in the city of
Madura
in
flee to
For a consideraAA'as
the opposition,
and
so
398
ON MISSIONARY ENCOURAGEMENTS
induced the
hoped
to
where on the occasion mentioned the missionary Avas silenced and driven by the mob to his dwelling, I have seen assembled at one time 1,000 pupils under the daily care of the same missionary,
an
and the most respectable and influential Natives of the city. Without dwelling upon facts Avhich passed under my own observation while a member of that mission, I would notice its There are five large present state as given in the last report. stations connected with the American Mission, and three stations (one only occupied by an English missionary) connected with At the five stations there are erected comthe S. p. G. F. p. modious and neat edifices for religious worship. There are
under instruction.
In
tlie
Day
Schools,
_ _ 85 Free Tamil Boys' Schools, 7 do. do. Girls' do. Of those who can read and are daily studying and committing to memory the Bible,
There are about 80 members in all the churches. A letter I have lately received from an esteemed friend at Dindigul contains this statement " On an average there have been during the past six years 20 schools and 500 scholars- Our
;
now
contain 80 more,
;
who
are under
it
and of
all
these
may
be affirmed that they have at least the leading facts and docGranting that trines of Christianity lodged in their memories.
our schools retain their scholars but three years, then here are
1
,000
IN
SOUTHERN
INIiU.
399
Gospel which
believe
;
is the power of God unto salvation to all that and however this may be buried up in the rubbish and obscured by the gross darkness of heathenism, yet simply looking at these facts, and remembering the Divine assurance, that the word of God shall not return void, I see ample room for en-
couragement."
at
Sivagunga says,
"Five years since, as I passed through, this place I could not get a boy to come near enough to receive a tract or even a small copper coin. Xow we have 250 who come to our house to be
examined in
their studies,
girls,
from heathen families, have been admitted into the free schools."
interesting district of
Leaving Sladura we next enter the well known and deeply Tinnevelhjt a section of country cele-
won
some bright trophies, and as being the residence of one of the ablest and most devoted and most successful of modern missionaries. To name him were unnecessary. The means set on foot by that devoted labourer, and his colleagues, were
eminently blessed even
in
their
day
who have
office.
The
missions in the
now
C,
M.
Society,
and the
S.
P. G. F. P.
are eight,
and of the
latter five.
as I can obtain
them
are as follows
Baptized persons,
______
_ -
44^
12,000
Number
Yo\xi\i
of Schools,
180
6,000
There are
many thousands
and preparation
for the
of these
that
all
the
number
is
minded
is
were
to
but
it
ly
and injurious
to
400
tion has
ON MISSIONARY ENCOURAGEMENTS
is
still
lately passed
those station8,remarked to
some weeks, surveying carefully me but a few days since, that "language
blessed change there
in
is
hardly describe
is
tlie
progress.
Heathenism
ly near
lized."
apparent-
when
be evange-
where we
to exclaim,
shall hear
Missionary Society accounts that will rejoice our hearts and constrain
113
''tvliat
ii'onders
have
lips of
mem-
at
one who for twenty years has not been any one time more than 100 miles from his station glowing accounts of the changes that have transpired since he was first
Where
all
was a waste
Lord with many trees of Jehovah's planting, bearing plentiful and rich fruit. At Nagercoil we shall be informed that there are under the diwilderness,
are to be seen gardens of the
rection of the missionaries of the
now
Congregations,
Villages,
Families,
Individuals,
Church Members,
Members
Scholars,
of Bible Classes,
London Missionary
Society,
The
much encouraged
their work-
IMuch attention
visits
is
and regular
allowed
to
to the village
increase of intelligent
and
Had we we should
pie,
IN sol'TIli'KX INDIA.
401
em-
tiutli.
Turning our faces northward we at length reach Coiinhatore where we find two missionaries of the L. M. Society labouring
abundantly in preaching, in schools containing 7^3 scholars,
and
in extensive itineracy;
23 members*
'many
of
whom
Connected with this centre station which Native teachers are placed, and from
which
truth, as
in the Bible
and
and wide.
ing, as
Day
Schools,
800 pupils; and, though meeting with no little to try his patience and exercise his faith, faint yet pi/ntiing. In a letter lately received from him he uses the fcllov.'ing language, "In
this place
there are
some,
am
thankful to say,
who
life.
love the
Lord
in sincerit}-;
who
way
Some
of
my
in connection
with
my
try
church
hard to
They
among
us.
The
Orphan Boarding Schools give every pice they They have made a obtain, voluntarily to the above Societies. great effort to send a donation to China, for which purpose they
had determined to give up their breakfast every morning, which hoMever we reduced to once a week to prevent their injuring
their health."
The
last places,
we
Cumhaconiau,
which lie in the direct route to Tanjore, but were passed by on our downward tour as we wished to At Comharonum wc find two call first at the oldest station.
devoted missionaries
omit details as
No.
8.
one
Pro-
London Jlissiuiuu y Society- I must former and only rcniaik of Ibe latter, that
f ;<
402
Le presents
iiun,
ON MISSIONARY ENCOURAGEMENTS
to us
and
congresiu-
of
liis stall
Bazaar and
street preflt7^^wg
is
which
is
preaching which
of interest.
At Maijavcram
Ave find
an agent of
church, containing twenty communicants and forty baptized persons, five schools, connected with wliith are
pupils.
At
Ciiddalure
we meet with
a missionary
Societ}',
in care of
John David
Pillay, formerly
The attendance
There
is
an average attendance of
thirty children.
Having returned
progress.
to the city of
our residence,
it
may
is
not be
here in
by the missionaries of
six societies
communicants
Native young
is
three
hundred and
seven
Through the
ly
Tracts distributed
by catechists and
through the Gospel declared from the pulpit on the Sabbath and
A'ast
other occasions, a
amount of
truth
is
Native mind
been crranted
IN
SOUTHERX
INDIA.
40S
We iiave thus visited 20 missionary fields- VTe meet with 50 European missionaries, not far from 800 schools, contaiuing not
less
Christ,
many
of
whom
God
our Saviour."
and Christian books are gaining an extensive circulation, by whose pages and by the voice of the living teacher. truth, which through the Spirit is mighty to the pulling down of the strongholds of error and sin, is going forth conquering and
Scriptures
to
The
conquer
Had we
we
Nellore,
should find
Bangalore,
and Bellary, where missionaries of several societies are vigorously employed in disseminating Divine truth. This, however, we cannot for want of time do, and besides this we contemplated a view of Tamil missions only.
What
but
our minds?
to say,
bow many
and devoted
Redeemer?"
it
I reply,
minded many^
Of many
name
to live
Ye
the
But making
list is still
to
day
and bring
forth
fruits
meet for repentance- Every missionai-y can point to a few and some to many, who feel the obligation to ^''glorij'i/ God in their bodies and their spirits."
They have not the energy, the enterprise, the boldness of a European and why ? not, as a matter of course, because their
to the
Hindu, and
it
traits that
we
all
Making
to constrain us to labour
It
is
and
praj' in hope.
number of
that
Presidency
population
so small,
It
is
crowded
to
a source of regret
404
coinmunk'ate religious
ON
Mi)R,U- KVIUE.NCE.
trutli
to the
peojile in
their OAvn
tongue
It is a
so
many
are
anay com-
God.
ence,
It is a source of
is still
withering influto
in the
be
free men in
Christ., are in
bondage
to
AVhen we con-
we grieve, we mourn.
when we compare Southern India now, with its state thirty 3-ears when we contemplate the interest felt in its behalf by the when we view the Christians of Great Britain and America when vve consider the array of means now in efficient operation change of feeling and action in many of those who are in the high places of power and influence, when these things gain our attention, the prospect brightens, hope revives; and while we pray ''Lord, revive thij work" Ave confidently await His speedy "Even so, appearance, who is "God over all, blessed forever."
ago
; ;
!"
ELLIS' CURAL,
ABRIDGED.
<oT
^
^p
(S\
(sri)
(^
nf)
orr.
LJ
fr
&i
ON
VIRTUE.
I.
CHAPTER
auajGirsuDrif^Si
The
Praise of God.
^ssrQp^eoOeucip^O^^eOiTixir^
As ranked in every alphabet the The selfsame vowel stands, so in The eternal God is chief
,s
first,
all
worlds,
^ ff)^ @
is
SI) /r
^ au
gives,
What
Due
human knowledge
is
If at the feet of
Him, who
pure knowledge,
LaeOiTLSlesi^GujQ(^&rLDfr&!srLf~(p^if^^!riT
^si)a2n<F^(&au/rLpQj/rff'.
High
sacred feet, whose grace thrill the fervent heart, o'er the earth shall soar to endless joy.
Geumir(B^^GisumrL-n'(x>LaiiSle))rrsari^(os=iT^^n'rfs
To Him, whom no
affection moves nor hate Those constant in obedience, from all ill In this world and the next, are free.
Those who delight with fervent mind to praise The true and only Lord of heav'n and earth, No false ideas of right and wrong can cloud.
Those who pursue the path of His true law, Who is of sensual organs void, in heaven
Shall dwell in never ending bliss.
No
Of
against corroding thought refuge hath, save at the sacred feet llini, to whom no likeness is.
Hard
is
Of virtue void, as is the palsied sense The head must be, that bows not at His Whose eight-fold attributes pervade the
feet,
world.
eSi JD SU iiW
Of those that SAvim the wide extended sea Of mortal birth, one never can escape, But they who to the feet of God adhere.
Stanza
^.EjLo the letter A. the ac sing- governed by the following verb. Qf>^&>^ a conjugated form of the noun (T/j^^o, the beginning, having the force of the third per. plu. pass, and meaning, er(ip^0^e^&)ml, all letters the theij begin by, commence with. nom- governing the preceding word conjugated as a verb
3
(ST-t^si/rJ!
all,
is
compounded.
i/ie beginning, and another meaning (y^/vG'/r, the third being shortened. per. sing. neu. terminated by the emphatic ot, from (ip^^, and governed by the preceding term, which, although in the masc. takes a verb in the neuter gender as ail words signifying God may do. e_i'(5, Ihe worlds^ Ihc universe^ the sing, used tor the plu. and the nom. for the ac governed by ap;B;r^.
Stanza
s^p;cfi(^ed^
2.
was learned, the third or instrufrom mentive case of the neuter verbal noun past of sfip^sd, to learn ^"Jf, utusvr fruit, produce, profit the nom. governing the subthat tvhich
j
stantive verb
understood-
the neuter interrogative sometimes, as here, expletive, sometimes like fP, implying doubta .tsi?, purity, truth ; here used adjectively ful interrogation, and (qualifying the following terra. ^jSsuesr, he who is knowledge, or he who possesses knowledge, the former is the more general meaning of similar derivatives, thus ^scpOsst^ means he who is a bowman, not merely the possessor of a bow, and when conjugated ffi?tfO(?e^s3r, I am a bowman, a^a'cLiTuj, thou art a bowman, &c. ; an appellative conjugated in the 3d per. masc. from ^/tSsiy, knowledge, the nominative being used for the 6th or
eBTp^n^GiiTLptr^', for ^eo, good, ^n-ar, a Joot, genitive case. the nom. used for the 2d or ac- case, and O^iri^n-T, the final being lengthened by e_nJljrs/rG)LJSi!5i_, they who do not revere ; the negative participle in the masc. and fern, gender and plu- num. ersBfliw, if said, the subjunctive form of of Q^/TjTf^a), to revere. (STa7^), to say ; it has here, however, simply the sense of ^s^, if and, united with the preceding negative term, means unless they revere.
Stanza
(x^.'T,
3.
full blown Jlower, the oblique in composition with the following term the oblique form of nouns ending in vowels, nasals and liquids, when they do not take the affix^, are ie<ns= height, elevation ; as the the same as the nominative. latter member of this and similar compounds, this noun must be translated by the prepositions, over, above, sometimes, on^g^sar, he who went, he who walked; the third per. masc. sing, of the past tense of c:^#a), to go, used as an aorist partito explain this use of the past tense Parimel-azhager ciple quotes the following rule from the Tolcapiyam. eufnrirJssn-soijrJ
: :
^/SCjQuir'SQrsir^jSsO sSs6>irjE^QLj^(T^zirOsu&sris:(^fr
L^eoeurr.
The wise
have declared that the verb may be used in the form of the past tense, and with the signification of the present and future when It will be found, however, quickness or suddenness is implied. that Tiruvalluver frequently uses the past form in a sense entirely indefinite, and when he does not intend to express the quick performance of the action, ldt^sxt, greatness, honor, glory ; used adjectively, or in composition with the following term. ^'if- a Qs^if^ foot, the nom. used for the abl. with the sense of the ac fSfriT, they joined, iiiiited with ; the past tense third per. mas. plu. used for the participle, or, as perhaps it ought rather to be considered, the contracted form of Q<fiT^^suit, the pronominal
participle past of (?<F,f^i, to join,
sition with
iR'cGi'F.
^S,
length, extension
of time ; used adverbially. The root ^'^'r, lengthen, extend, gives origin to the two neuter verbs ^errsb, formed immediately from it, and ^V^&), formed from it by the affix js., which Avith the final sir is converted to , to grow long, or extend itself, and to an active, ^l-i&>, formed by doubling the final of the theme of this theme / is the second new verb, to stretch out, reach also a noun subs, denominated by the Tamil Grammarians QP^eS'^e))^O^n-i^^Ouiu:f, a verbal theme in the sense of a noun
:
signifying the state or action of a verb such substantives may Gu.TLpaj/r/f, they likewise be used as adjectives and adverbs. shall live ; the third per. plu. masc- of the fut. tense of eu/rtp^so, to live, flourish, enjoy happiness, governed by the pronominal participle Q<fit^^ mf.
",
This stanza as interpreted by Parimel-azbager (the Tamil ComNote may be translated thus, " He who passes suddenly over the lotos flower of the heart of those who think on him with affection, appearing to their mind's eye in that form in which their several systems of religious belief lead their imaginations to represent him, shall cause his adorers to live without decay in the world of final beatitude, above all worlds." The allusion in the original can with difficulty be rendered intelligible to the European reader.
mentator)
Stanza
by which the verb
is
4.
a verbal noun in the form Qaus^TL-rremLa, the not usually expressed. possessing desire ; the negative verbal from G^^rQ^^ to desireg)i)6U.Tw for ^eDeofT^susvr, of him who has not ; the participle in the masculine singular from ^eo, there is not, the nominative
QeuskrV^si), the possessing desire;
r^^p-, the nominative used for the being used for the genitive, 2d or ac- case, and governed by the following participle. (?*=/? ^^!Tn-i(^, to those united ; the past participle neuter of the verb \urr<om(Sih^ (?<Fff^ffi), to unite, in the 4th or dative case plural. alTvaijs ; u_/fr2OTSi, as a noun, signifies time, but connected with the particle a-iii, it takes the adverbial signification here given to it. The foregoing word ending in e_, and this beginning with
lu,
a shortened
(^fijSiiueSl^friL is
interposed,
and the
like
- suffers
nominative of the
=gv^> it is
following verb,
^a), there
is
not ; this
word
not,
may
be used for any tense or form of the verb which the sense
requires.
Man is naturally liable to afflictions, according to the Hindooa, Note from three sources from himself from others and from God. It is from religion alone, the author says, he can derive that right knowledge which delivers him from the first, raises him above the second, and averts from him
the third.
Stanza
^(TjaV,
5.
; the nom. with the sense of the Qspa, third abl. in |^S, governed by the following participle. Joined, united ; the root of the verb Cs'it^o), to join, used as an Roots similarly used are called aS^amiQiBir indefinite participle. ee)s, the conjunction of the verb, because the meaning of the
three lines
this
is
conjoined in
it
the Latin
Commentator considers
will
form an abbreviation of the future participle Qs=(Vj'l,, that join, and in this he agrees with the R. C, J. Beschi, who
(vide Para.
sublimioris
No-
3.3.
Clavis
humaniorum literarum
quando participium ita abbreviatur ut tempora discerninon possint, et fit quando participio
Tamulia idiomatis)
futuri
^^eS'^esi^Q^trems
tempore.
/D:efri2i
detrahitur to vel e-Lo et tunc supponerepotest proquolibet Sic, OuFQ^ssirih inservit pro. Ouir(T^^,semh O^ivQ^Qmeuirip^^^u}- vel ewTL^^Qxi ^^i^ vel eurrQ^ih OufrQj;isj<seirdi\
euiTLfn^uf-."
(^i^ et <suirQ(^t^
for this
Grammars;
in explaining
the
Sutram of the Tolcapiyam, eJ^sotuJ^m O(n^(^^^[rso^^a-'e^h in which the nature of the eSi'2m^Q^rres>x is declared, the Commentator says,
eS'^esiOuu^
p^ s^s&T
em su s IT eos^uj O&ireoujir'iasi ; the term verb implies un, tin, eat, and ^seorreu the rest being verbal roots, but it must be taken here, the whole being put for a part, to signify a participle originating from it. Connectives are the temporal termiiuition of the participles, namely, a for the past, nindu and cindu for the present, and um for the future the conjunction of the meaning of these times is exemplied in the word col-yanei, which, as he proceeds to explain, may be rendered an elephant which has killed, which kills, or which will kill. On this authority I consider C^ft, as it certainly is, the root used as an indefinite participle, and shall so describe all similar terms. ^G5, two ; the adjective from before consonants of ^irsisrQ, before vowels it becomes Fr--T. qS'Sot, act, deed, n'ork ; the nom. governing the nog. verb Qs^asr e_!i!.
and
&-fl> added to nouns oi" number and multitude, or to Interrogatives gives them a determinate meaning ; thus ^irsmQily both, jBir^iTf^ih, all the four, upseieuOujede^irQpLh^ or luireijihup^^eor^ every one of the birds flew away, ^ea^ujir(^LajSiurTn; none can
know
that.
Q^irrr,
will not
vuile ;
the
third
pers.
neg. of
C<3=fr^eb.
^esijDeu^, the
part,
in regimen with
in comp. with the following term. under the same regimen a @(5s>r. This word is used by Tiruvalluver in various significations, of which examples will hereafter appear, Q^s^ir, (as above.) l-j-s^lj:, praise ; the nom. for the ac. governed by the following part. Ujifl^^frn-,
the preceding
and
they
who
love ;
used indefinitely.
3d
abl. of (X)T,
the contracted pro. part, past of tyfl^s^, to love, minL, in ; the abl. for the 7th case or a place, used as a preposition.
Note The orthodox Hiiuloos hold that the works of the law by exercising the mind in the contemph^tion of divine things, and gradually purifying it from its grosser propensities, are tlio only means by which a true knowledge of God can be obtained ; but that when once in possession of this knowledge, works of every kind, the worship of the inferior deities, the performances of the sacrifices of the Scruti, the ritual observances of the Smriti, distinctions of meats, and even moral obligations, are of no further efficacy; and the enlightened devotee perceives that the importance he has hitherto attached to them has arisen solely from the illusions of Maya, from
which he
is
now
released.
Stanza
Ouir^, the
seiises, as
siglit,
6.
su/nJa), the organs of sense, as the eye, ear, &c. g;^^, ^oe; these three terms form a compound, governed as in the ac. by the following par-
hearing, &c.
he wlio rejects or deslroi/s ; the past partiQusTiu, falsehood ; the used indefinitely. nom. for the abl- with the meaning of the 5th case or 2d abl., and governed by the following participle, p/f , which is free from ; the root used for the indefinite participle. From this root are derived two verbs, a neuter ^fr^eo, to become finished or determined, to become separated, and 0n^&}, to finish, settle, as here used it has the second meaning of the neuter decide ep(ifJaLc, a rule, law, observance; the abl. used for the verb. gen. but at the same time ij^ regimen with the preceding part, 0^;5I, the nom. used for the abl. with the meaning of the jesr(rr,n-, Iheij who stand; the past pron. 7th case or 3d abl.
ticiple,
,
^i^^ j/r,,;
ciple of ^eSi^^i)),
part. plu.
of
^ipjDo-b,
commencement
to the last
instance of the O^ir^jsiS'bsi^, the affixes forming the cases of the nouns, and indicating the tense of the participle being suppressThQ ed, and the meaning depending on juxta-position only. proper affixes being supplied, the passage will stand fis follows
&^^0&!T^\i5<^ssw!\i<!r(n}j.
/atv,
which
is
Thci/ fvlio stand (iu) the way (of) the free (from) falsehood, (of) hitn who lejects (all)
five (of) the orgaiis (of) sense : the Avorcls in force of the affixes understood in the original
^5,
durably.
eLfrL^euirir,
shall
live
',
jss-(n)T.
It
Roman show the and how supplied. the 3d per. plu. niasc. must be remembered that
fera-
sing-
Stanza
e_euss>Lc, similitude ; fisari(^, to himself, the dative of ^rrsor, forming a compound with the following negative. ^s^Jsoir^fTii , the same as ^^ebscrr^eui^-, of him who has not ; the participle ^a^ the nora. indefinite in the masc. sing, of the defective v. being used for the gen- sn-, the feet, for ^xar, the ^ being changed to p by the preceding sw the nom for the ac GV/f^
;
the pro. part, past in the dat. plu. .ji/a)6D/rei), without., the final ej being changed before of G<FifjSei>. Lo to etn-, used for ^^ei)iTu:i&.\ the negative gerund of the imperixsw, of the mind; the oblique of sonal verb .ji,'6i.>, it is notLDssTLD used for the 6th or gen. case. <saj?6!.', anxietyis^n-fipid, the changing ; a verbal in the form used to express the verb ; the three preceding terms form a compound in the nom. which c^/f^, is impossible, lit- difficult. governs the following verb^/)/r<@, to those
;
who join
Stanza
.jy/r,
8.
of virtue ; the oblique of .si./cJ:, forming a compound with a circle, the sea- ^^jssmsrevr, of the the following term. merciful, of God ; these three terms form the compound called (^saT^Q^frem&^O^ir'i^n-QLcrri^, the two former qualifying the latter, though not connected with it by an adjectival termination, sir for ^rr^, the feet ; the nom. used for or a substitute for it-
^^
(?^,f^^/r/f<#^, the ac. in composition with the preceding term. to those who join or adhere to ; the dat- case governed by the following gerund. ^e\)eonffi), except ; this word is properly the subjunctive of ^e)}, meaning if not, though not, but here and frequently throughout this work, it has the signification of the gerund ^eoeojLLgi), not being, which must be generally rendered in English by the terms except, besides, but, as (sr^ssrsOeomiijrs L^GLj&fldr^, there is no god but the only God. li)^, the other :
word, which signifies literally different in kind or order, is in comp. with following term, with the force of an adj. ^iP, /^^sS. the swimmitig : a A'erbal in the nom- governing sea. the following verb^^s^^ is impossible
this
Stanza
Qsrreir, quality.,
9-
properly,
Qun-j^-,
definite participle-
not
8
like a particle
cf similitude,
the
have not ; the third pers. neut. of ^si), there are not^ with the emphatic srswr for otjI eight. (^essr^^frsBr, the possessor of particle sr qualities, being compounded with the preceding term it means he who possesses the eight attributes the nom- used for the
sueesnEiarr, no the feet., the act. of ^ireir. venerating., the neg. of <s>j<sssrih(^^ed, to venerate, worship, adore, ^SJ, the heads, the nom. governing ^evQeu, which verb being in ^2a), must be rendered a collective the third per. neu. phi. noun, or the sing, used for the plu.
gen-
Qj)%siry
for ^/rsrr,
Stanza
JO.
lS^tjqS, birth ; in corap- with the following term. <si_<si), the /^^auf, those 7vho swim, sea; the nom. or abla. for the act. the pro. part. fu. of ^^^ed, used indefinitely in the mas. plu. ^^^itt, thcxj cannot swim ; the third the nom. for the gen. ^caj^a/sor, the Lord: the per. plural masc. of the .same verb, nom. of the gen. ^^t thefeel : the nom. for the ac. Q^effn-^irir, those not united to; the nom. governing ^fi^rrir.
CHAPTER
ajTcSr,^fDuLj
II.
As by abundant
know.
When
Around
The
fruitful toils of
men and
steers
must
cease,
Otu^iliu^SL-OLceOsOfTLQeiaLp.
It spreads destruction
round
its
genial aid
destroys,
An j^ALvsis and
Jour
Sla>i::as-
translai'WN fverbalinij of
Stanza
1.
the above
the sensible heaven, rain; here it has the latter mean/sw ^^ continuing ; the ger. of ^pjreo, to stand, remain, ing, -6u<sui, the world ; the nom. governing the foUoAving continue.
eu/Tow,
and verb. noun. eutp/wS, proceeding, subsisting, enduring, GDQr,^eo:reo^ from the coming ; the verbal the ger. of a/ypis/^^si). in the 3d, or instrumentive case ; in this form it must in general be construed in English by the \vords as, because-, the euLpimSi (n)m^ for ^n-sir, the ^, being euQ^^eoiTGO^ as it comes to subsist. ^u&Lp^th, the elurir convei-ted to jd by the preceding eo, itself. of life ; the nom- of the sub. verb understood, srm^^ saying, the ger. of eriBrsarso, to say ; this word has usually the meaning of the conj. particle, that as in this instance ^irssn^Lp^Ou^^ar ^, that e_sBsrir, to be considered the infinitive of it is the elixir of life. e_6ri7^i, to think, uitjdj)/, it is Jit, it ought ; the third per. sing. neu. of urr&>, nature, qualitij, propertij, conjugated as a
ger.
verb.
JVo'.e The title of this chapter might be more literally rendered the special qualities of rain. In most Tamil works an address to rain, or a description of its effects, follows the invocation to the Deit}'.
2(1 "Life's sole elixir" may refer to ambrosia, by eating which, as feigned, the gods of the inferior heaven obtained immortality ; but the word also means the elixir of life, or the universal medicine, which the adepts of all nations have so long sought for in vain. The latter is probably the author's meaning.
Nofe
it is
Stanza
eSstxT,
2.
^^mii when
it
stays,
from
this
the same, has here apparently a sense directly opposite it in the preceding couplet, but the difference is really produced by the meaning of the governing noun ; when the rain (oj^car) stays, it continues to fall when the sky or the OuiTiuilji3ir, the clouds (oSawv-) stay, or are still, no rain falls, same as Ouriufi^rreo., if it deceive, from Ouiruu^^eb, to lie, desi5i/f)^/f, the ocean, from eSiS the root of the verb ailffl^si), ceive. to extend, used for the indefinite participle, and /'?, water, (^luaSr, vast. ^-eos^tT, of I he world ; the abl. used for the gen. s_ccw for e_ar, the sit being changed to iswr by the following jb, in
tion
is
to that given to
10
the interior ; tliis word Is commonly used as a preposition to form the 7th or locative case in the sense of in, within- ;f<wr^, s-L-pj}!.!, will vex^ the third per. neu. sta?idi.ngi remaining. u&, famine, hunger- a51/fl/,f fu. of e-t_;5^sO, to vex, torment. sSiu^&}csm, form one compound term, the principal members of which must be connected by supplying some word, such as gj^^^, surrounded, thus eSii ^ ,f(^i^^^3S-iu ^eo^il^ the vast earth, surrounded by the ocean. In the poetical language of the Tamil writers the clouds are not j^ote mere collections of vapours, but living beings which go to graze in the liquid
plains of the ocean, return surcharged with the fluid they have taken up, slowly climb the mountains and disgorge their contents on their summits.
Stanza
grfPoor, b)j
3.
,
steers, the
abl.
used
this
lit.
word,
a yoke of oxen, but, as it might here be rendered, by Synecdoche, the whole equipage of the plough including oxen, &c. e-Lg/rif, t/iei/ e-^peu/f, huscannot plough, the 3d per. plu- neg. of e_(if^s^J. bandman, an appellative noun in the plu. raasc. of the same i^iueo, the clouds, sr&r^ih. derivation as the preceding term,
from &jT^jS^\
lit.
called, the indefinite participle of ersm-^oT), to often used, as in the present instance, instead of ^^lo or r^jfia', and gives an adjective or possessive meaning to the term with which it is not connected. suiT.fl, water. tjiuGisdsir^ eueiril, greatilsuiTit^, means simply the Avater of the clouds, rainness, abundance, ^d.;^ lessened, from ^^Sr^ej, to lessen neu.; this
which may be
;
say
it
is
word which has the form of the gen. is here a contraction of the srrco^ when ; this is properly a noun signipast part. r<5'^5"-'. fying time, but when, as in this place, it is connected with the part, of any verb, it has the adverbial signification here assigned
to
it,
and the
The
initial
is
doubled.
veneration in which the Tamil people formerly held the plough was uniiounded. Camben, the translator of Ramayanam, which he undertook at the instance of a wealthy farmer, left a poem of seventy The following is a part of one "Those stanzas in favour of the plough. truly live who live by the plough, all others do not live as they are in servitude, and depend upon those they serve," &c. &c.
Note
Stanza
0<s(Sluu..',
4.
e-ii,
that
n-hich
in
will destroy
and 0^i_/r/fi^,
to those
destroyed,
<srJoecn-il,
s^irirsuiriu,
^ikQ-s, (for
will raise-
^uut^)
become favourable- ld;5^, again. the same manner. otSulj^, ///(// which
"Restores all it destroys." Those who in tropical climates have Note seen the descending floods, rushing in torrents over the land and sweeping all before them, and those who after a long continuance of drouglit, have there seen nature, awakened, as it were, from the letliargy by the fury of the storm covering the parched and barren plains with life and \ erdure, can atone duly appreciate the justness of this thought.
,
]I
CHAPTER
I^^.ttGlijsjiio
III.
)
strict
Than do
other virtues, the devout Exalteth more ; this every code ordains.
^/n^^rres>n'Quje!x>Tes!!flAO<sn'<sxTLjvj}i.
To count the virtues holy men attain, Were as to count the ghosts, that from Have taken flight.
this
world
As
the hook rules the elephant, so he In Avisdom firm his sensual organs rules. Who hopes to flourish in the soil of heaven.
Lot Inderan say, the king who all controls Within the expanse of heaven, how great his power, AVho his five senses in subjection holds.
And
with them
is
all
known
The whole
known.
An AWALYSis
Jive Stanzas-
afid
trasslatws^ fverbatimj of
Stanza
I.
the above
5?(^j<zl*, from a straight line as water, &c. drops or flows, to proceed regularly, signifies regulation , mode, conduct generally^ good or bad, as jB<soOeO!r(wssih, good conduct, ^CtuiTQ^s^il, bad conduct by itself, however, it has always a good meaning. /^^fr,f, of the devout. This and the preceding word forms a
6?(T<s^^', in
to
the
6^(yi<sa),
move
in
",
12
compound, in translating which some connecting terms must he supplied, as ^Q^is^Q^[rQ,uj^s:^iTif, the devout, who proceed Ouq^sold, the greatness, the superiuriiy, in or according to rulethe abl. for the gen. QauemSil^ the Scriptures. This term, from uOTssra), to say, declare, synonymous with ^ireo, means generally the same as the Sanscrit word tSj 2sD(^.'f, sastram, a science, or a treatise on any science or branch of knowledge here it is equivalent to Geu^^irev, sacred writings collectively. ^sBufla/, the clear sense : this word signifies lit. light, clearness, and thence elucidation, correct explanation.
sublimit
;
sSq^uu^^, of
requires
Hole. The terms piety, devotion and the like, signify in the religion of the Hindoo theologians forsaking all mundane atfections, separation from earnal sympathies, and thus a preparation for immortality. This is fully described by Parimel azhager in his explanation of this stanza. "A strict adherence to the proper rule is true devotion. By thus adhering to the rules appropriate to their respective tribes or states, virtue inereaseth; by the increase of virtue, sin is abated; by the abatement of sin, ignorance is destroyed; by the destruction of ignorance, the difference between time and eternity is known, and reflection on the evils of mortal birth, and disgust at the pleasures enjoyed, in transient succession, in this world and in the heaven of the inferior deities arises; by reflecting on these the desire of eternal beatitude is produced; from this proceeds the abandonment of the fruitless works, which are the cause of mortal birth, and the practice of meditation, and from meditation true knowledge: the distinction of that which is external as mine, and that which is internal as / then cease, and these two affections are thus renounced with abhorrence."
Stanza
jFjrn^STiT,
;
2.
of religious men ; from ^:;^si^6i\ to renounce, forQuq^soll., of the greatthe nom. plu. used for the gen. ti^if..esi, if ^iSeiw, the quantity ness ; the nom. for the gen. told; the suhj. form of st^peo^ to say, tell: the compound ,^!fes-l^i_^6i;, means to enumerate, count. ewauuj^^T;* in tlic world ; the abl. for the 7th or loc. case- ^jp^^irearr^ the dead, erejw-isijsfl, counting, the ger- indef. of ot<uw ac. from ^/o^^eo, to die. essrso, to count. Osfnsxr(S, taking, the ger. of 0<sirs(r(^^ei>, to take ; this verb generally gives to those to which it is united the meaning of the middle voice, called in Tamil tanvinei, in Sanscrit a't mana padam, denoting that the fruit of the action reverts to the agent^js^ like , a particle of similitude.
sake
Stanz.v
&-fr3T,
3.
srcS- .^lc, written also e-iTLD, strength of mind, fortitude. Q^inl-i^iuirsh, b>/ the called ; the fu. part, of Grdi6sre\>. elephatit hook ; e^B-Q^drsP'^G^T'^i^-i may be considered as one compound, and rendered strength of mind typified as an elephant this term is frequently connected hookfpfT, one adjectivoly with nouns of number in a collective sense, but as e-il, which
which
is
IS
performs the same fimclion, here occurs, it is redimclaiit. gc^ s_lc in its collective ^Lc, the Jive senses being understood capacity Avith nouns of number or quantity may often be rendered by the definite article. snCjun-sy.^ he will govern^ from eutrsw, the ea^ being substituted as a.T^^so, guard, protect, govern, above for lc, from the Sanscrit root ^, to choose, select, lit. choice, Tiiis is the only terms of secondarily as boon, an endowment. Sanscrit derivation Avhich has hitherto occurred, with the exception of the compound in the first verse of the first Chapter ; unless that Avith which the verse commences should be derived, from the Sanscrit &-(vpSsx), the breast, Avhich is one of the meanings sriw^.xc, as before. 6ay!l/L^i@, this is a of the Tamil word,
;
lit.
verbal noun in the dat. case from ssiSL^^eo, to place, and means the placing, also, a deposit ; a place of worship ; evirGetnear lion suuL] is a periphrasis for heaven, quasi, the choicest or most eminent place. |?f, one ; ipr before vowels and e?c!5 before
consonants are properly rendered by the indefinite articles an and a. eS^^^j^ a seed.
Note. The meaning of this stanz.T, as given by rarimel azhager, the Tamil Commentator, is this. He who with the guiding hook of firmness
restrains the elephant (by which are typified the five sensitive organs) so as to prevent their leaning towards any of the objects of sense, is a
soils.
Stanza
4.
g^^', the Jive J e-'ii should be added, as in the preceding ^eS^^fnir, of him verse, and the vs'ord Oufr^S, senses, supplied.
destroy, extinguish, the nom- of these terms is used for the gen. and the latter, notwithstanding the intermediate terms, governs the concluding member of the sentence- ^sa^, expanded ; this is the root of the verb ^seveo, to spread, extend, neu. and as an indefinite part, governs the following term. eSsi-LlLjj the sensible heaven, the heaven of the inferior deities, s-onxir, of those 7rho inhabit ; either from e_eir, the interior, or the defective verb s-sr, to be. ^^^srQasr, JnGsiruxrr^,^ the king. deran ; a proper name made emphatic by the particle cr. s^n
=g!/a?^^6D, to
;
which is sufficient ; the fu. part, of s'lreoeo, to suffice, befit, governed by the preceding and governing the following term, <ifl, a witness, evidence. The proper version of the last sentence, the sub. verb, being understood, is Inderan himself, is a sufiicient Avitness, that is of the power of the devotee which he
ja/^,
had experienced.
to
The god Inderan suffered a dire curse, the consequence of yielding bodily desires, and therefore is a witness of the power of virtue. Such is the meaning some attach to this stanza, while others gather from it, that he, as all-wise, knows the power of virtue.
IiTote
his
14
Stanza
jfona.',
5.
properly the object of that sense^afl, lighl which is the principal object and means of sight- e-cw^, touch, epsa^, sound. ^rrjs/SLh, smell, the ohjact (orm^, (hus ; feeling, it is the indefinite ger. of izrdiisarei). to say, and according to its collocation, must be variously translated. ^^^*-, of these Jivc Q^^sun-sar, him 7vIio unejss)*, the fvay^ the mode, the naturederstands ; the indefinite part, third per. sing, of G^^^eo. ^iLQl-, or, without the emphatic c, siL(d, is \vithin ; the third person neu. sing, of <st, the inside, within, conjugated as a verb and governed by the following noun. e_6i)g, the jvorld- The four concluding terras literally signify the world is within him who understands the nature, ike- ; that is, is in his mind or withtasle,
in his
comprehension.
CHAPTER
^TQGsrsusiS'uqSM^^GO
IV.
Virtue.
On the Power of
What more doth profit man than virtue By which felicity is given, and whence
Eternal bliss ensues
?
doth,
^/D * ^ ,@!/r 2_
(El cS ,T
'2c5!!T
LD^^^aS,gBre-'E.'so3a'(e<s.
No
Than
greater gain than virtue canst thou virtue to forget no greater loss.
know,
That which in spotless purity preserves The mind is real virtue all besides
;
Is evanescent sound.
Refer not virtue to another day Receive her now and at thy dying hour She'll prove thy never-dying friend.
*,
from
all
but
tliis
No
KnoAV
that
is
What
the
above
Stanza
S/DULj, specially.
ty.)
fp^gi/Lc,
1.
(Here
it
means the
temporal happiness, ^js^^sr^ w^'Ji (as above) e-Lc, and. prosper iiij., wealth. ^s!Lmj(^, more, ^s^sil, gain, pi-o/it. their virtue, sen &-i5j;^,for. <op (an expletive OT6U0-37, what. without meaning.) e_ui]fl@, to the living, to mortals.
Ihat will produce.
Q<Fsi)ffljLr,
Note
chapter
it
The term
signifies
virtue has a variety of meanings, but as used in this both secular and religious viitue (both right as opposed
to wrong
and
religious righteousness
and merit.)
2.
Stanza
^jD^^^^tha?i virtue. ssK.ih^,more. ^&ssl, profit, there is not. .^^'^, it. Lap^^eSl'>vi, than the forgetting. @so?v, (as above.) C^S, loss, damage. (as above)
^(si"^,
saLE.',
Stanza
Lnetsr^j^', oj"
3.
lo.'ts;, a fault, spot, ^00, he pjho has not. ^^&^, the being. ^s/'Zssr^^, measures. .s\P"ii', virtue. -HiS^'f of noise, clamour. i^p, others. ^iTf possesses the qtiality.
the mind,
sssisr, tlie
interior,
stain,
^eoesr, without.
According to the mixed system of theogony and ontology, which Note constitutes the philosophy of the Puranas, there are three races of intelligent beings differing from each other in quality and lineage. The first are collectively called /JMra, from their natural antipathy to the Sura ; in these the evil principle, (tamas a guna,) prevails, and they are by natxire, tlierefore,
Cacodsemons. The second race are the Daitya, so called from their mother Aditi, one of the sixty daughters of Dacshaprajapati, the son of Brahma, and the eldest wife of CV,syapa and Sura, derived from a root signifying wealth in them the good principle, (satya guna,) prevails, and they are, therefore, by nature good, Eudfcmons. The third and last are the human race, Manava, descended from Manu, the sister of Aditi. and fourth wife of Casyapa in them the principle of passion, (rajasaguna,) prevails, and mankind are left under the direction of their ^viUs and inclinations, to aspire to
evil,
:
16
Stanza
4.
^oar^, that daij^ then, any time hut the present. ^/SlQeuirilf srewfeo)^', jiot saying, 0=iu<s, tve will know, virtue. ^fl''-^, Lop^, (an expletive.) =9/ji', it, that Iking. Ourrdt piactice. sfrei!), when. ^Sssor, Oun-^Qr)^ iiot dying. .sw-c, about to die. aid, assistance, figuratively, a companion.
It is a dogma pommon to all the schools and sects of India, and N'ote one of the few in which they exactly coincide, though confessedly deemed originally from the Naiyayca or Rationalists, that I^cLeema, the consciousness of good, and Ad Leema, the consciousness of evil, are the causes of the transmigration of the soul the former securing to it happiness and a higher ranlv in tlie scale of being, either on earth or in the celestial regions, and the latter producing the contrary effect.
;
Stanza
^;c.^^!r<itfj^from virtue.
is
5.
^druil,
isj^j:/,
lj/ds;^, things,
one
not.
virtue.)
t-ysy?,
praise,
s-ld,
and.
Stanza
0<FUUfi) (for
6.
urreo^'^ that
which
is
natu-
^pQsw, is virlveor apportioned, fg^^i', (an expletive.) &-iu p, (^ox &-ajed) tJie departing from, uirco^, ep(i^Qj/rj(^, to each.
ral,
(as before.)
ui^,
is vice-
CHAPTER
(f'bxjajirjliiseina
V.
Life.
On Domestic
a) aj
He
Who,
domestic duties is esteemed, firm in virtue's path, the virtuous aids In life's three orders found.
for
^p^^n'n'S^L^&)eijrrLhGLin'Qesrcj: lj/Toji^Ssbjt.
I)omestic virtue is to him ascribed, Whose care befriends the pious and the poor
And
17
Thy relatives, thyself these cherished, know Of life the five great duties are fulfilled.
*,
If love and virtue he thy constant guests, Domestic life is blest and finds in these Its object and reward.
^jr>^0^(ip'i8uj/De<^(i^s<sireS&)ajrrrpseiS)
lie
who from
To
Q^iLjeus^<s!TeineuSLJu(SLh,
Who
May
in domestic joy thus lives on earth with the gods, heaven's denizens, be ranked.
An ANALYSIS and
Stanzas.
six
domestic happiness^ a householder ; composed of @so, a house, and eumj^sufrior^ the fu. pro. uTemun-sar, part. sing, in the masc. of eurrifi^eo, to live, flourishhe may he called ; the .3d per. fu. sing, of <sT^pei^ to sa}'. @uj6ijL^, nature., qualilij e_s!ni_uj, having ; the indef. part, of the appellative root e-eL_, possess, (.si/oih virtue is here understood, and ^iueb^iontuj, therefore means possessing the quality of vir^p^Siio^in the tue) (^3uj&(^,, to the three persons, fieo, good. way; the 7th or loc. case of .^jj/. ^'^^^ standing ; the gen. of jSpjDsl), the final ei) of the preceding term coalescing -with ^Sbbbt, an aid. the initial /, converts it by Sandhi to esfl.
^fc^bU/rLpa/n'oBr,
one
who
lives in
Stanza
^ph^!TT&(^il.,
to those wJio
2.
have renounced the world, to religious men ; the pron. part, past of ..^ip^^eo, to renounce, ^eLisufr^euns^'J:, and forsake, in the masc. plu. and dat. case. to those who have no sensual enjoyment, fo the indigent; the plu. of the neg- pro. masc. of ^'^^so, ^^hich signifies primarily
c
is
to eat, secondarily to enjoy by any of the organs of sensp. ^pfi^TiTi(^, and to (hose who have died; the same as the first term, from @/r'^#ei'> to die. These three terms are united by ^'^^surrLfeairilr, housethe conjunction e-Lb, repeated after each.
holder.
-,
Gr5;LJ/rT,
way
be called.
^.
Ssssr,
tJie
protection ; this
Kale. Piety towards the dead by perfonnmg, or supplying the means of performing the rites of cremation or sepulttire for tliose to whom otherwise these duties would not be ])aid, is considered by the Hindoos as peculiarly meritorious for, according to their belief, in which they agree with the Natives of ancient Europe, it is these ceremonies that facilitate the progress of the each act, as tliey jiroceed, prosoul towards its destinjition in the next life ducing successively a correspMnding change in the condition of the disembodied spirit, until it again connects itself with material substance, in thia or in some superior or inferior world, or, sliould it be divested of all affection for matter, until it is received into that blissful state in which it is liable to no further change.
,
Stanza
O^ssiujeos^iTif,
3.
Ljeoth,
from
Q^sSr.,
a place, because
ancesare supposed to inhabit the southern regions O^iuetJil, the Divinilij. tors. This is a Sanscrit word. eS(j^^^<., epsseo, relations. (The word means propinquity, but guests.
the
Manes
^irssr., himself. here used personally.) The final ^so and OTiw^o]/, the ger. initial ^, here coalesce and are converted to jr. .^'S, thus. of OTiw^-Dsi), it may here be considered expletive. g3lL/a)_#^', from Slc five, and 4dlc, as before in five places the abl. used for the loc. .^^t the right wcuj. e^/iusi), to preserve. ^sSeD, is the chief, lit. the head. The ei and ^ are here chang-
is
ed as before.
There are five great sacraments incumbent on every householder and for which he maintains his domestic fires of these the first relates to duty towards himself, by which he acquires that perfect knowthat enables him to maintain right and eschew evil. The second reledge gards the duty of religion, and consists in the oblations in fire in the A\lhanam, Agnihotram, and other rites. The third illustrates the duty of benevolence, not merely towards relations and friends, but towards all animat-
Note
to perform,
ed beings. The fourth relates to the duty of Iiospitality, the duty owed to deceased ancestors.
The
fifth
regards
^ai
Lfil, love,
affection
Si'ANZA
4.
^^i^lI, and
virtue.
s-eaiL-^^rruSloSr^
if possessed ; compounded of m-esiu.^^, the 3d per. neu. of the appellative root -eu):_,and ^uSl.^^., if, the subj. of .^^so, to become. ^eOsLiTi^&sms, of domestic life ; a comp- from ^eo, a house, and
&iirij,^es)S,
re7vard
s-il,
and
by repetition of
and.)
this conj. of
which the
^^,
may
the
that
is;
first, to preserve the full be rendered holh., and the second connected version of the sentence
19
^eoeurri^s^csis uesiT i^ihuiLi
it
li>
is
As
lifetlius.
Kole
The Commentator
life
cannot otherwise iic rightly and completelv discharged witli one mind hy the husband and wife, the possession of u^lc/ion is one essential quality (or necessary condition.)
SrA^'ZA
^/inSojr, in the
5.
road of virtue ; the loc. case of 'H,^-, a way, to proceed regiilarti/, that is causing others to be regular ; the ger. of the causal of epQ^.&seo^ to proceed regularly to act according to rule,siP^\ virtue ; ^(y)i./r, not slackening ; this is the ncg. ger. of @(i^^c5-o, which signifies primarily to pull, draw out, and, secondarily to alter'^Asuirtj^&ems^ the householders ; this nate by pulling, slacken term is used personally for '^eOsujVLfeun-m^ many instances of G^.rpufTifldr^ than similar substitutions occur in this AA-ork hermits', recluses ; (an appellative from C^ir^if 4, penance in the QjESTd.eotx^ penance; also the /Jth case or abl. of comparison. merit or virtue obtained by religious exercises, either the act or the consequence of the act, it is a derivative from Q^irehjvsv, to le patient, to endure, whence, also, comes Qjsrrprdi, to perform penance. -c:_^^', hath ; the 3d per. neu. of e_s:_.
road
^Q^sQ^ cansins:
Sr.vNZA
cmaiuj^J^^',
6.
the abl. the seventh or loc- case of onoju-jix), the earth. ^isi^, so ; this aiiripei^^ domestic feliciirj ; term properly corresponds with ^a/a?/_(i), there, in that place, but sometimes, as in the present instance, it has the meaning of ^uui^, so, in that manjier. sajfrtpL/auiOT, he who lives ; the part, oinrsln-, fu. masc. sing, of eu/TLp^a), used indefinitely. heaven. e_c!n mtL/Lo, that frequent ; the fu. part- of e_6>^^i, to crowd together, thicken, coagulate : e_s;r^a), is here used fig- for Qlo/t uj^^si), to stvarm. Q^tasj^^ err, among the gods ; the fifth or loc. case sing- used in a plu. or general sense and formed from the abl. by &-syr, with the sense of the pre- on, but signifying properly the interior(The sentence isvrre^jes^/DLq^O^iuQjiJ:, which cannot be translated literally, nia_y be explained by the corresponding phrase sh-'SOpa^fiQ^is^s.s&T, the bees which swarm in the hive, or G^iruLjempuLjLCiJiEj&en-, the trees which cluster in the <sOTffljd?:<tfUL/ii), mai/ he placed ; grove.) the inf. of ei^eu^^si), to place, compounded with the 3d pers- neu. fu. sing, of udl^eb, to suffer, to form the passive voice;
on the earth
20
CHAPTER
sni\^i,c!!iS>^^'bsm^^w.
YI.
On
To every household duty fitly train'd, The Avife should to her hushand be in
all
A helpmate
meet.
The wife maintains the glory of the house All other glory, if she fail in this,
As
What
is deficient with a virtuous wife If in the wife defect, then what is all This world can give ?
^^
?
Than
Who,
virtuous Avoraan what more excellent, firm in mind, her wedded faith maintains
Woman
all happiness from wedded love Derive, and by it blessed foretaste on earth The joys of heaven.
foes.
Bold as a lion those dare never walk, Whose fame is sullied by their wives' base deedsAll
the above
six Stanzas.
Stanza
1.
ld'^, for the foniilij, ox for domestic affairs ; the term, literally signifies a house. fi&s^Jtt^ requisite ; past, part- of ^:5,'5a),
21
to be
fit,
worthy
tr.reKiTi^, tlie
exceUeuc'n's.
e-STsi-iu.TQT,
.^S, becoinpossesses ; an appel. in the sing- fern, from s-sotz ^pQsfrsikT!_msi^ of Iter husband ; iiis; ; the regular ger. of ^^?o.
she
nhu
he who has taken her. ; fi'ora ffljarm, a way, a'Ttp path, and ^k&rrm^ the contracted part. past, fem- of ^^^en. .saniE^^jT'Setw, she IS a wife ; emphatically, or lit. she is the aid of domestic lifethis conip. is
used for
she
^^w^eerAOsiTsxrtGu.^oT,
to the
ojsiT&Jsisrreir,
mho conforms
way
Stanza
cf the house, the family. the nom. governing the subs, v
Lo^lsCT,
2.
LDTtl.9, the g}'ealness,
.ssjor, the sing. fem. fronr ^^i), @sv)6>),til51st, if it exist not ; a compound supplied, is understood. sviri^^ons, to domestic of ^so and i^ilS jt, the subj. of ^^so to be. OTassr, whatever; used in the sense of cr^^'Zissf, how much. life.; Ui.TtLSl^^', there is of honor, lctl-^cotld is here conjugated as a ^scJ^jlc, though there be ; a verb in the third pers. sing- neu. subj. form of ^^A. The three preceding terms scarcely admit of separate analysis ; they may together be properly construed either how much soever of honor may exist, or althoi/gh all hon^st', there or exist, exclusively that is, of the honor of the Avife is not ; supply honor.
a house.
honor
<^^\)e^'!r^T,
Staxza
@6i)eu^', deficiency ;
3.
the same as @a)u/r^-, neg. part. neu. of the defect, verb @<si). otsw, the same as otsst'Zsct, what is there ? ^'sbeo ajsfr, the final or being in the text changed by sundhi to sot- before LD, to the wife ; a derivative from ^&>, a house, formed by the fem- affix ^'ar, in the nominative used for the 4th or dat.
case.
Larre^TLj, excellence. ^i, if it be. ^srrerr^, thai which is, i^sar, n-hat is that which is possessed ; the neu. part, of &-&r. Lcrrsxr, excellence^sseeii_^ wlien there ? ^^sobl^, to the wife. there is not. is here used as the contracted form of .^srr^,
=esl_ has properly the same signification ; as ^iil, place, but in similar phrases must be rendered in English by the adverb of time when, as must, also, the oblicj^ue of the latter ^i^^; Avhen similarly used.
^^^
Stanza
4,
Oumresi^G), the final ci) being changed to /v before u, than woQuQ^^i, vian ; the fifth case, implying comparison, of Oljswt. for Lc, 7nore excellen't ; the root Cl^.t great, though in its simple form it gives origin to no verb, like other appel. roots, assumes some verbal forms, here it has that of the fu. part, with affix , it forms the verb Ou(ms&), to increase, and is then regularly con-
jugated,
are
fit.
u-'.r,
for
iu/rsma',
what
22
^'^, are there ; tho 3(1 prrs. plu- neu. of tlic def. v. pSt. i^.l:^j'-^^ thai which is called ; conjugal faith. the I'u. part- of sriSteareo. The author commonly uses this Avord to indiciite a general relation between the terms it connects, thus, in the present instance, =s^Qi-^OT;,g!i;^^ciOTOT)Lc, means simply the
tilings ?
&pi-j, c/uixtilj/ or
^-emri^rrs, ^^.mTODLD, strength, power power of chastity to exist; compounded of e-sssrS, the gen- of the def. v. and ^^, <he inf. of ^^^o- Olj^w, tlxe same as Ou^(^ei),
to bcy
a-s.07,
if she
obtain
tliC sul'j.
of Qt-i^^eo.
Sl'AXZA
5.
masc
of
Ou^^eo,
word wife must be understood, and this term will Ou^Si^., then imply one who has obtained a wife^ a husband when thcij obtain ; the subj. of the same verb. The final rr and eo of the two preceding terras are changed by sundhi to /v, before Ou^sLr, tJieij obtain ; the third per. plu. of the fu. of the u. same verb, used indefinitely. Ouemt&.i, woman ; the plu. of
Oi-jiSKiT,
felicity-
0;dui-i,
This word, also, signifies new, fresh, and the plu. of i-i^Q^&T. is used as a collective name of the gods, from their being always c3jitqp<1, in which reside ; the fu- part- of in a state of youth. e_6i);^, of the world. Qj!Tiffieo
Stanza
L/Lp, praise, reputation-
6.
^e\>, a wife : this term is used here for the appellative ^soeon-i.^-, the womau of the house @)(?su/r,f<s@, to those who have not, a personal derivatiA'e in the 4th or dat. plu. from the root @so similar derivations may be formed by the affixes .^,w and s^w sing, ^j and fpj" plu. from all the roots in the language in meaning thej' are the same as the regular pron. part., this term, for example, corresponding Avith ^i)<.T),T^aj,fi^, but they are not like the parts- subj. to ver^ei>2eo, there is not. bal government. ^SLfisuirir, scorners, enemies ; an appel- plu- from '^sij^e^i, scorn, abuse. Qp^, before; this term here used as a prep- is properly a subs, signifying aniSuireo, like; tecedence cither of time or place. 7^, a lion. this term, used generally as a particle similitude, is properly the lS^^ckl-, bold gait ; root of the verb Quit^^^, to resemble this compound, which is nora. of the sentence governing the neg. verb. ^6uto, i.s from l3P, greatness, might, and ^smu-, a step,
;
sail, conduct.
J5
CHAPTER
Hsv)^Gvj(SwiTuiCu2)i^Gv\
Yll
Children,"
On
Of
I
all
and virtuous
offspring give
know no
greater good.
Children are offspring called, and justly so, For from their parents' deeds, or good oi ill, Their disposition springs.
LDSsemOLaidjgeKri^i^^So^uLcjs/rQjir
Sweet the sensation to the parent's breast, His child's soft touch imparts 'tis real bliss, Which others hear of, fathers only know.
;
@ tp qS ^
f!
iij /r L^ (Ssfl
0^
S3"
LC Lg Ssi;
# Q<^/T^ CoF
is
isrr
/r^ su;f.
Sweet
the pipe
shall say "by what inflictions hard In penance borne, gained he this child ?" the woid Requiteth all a father's pains-
When men
An ANALYSIS and
iStaiizas.
TRA^SLATioy C verbal im J
Stanza
1
of I he abovc^five
wlilch are attainable: a the future part, of Ou^^so, to get, obtain^ acquire, ^eujv^, the plu. abl. of ^j^j it, that t/iing, and e-r in, among, lurrih, rt>e ; the plu. of the pron. of the 1st persQuj}imeu/Dj}i&Tj
tliose tilings
uj/Tc-w,
among
I,
for
which
it
is
^/iS;e ^siJcsi^,
24
d:) not know ; from ^xS&'^ the fu. pron. part. neu. of ^^fieo^ ^^si,', knowledge. and the general sign of negation ^soSe^). ^;SI^^, that have knoivn ; the past part, of =s>/^^eo. The two preceding terras must be rendered that have obtained knowledge. i^i^sar, the final ^r permuted before u to /_, of children the contracted plu. of Lc^aJr, a son, the regular plurals of this word LLSH, &:c. insusaT being seldom used. Gu^, the acquirement, the birth ; from Qlj^,#si?, which, besides its primitive meaning to get, means also to beget and to bring forth children this
;
:
term has a variety of acceptations, according to the context with which it is found, ^iiec^ besides ; used adverbially for g),'sl)s^J^, the new, part, of ^adi3p, others, i. e. other acquirements. To construe this sentence two words must be borrowed from the preceding line and it must be read, Ci-j/rel'su iSpajn-Lc^^SeL'^A^:^ besides this acquirement, I know not. others, i. e. I regard no others as acquirements when compared with.
The providing for the permanency of his race, especially if he Note belong to a superior caste, the maintenance of his domestic fires, and the perpetuation of the sacred rites and honors rendered to his ancestors in the periodical solemnities, are duties incumbent above all others on a Hindoo. To leave male descendants, therefore, is not merely desireable, as the means of continuing a name, or securing the descent of property in a family, but an obligation of primary importance, on which according to the precepts of liis religion, not merely liis comfort in this world, but his happiness in the next depends. It is an article of his faith that those who neglect this great duty, or, under the influence of the evil destiny originating from their former sins, fail in their endeavour to discharge it, incur the vengeance of their forefathers, whose race has thus become extinct, and of the domestic deities, whose ceremonies have ceased. As long as the fires of their race burn bright, hospitality and other household duties are maintained, and their descendants prosper the Manes, Pitri, who are supported l)y the daily offering of the householder, rejoice and prosper, also ; but when those cease, their pale, thin ghosts are represented as wandering about, wailing and uttering curses against him in whose generation this misfortune befel them. When a man dies, therefore, without leaving male progeny, whatever his other virtues may have been, he is cast into a peculiar hell, or rather purgatory, appointed for the expiation of the guilt, by the effects of which Female descendants, having no part in this misfortune has overtaken him. sacred rites, distinct from their husbands, are in this respect productive of no benefit to their parents ; nor is it sufficient that a man should have had sons born to him, it being required that he should leave at least one quali.
fied to represent
him and
on his decease.
Stanza
^1', llicir
2.
own
genitive.
Otj/rQjsrr,
the plu. abl. of ^/r^ar, himself, used for the property, erdiu, they call ; this is properly a
form of the inf. of ^sB:/r&i, to say, but is used for the 3d pers. plu. fu. in an indelinite sense the French on dit translates it ^,iajj, their ; that ^lc, their own. lcJsott, childrenexactly, is the children's, the nom. plu. of ^sussr, used for the genitive.
;
Qi_',T0wr,
special
quality.,
di-yposition.
^^^IsS^desnuirm^
from
25
the repetition of the pronoun ^tl gives it When this pronoun occurs in thia couplet it refers to the word ^^em^a^if, parents, understood as the nominative of sts^vlj. eS.%ssnuir<,lr ^ from the acts ; the fourth or inst. 6u<T5ai, comes ; the 3d pers. fu- indefinite of 6b0^). case of aSSioKr.
their rcxpective acts ;
a distributive
meaning-
Note They (parents) call children their property, as their especial This verse properties proceed from the deeds they have each performed. alludes to the belief that the birth of good sons proceeds from the good from this perdeeds, and of bad sons from the evil deeds of their parents suasion, many ai-e accustomed to exercise a kind of penance, during the whole time their wives are pregnant, that they may thereby ensure their bringing forth good children.
:
Stanza
LD<s skSst,
3.
childreti ; the
;
child, a son both sons and daughters. Olcuj, the body ; the nora. governing ^^i-.&), the foelirig, the toucliiug j a the following verbal. verbal noun in the nom. governed, as to its verbal character, by the preceding noun, and governing, as to its nominal character, a-z^g, the e. being lost by tlie octhe subs. V. understood, @o-5ri_/ii), pleasure, currence of the following @, to the bodyblissi delight ; the nom. governed by the subs. v. ic i)gu, be^fflj/r, theif, thoseOs=fr&), the o being converted to > sides, by the following <s, a word ; the nora. governing the following CcEtlc-cO, the hearings under the same regimen as verbal^sm-L-^. ^sjiLJLo, (as before.) Os^sSs:^, to the ears. The conuDjpjpeujQ^sSA struction of the concluding part of the couplet is
(^i^Os=n-pQs'l^i_eSl ir^uLDml^
being changed before ld to wr, nom. for the gen. is^siXT in the sing- means a male and loj^tt, a female child, a daughter ; but iL&sm^
others
is
the hearing of a
and word
its literal
to the ear.
4.
Stanza
(gtpsS,
the nom. governing the following conj. appel. ^ssfl^, is sweet ; an appel. from@oM, sweet, conj- in the 3d pers. uj/TLg, a lute ; properly the Indian lute, called vina in neu. Sanscrit, in its perfect form a kind of guitar having .seven strings and a fretted neck. The final s_ of the preceding term, being followed by the initial \u of this, is lost ; and @<sir<r@^i<:i) sub-
a pipe
@tifl^', is sweet. it. The two latter terms are in the same regimen as the former, en^.ueun-^ thcij say ; the 3d their own ; the plu. per. plu. of the fut- used indefinitelyixt^leo lisping, stammering, speaking like abl. used for the gen. a child or a foreigner ; in comp. with the following term. 0<FiT&), a 9Vord, a speech. (?.sar/r^aj/f, they who hear not; the neg pron. part masc. plu. nom. of (?^i_), to hear, governing
stituted for
^\
STisrueLiT,
26
Stanza
LosesTy
5.
a son : the nora. governing ^p^ii^^sm^*^, to a father; the dat. absolute, ^p^'l, which does ; the part. fu. of ^pfiex), to act, do. s_^aS, lit. assistance^ benejil^ the nom.
part, but governed by the @a/5w, his^ this man's; the nom. used for understood. ^^ss^p^ the ^ being changed to p after the the abl. or gen. sreBr, final ear, father the nom- governing the following verb What ? the interrogative pro. (^sh'iisn in its radical or crude form, in composition Avith the verb it precedes, and which it qualifies GjBsrpt^shQstrei^ penance did he perform ? Q^irp adverbially. e?6w-, is the third pers. sing. masc. of the pret. of QjFfppp^') to perform penance, and Osrreo, an interrogatory particle. The duplication of the interrogative gives emphasis to the expression. er^'l^, that says*, the part. fu. of srwr^a), to say. Os^n-Jo^ the speech : the nora- in regimen with the preceding part, but governing the subs. V. understood.
:
Note. "/ penance'''' Both in the eastern and western world, tlie idea has always obtained that children are the certain reward of special acts of devotion ; this idea is not in India, as it has now become in Europe, a fading tradition or a vague belief, but is constantly acted on and vows are proffered, offerings made, pilgrimages undertaken, and corporal severities inflicted, to obtain this blessing, which it is thought, the gods cannot withhold from devotional merit. Among these acts, pilgrimages are considered the most efficacious, all holy places, however, possess not similar virtues to Goya, the pilgrim repairs to perform the obsequies of his ancestors; to Jaggannath, to prove his faith by self-immolation to Casi, to wait patiently on the sacred ground between the Varuna and the A'si, the stroke of death ; to Tripati, the abode of the goddess of prosperity, also called Vingad'en, the remover of defects, to the reproach of childlessness.
:
CHAPTER
^sSn_j5!j>uGtnuD.
VIII.
On Affection.
?
What
One
AVill
bolt can love restrain ? What vail conceal tear-drop in the eye of those thou lov'st
draw a
flood
Lj
from thine.
^p^^.p:Qs\u^l:
^n ifOueiiufT^iiurriT
The ignorant say that love is virtue's friend But know that love the wicked hateth more.
27
As
So
wedded
bliss,
whose souls
Know
What
own
If in the breast, the beauty of the mind, Sweet love exist not ?
L^ UJ ^,
ilS ff
Ssi;
UJ oc
>^
^ '? >*
living soul,
Which
'Tis
love inspires
o'erlaid
warmth
bone
with skin.
An ANALYSIS and
Stanzas-
StAxNZA J.
the dat- of ^ea^i-j, governed by the following is here an emphatic, and in connexion with the following term must be rendered is there even ? in the Latin version, "estne etiam amoris sera ?" ^mrQifr, is there ? formed by addition of the inter- particle |? to the 3d pers- neu. ^ewiJ^ii, which can shut sing, of the def. v- m^w^ to be, exist. tip ; the fu. part- of ^emt^^eo, to shut up ^""Lp.a bo/i ; a nom. under regimen with the preceding part, and governing e-swr ^jeueoif, of lovers ; the nom. plu. for the gen. l/<w for t-/x), little, small in qnanlify ; used adjectively, and qualifying the following compound. .sessPif, from .sem^ the eye, and ^rr, water, tears ; the nom. to ^(^LQ. yrf^,?r(T5i>, for y<yeu^(75'x, the p being regularly formed by the coalition of eo and ^, synonymous according to the Commentator with .^pp/cQ^il, will cause a shower^ but meaning properly will cause war, or a loud noise ^C5'-^9 the 3d pers. sing- neu. of ^cj^n), to give, governs the word with which it is conjoined in the nom- with the force of the ac.
=l)|6arLS);D^,
verb.
lo love ;
e-LC, this
particle
Stanza
2.
ot.
^P^^^Qs, to
affection-,
^swl/,
the nom. governing the subs, v- understood ^jifuj, the friend; lit. a verbal, meaning adhesion, from s^itit^s^j
love;
28
samp as Qj-j^^\ to join, here used personally in the nom. governed by the subs- v- crsS^u, ikei/ say; a peculiar form of the
tlie
3d
^^iuirir^ the ignorant ; the nesfpron. part, of ^jSl^eO, to know, in the nom- and governing the preceding verb- lap^^fi^'^ to vice also ; the dat- with the conjunctive a_-L?i <Si{oo^^-, that certainly; a demons, pron. neu. these terms are in the ^vith the emphatic cr. . Sessr, is an aid; same government as ^3^i^ and -fitiTl^.
pers. plu.
fu.
of
<sToi,pA.
^sBJLy, love.
interior-
cSi/^*',
iti
^<a)a);T, for
euirL^^se>s, of the conjugal life. be considered a compound and renQ-si", lit. hot. also, hard, uneven, here barren; dered conjugal life. because the most productive soil is moist and level. Lj/rf<ss. , in sufirSd^ dri/, sapearth, soil; the loc. case formed by .ssKr, place. less ; the final *?J being changed to 6t before lq, and the form of u-iril, a tree. ^sS.^^'^ buds, the verbal noun used adjectivcly. sprouts; 3d pers- sing part- used indefinitely. =^'^5^, as. The connected translation of the second line of this couplet is as a dry tree sprouts in barren ground.
s-oJ,?,
state, or s^iiS'^Lifnfi^esjs,
^sOeon-^, that
which
may
Europeans account the Natives of India deficient in the benevoNote lent affections, attributing the defect, however, to apathy rather than to natural disposition ; the Hindus, on the other hand, make a similar estimate of the European character, but, judging from those they see exiled from the pale of the tenderer charities, believe it proceeds from innate hardness of They are both wrong ; it is not in feeling but in expression of feelheart. ing that the difference lies, even when they appear to differ diametrically.
Thus, when an European
and
in the first days of widowhood bemoans with sighs and expressions of inconsoleable sorrow the irreparable loss of the or when on a similar occasion, the Hindu says, with beloved of his heart apparent indifference, that his wife and his horse fell sick at the same time, and the death-demon which came to take the life of the latter took by mistake that of the former; sympathy and disgust may in either case be equally misplaced. As custom requires so imperatively that the European should exhibit these signs of affliction for his loss, that it becomes almost a moral duty to do so and as, on the contrary, it demands, with equal rigour, that the Hindu should carefully avoid pll such signs, under penalty of being considered weak and uxorious, the real feeling of each, it is proliable, approaches much nearer than at first view is apparent. Apatliy. or what
tears
appears to strangers apathy, whether arising from individual habit or national custom, is often only the out-door covering for the strongest feelings ; however contradictory to appearance therefore, it may with perfect truth be maintained that there is no people more keenly alive to the affections of parent, cliild and relation, nor more ardent in conjugal attachment, or more enthu.^iastic in devotion to the objects of their religious veneration, than the Natives of Southern India. 1 he last fact will perhaps be more readily admitted than the former ; but the love of his creatures must, as the predicate of an object in the expression of its identity, be included in the undissembled love of the Creator, and he who feels the latter strongly must, therefore, be strongly affected towards the foimer.
29
Stanza. 4.
t-iP^^'t
outward; the
e_^ut-/, the members ; the nom. governform, used for the gen. (cTedeorrth, all, the ivhole; the nom. in comp. with ing 0<s=tutLjLh. srajsw, what? the nora. for the ac- goA^ernthe preceding word. ed by the following verb, this pronoun is in the form of the nom. sing. masc. but the jus et norma loquendi of the Tamil language Qs^uJiLjil, can do; allows it to be used for all nums. and gens. iiJTS<ss)S, of the body. the 3d pers. neu. sing, of O^^^uj^su ^, inward ; the abl. of =gi|=5?Lc,, the interior. The compound uj/rsfswcs e_^^L/, symmetri/, beauty. ^ea l/, lusih, sigiufies the mind. ^i;a./f=l(5, affection; the nom. governing the folio \\ing part for ^ei:6v-n-^5L,fJ^, to those who have not ; the neg. pro. part, of ^sl), formed immediately from the root, in the 4th or dat. case. The construction of this verse, the connecting signs omitted being restored, and the words arranged in their regular collocation, is as iU!T&es)sa3sisr^L^p^^^uGLjedeO!TLns^^^uuJssrisuiai lSo) follows,
^s^
which, as lit. as it can be rendered, is, the members of the body (though perfect in symmetry) do for those who possess not aflection, which is the symmetry of the minde))!T^^sun-sOs&j^.0^uj{Liil
what can
all
Stanza
^s37L?<r,
5.
sl'i^uj^', ihat which of love; the abl. for the gen proceeds in the way ; and appellative in the 3d pers- neu. sing,
e-Jix^^v, is animatv. understood. ed form; lit. the station of life, from e-itSr, life, and ^Ssu, station, from ^fP<^^ to stand, become stationary. j:^o%^, for ^;^', ihat @6i)/rfi@, to those who have not; the pron. part, in the dat. plu. OTjj2/LcLy, bone. Q^rr^d. skin. of ^eo. These two terms are in the nora. connected by &-(ii, understood Quirfr^^^ covered; the part. past, of Quirirl^^^ to cover as by a garment, to clothe si_i_LCL/, a body; the nom. in regimen with the preceding part,
CHAPTER
GiJfjiBG^Kiucv),
IX.
On Hospitality.
rite,
eSQh^(^^!rLh<3Qsij'str(Temeeiu:,Q3'ius;pGu!T(V}tl.(Sl.
To honor
various joys
so
Qps<ssrLaiT^ ^iJSs\)sS(i^^Q^rrLhLjsufreiei!.
He %vlio with smiles receives a virtuous guest, Shall see prosperity, with joyful mind,
Make
his
JSeOsSQ^^ ^
eu IT ssr
s ^SL if S^,
He
who, while one rejoiceth in his cheer, Awaits with anxious mind a coming guest, Will be a welcome guest to gods.
QfilT<SS(^<SS)LpiUUa^'Q^^^.
As
When
that sweet flower which droops its head once its fragrant odour is inhaled,
and
dies,
From an
An ANALYSIS and
four Stanzas-
translation CverbalimJ of
Stanza
1
the above
ger. f)(7^^^', being settled; ^0^^'so, of which this is the means not only to be, but to be settled, established, resident, as o^srGs'rTLpeusjrfi^eSlQ^iSdQ/Diiir, I reside in the Agaram of Vira^0)3L!iTipeu^, ep'-lSl^ protecting ; the ger. of fpilueb. that which belongs to domestic life; a compound of @^, a house, domesticity, and suTLf su^-, the pron. part, neu- of the fu. of euivLp ep'.li9, ^so, to live, flourish. srn^eoinl, all. eSQh^^', guests.
shozhen.
cherishing
QeusirrreesremLa^ liberality.
Ot-Jir
In construing this couplet, the whole of the second verse to Os^ilimg)^ inclusive, must be considered as the nora. to the sub. v. understood ; Ouit(i^lL(S, as governed by this verb, and as governing the last term of the first verse, er^eoiru:, in the genQ^tL(9y is the
cause.
Stanza
2.
^lbit^^, delighting; ^59^, the same as ^^l2:, the mind. from =s)/LDfj^si), to become quiet, be pacified- Os^iutuir&r, the goddess of pros peril II a name of Lacshmi: it is formed by the fern, affix ^'sir, from Os^ih, convertibly by special rule to O.FUJ,raeaning.
.,
e-cot/du^ld, will freprimarily red., secondarily elegant, beautifulquent, dwell in: the 3d pers- fu. of e_Gmffi^si), to crowd together, (ipssai, for (ifsi^, the face, the governed by the preceding term. countenance ; this term, originally s-slit, affords an instance of a jsed, the Sanscrit derivative, of which few occur in this work. (i^x^jB.^',a guest root used adjectively for jBh'}ei\ good, n:orlhi/.
SI
epilLjSijrrJ>r^
part. fu.
ac.
of
fj?LeLji
the house ;
the
nom.
3,
for the
Stanza
Oe^sd,
an instance of the sfreaijsir^^ OuiuOrr-ffs^il, eS^esr^O^iTosis (see the ^ovi^ured Chap, xi-, O-Ftred eo^sirinh. Sect- 3, O^rr^'oSiL'a),) the root, Q=Fi), being used in the sense of Os^^p, the past- part, of 0<e'eOsoeo, to move, go;
tliis
is
secondarily to reach, or arrive at. ^(Vj^^'f a guesl, i^u^lSI, cher^^(VK, who is about to come; the construction is the same ishing as that of the first terra, but Qs'Sa, has a past and euQT,, a future umr^^Q^uuir^i!, he who continues meaning.^ o?^^', a guestexpecting; a compound of utrn-^^, the ger. of urr.f^^si^ to see, look, look for, and ^(j^uun-^h^, the indef. pron. part- sing, of the ^eo, good, acceptfuture of b!(3^^^^, in a frequentative sense. ajfi-osr^^aj/f J^^, to those who inhabit sS(m^^, a guest. able. heaven; a conj. appel. from an sL'trem^^', the abl. of aiirearLl,
heaven.
Stanza
GiDfTibu, being smelled ; the
:^stnLpiijLt,
4.
used as the ger. of the pres. the fu. part, of ^cinrp^cO, to ^^S^s'il, the Anicham floiver; the nom. governed by fade. Qpsil, the face ^S\^^\ when avertthe sub. y. understood. Qjsuss, beholded; the ger. from ^il^ci, to turn, turh away. (^es>L^ml, who is dismayed. ing; the same as the first term. <sS(T^^^, the guest; the nom. governing the subs v. understood.
inf.
tense.
which fades;
construction, which in English must commence with the last term, is The guest jvho is dismayed on beholding an averted face, is an A nichatn flower, which fades when smelled.
The
CHAPTER
('afujb!nsusn.fD30
X.
On Courtesy.
Fair are the words of those, but void of guile, "Who know that sterner virtue should be joined, To mild affection.
words
Of
courtesy,
face in smiles,
"Will
more
avail-
SeissflU-iebeCiSijD^LJLSIp.
The grace of fair humility, the grace Of courteous words, do all far more adorn, Than do all other ornament-
eiisBiQs=iTsOsuLpiEj;^(3ii ^j,
O, wherefore useth the discourteous words, Who knows full well the sweets of courteous speech.
Discourteous speech,
when
courteous
may be
used,
which
culls
As
the above
Jioe Stanzas-
Stanza
^^, sweet, pleasant
;
1.
the root used adjectively for ^eSiu Os=(reO, the word; ifnil^an affecan expletive particle. tionate temper ; this lit. signifies coolness, but all terms having this sense, are by the Tamil writers used figuratively to express amenity of disposition, in contradistinction to Qau iew -o, heat, and
^^
^"^^^ united similar terms which signify severity, harshness to; a contraction from ^eirneSuj^ apart, from ^ar/Taj6>, to be lj^^, lit. chaff, heve deceit, fraud. ^si>, without ; lit. united non-existent things, being the 3d pers. plu. neu. of the negative ,^'x, contracted from .^@ld, which are ; the fu. defective ^^ part, of ^^-^ 0,FilOurr(^rf&r, virtue ; the terms forming this compound are O^il, red, bright, beautiful, and Qufr^j'r, a thing, ssasri^rrn-^ of those who perceive ; the pron, part- masc wealth, plu. of the past tense of .str^e^^o^ to see, the nom. being used for suirw, of the mouth ; tlie nom. for the gen Qs^rrSo, the the gen. words ; the nom. governing the sub. v. understood, which governs Q^fTQ) in the first line.
^.siw, the mind; ^llit^^i, rejoicing ; the ger. of ^^si^lct, pf^^-iS.w, than sriving ; the verto be in concord with, to calm. balin eo in the fifth or 2d abl. case, here implying comparison. ^diGj!)^ is ^certainly more excellent ; the particle S7 gives this word an emphatic, and the preceding ablative in @a), a com^llh-^^^ rejoicing. ^^er, Qpsior^ the face. parative meaning. Qs^in^dslr^ a speaker; an appel. from 0<irrTi.\ speechpleasant.
Stanza
2-
33
^<3f, lo
get, obtain.
couplet,
become. OujSlo^, if he ohtain ; the suljj. of Ou^si), to The sentence, constituting the second verse of this governs as a nom. the subs. v. understood, by which the
is
governed.
a speaker. >^P^i the becoming ; the verbal in regimen with the preceding noms, &.es>iuj^ and Qs^rrAsOisr, and epQ^ajj5(^, governing the subs- v- understood. sptTjsu/gj, lo an^/ one ; the dat. sing, of s^^susSr, one person, from 2^(75, the radical form of epsar^, one, in the plu.; this word always has the meaning here given to the sing, namely, some out of a number, any, and with the determinative 2_tr, all. ^jj/ssjA, is an ornament the nom. governed by the subs. v. cSi,'ii), are not ; the 3d pers. neu. plu. oi^'A, it is not, governing the ac- plu. of ^skbS understood. u^psii (I'll expletive.' i3.p, other things ; the 3d pers. neu. plu. of the appel. \3psiT.
Q<F/rebei)w,
ofhinnilitij
Stanza
3.
^^w-, pleasant.
Stanza
^eB;0;=;Ta),
4.
sees. wherefore ; the first term is here used for otsbt, why, and the last may be accounted either an interrogative or explesusBrO^-Teo, hard words ; the first term is used for tive particle. a^tp/H^aj^', are they used, or spoken ; suLpia aisSliLi^ strong, hard <sa), means both to practise and to speak.
santness.
fTom/DsO,
by pleasant words.
that
is
-^-^^^^
GreuowOarreo,
Stanza
gjssfliu,
5.
pleasant words., the latter terra being understood ; the 3d pers. plu. of the appel. root, ^s^r, siveet. e_eyr, things that are present ; the same from the def. or appel. root e_ar ; i^csr, when they become ; the inf. of .^^^si), lit. construction when sweet words have become things present. @6w@^, unpleasant words ; the 3d pers. neu. neg. of @iar (fi^^si), the seS, ripe fruit. ^q^uu, ivhen there is ; the inf. of speaking. ), seur^^'^ eating. sirtu, unripe fruit. ^p^, is
be
lik
CHAPTER
Gffii;BG3TnS'iijn5'^sv).
XI.
Gratitude.
On
0s^lLJUJmCp)0'F>U^Gij^3Ss(^Q!lSJIUS(ipil
GUiTearSQ^iMfrppedfl^.
Though
benefit received
earth and heaven could in return be given, when none was due,
34.
Though
palm
benefit esteems
By mere
Of its
To one
small favour though there may succeed Deadly offence the grateful from the mind will rase For that all memory of this,
GT
^^ ^ O J
.Hjr
,T6ar (-flj .f J;
.J:
Though every virtue by his hand expire Yet may he live but by the stroke he dies AVheu murdered gratitude before him falls.
,
All
Stanzas.
Stanza
OjFiuuu!rui(id^ not
1.
i. e. any previous benefit'; term the neg ger. of Os^iLi^so, is here used absolutely, e_^a?, being understood ; the inf. of the affirmative verb is used with this meaning, which is the same as that of the ablative absolute of the Latin, but the neg. having no inf. the ger. is substituted Os=iLi^^ which has been done ; the past. part, of the same for it. eaeuiu verb. e_^a5<5(^, to benefit: the dat, governed by ^S\^. sQp\ of the earth ; composed of gwcsj, the earth, and ^'.sld, the su/rsBrs^/iLo, interior, quasi all within the earth, the whole earth. and heaven ; a compound, similar to the preceding, from oj/reBr, and ^s'^. These terms united by the particle s_(i repeated, are LLirp/oed, the comparison ; joint noms. of the following verbal. <sjif^^, is impossithe verbal in d, from the root ujrrjju, change. ble ; 3d pers. sing. neu. from the root Jfias, difficult.
this
Stanza
^fesT,
2,
^Seiw, quant it!/. ^i^.^, a a grain of millet. these three terms constitute a compound, of which the benefit intermediate member is united to the first by bIsucwld^O^/tcb)*^
millet,
Ofifrc_,TOLn!rL^,
\vorcl
last
by
sentence
^%3isruu!Tt5arfi.=;h^.
stands
thus
0<f(lS^'-q, ali/ioiigh
&-'^,
it
and governed by tbe prej'it^m, quant it i/. ceding nom- lj?<o37-, a palm or palmyra tree. The construction of these terms is the same as of those to which .^Sj to be ; the inf. of ^^eo. they rhyme. .!,, abbreviation of OsrrsTsuT, tlicij consider ; the 3d pers- plu. masc. of Osrrwi^^in)^
united with the particle
to tafce ; ererorcOTfl, the ger. of <srems!isr^. to think, may be here supplied to complete the meaning, which is equivalent to the famiuiu^r^ liar English expression, 1 take it to be so, or / tliin/i so.
O^flajT/f, theij who know ; the 3d pers. plu. masc. fruit, profit. of O^ifl^fO, governing the preceding new term in the nom. for
the ac. or more appropriatclj', according to the expression of Tamil Grammar, forming with it the compound called f^Qsup^
G5)Lc^Q^/r!55=s, tlic
sigu of the
ac
eussar^^, of the measure ; 3d pers neu. of susm^ ^oj!^, it is not ; 3d pers- neu. sing, of the root cS^'sb &^^e^, nom. e-^aS compounded with Q<s^iiJiLiuutl.i_iTn-, of governing a;ffin,T^^'. those who received benefit., plu. per- pro. of the verb 0<fujulj<SQ
a_^a51,
benefl
Stanza
iFrreO'^ik, gen. of s^n-eoi^, magnitude to be done, of the measure implied, the measure if benefit.
jc.g'')
sucair^^j^
Stanza
Q^iT^v ^, killing
;
4.
^i^ear, the gerund of C-stso^^so, to kill like ; a particle of similitude, properly the part, of the appel. root =?>/-'^? so. The construction is the same as Q^ire^L-pM'i in Couplet II. Chap. III. see note page f)2. mischief evil, lit- that which is unpleasant ; the pron. part neg. of ^-s", sweet, Os-aSi^Jh., although there be done; a subj. form of pleasant. Qs'iu^ed. ^siii, tJicy ; nom. plu- of the dem. pron. ^sli/st 0,iriLi-f, done ; past part, ^-.i^ ^, bespi^^^,onc. of 0=Fuj^a).
^A^,
of &-&t^^s>), to think, reflect, keep in mind. This is really governed by the preceding terra in the nom., but together they have the effect of the Latin
nefit.
s^bTrar,
inf.
abl. abs.
Os(Bu:i, will be annihibenefi*co in mente recordato. the mischief subsequently done ; the 3d pers. fu. of O&Q^so, to become destroyed, governed by ^^scs) both the nom. and the v. may be taken either in a singular or plural sense.
e.
lated,
i.
Stanza
sr^^6o;/^, every virtue
;
5.
the interrogative particle er being prefixed to this, and the conjunctive e_Lo to the next term, a uni0^rr.^(r;if,x^'h, to those versality of meaning is given to both.
36
ivho have slain
or
obliterated
the
past
SLtuLy, life.
pron,
e_cswr/:_/rtr,
tracted
not.
(i.
compounded of e_er, the ger. of e-er, there is, 3d pers. neu. fu- of ^^eo. e-tuoj, life-
conferred.
Osirdnp., ivho
has
slain,
e-
CHAPTER
p(B(SljfiS50SS)LCi
XII.
ON EQUITY.
That virtue, which in all relation holds Unchangeably its nature, that alone
Deserves the name of justice.
By justice do the just their wealth uphold, And confirmation, strong as virtue's self,
Bequeath
their heirs.
L/^au n"Qj
The
Unerringly the just and unjust shows state in which their progeny is found.
>s=LD(^Os^iLj^^'f,^t~(^ihQsrr(^QLJiT&)QT>LD^O^'~(!^'-i>^jD
Qs
IT L-(r SOIL'S^ IT e^
Q (V) ^ s
esini
Like the adjusted balance duly poised Nor swerve to either side.
An ANALYSIS and
four Stanzas.
trakslatios C verbatim J of
Stanza
1.
the above
IS
^@_g, justice. This Avord, a derivative from ^(^^ei, to be fit, the same as ^^mrily ordinance, observance and all terms
;
having
tills
may
be called
the
inf.
of
ssrffsrjrso.
^c*?*^^? justice.-otot,
epsk^js^^Gp, must be rendered is alone the virtue. uireo u(g^iLJ!r&), ht/ division; from u^^^^, to divide, distribute. ulL<S, continuing its nature ; from uit&) nature, quaUty, and the ger- of u'S^i), Avhich in similar compounds often signifies to extend, continue ; thus one of the aphorisms of Auveiyar against extravagance in building is ^i_LOLj:_Q?if.G'i_t^, build not a house The proper version of the three to extend over much space. Still preserving its nature although divided, i. e. last terms is among friends or foes, strangers or relations. ^G^, to proOlj^?.-, if it obtainThe last word is nearly expletive, ceed the phrase being exactly equivalent to the simple terra epQ^Sew,
virtue.
js^j?!,
if it
proceed.
Stanza
Cfi^LJULc,
2.
word is from Os'ulj^^, to declare, the declaration of that which is right being the especial purpose <^5<5ii), the s-esiiuueu^f of the possessor. of the Scriptures.
of Justice
;
this
gains.
To without ; the ger. of ^^obtain a literal version in English, this sentence must be read backAvards this is a rule almost universal in construing Tamil. sr<s=s=^^p:^, to his childrenejiDrruLj, and the highest happie-ez_^^, 7vill accrue, from the root -s3)i_, possess. nessloss.
&em^aj,
;
^^/S,
Stanza
^ssiTiTj
3.
the righteous, the Just ; the past part. plu. masc. of ^/^^ei\ to be fit. ^seSeo.r^ the unrighteous, the vnjust, from
Ti'ho are not.
^sQj, a derivative from the same so and '^eotr, from @6i), they st^um-', it is said ; the neu. pron. part. fu. from OTCBrmsi. ^auirai/f, of each; the dem. pron. cg:/sL'^^, repeated in the nom. plu. used for the gen. sr<^<F^^/rst), by their children ; 1- e. by the state in -which their children are found, whether prosperous or unprosperous. srrsmuuQil, will be seen ; from &n-^)!^&, to see, made passive in the 3d pers. neu. fu. by u&^so.
Stanza
<FLCLo,
4.
equity; this is a Sanscrit term, meaning .yiz/waw, equal, 9ir, Q<fuj^. doing. whence I fancy the English word sames-'^s(^ihQs !?&:>, the balance; metonically from ^^(^j-', the virtue. QuTa\ like. fu. part, oi S!^s^^e->, to lift up, and Q<srrsd, a rod. ^RBLT^^, being adjusted, past part, of ^jj/sot'-d^si), to be adjusted. e^Q^urreO, on one side. Gsm^rresaix, not sfverving ; the neg. verb of QcSfri^^, to swerve. i'fr^jQ^^ifs;^, to the wise, virtuous, ^esS, is the ornament.
S8
CHAPTER
^L-SSih
XIII.
ON SELF-CONTllOL.
To
intercourse with gods Forbearance leads ; but passion unrestrained, Its victims, plunged in utter darkness, leaves-
Though
It
most befits the envied state of those That fortune smiles upon.
UJ!TS!Teu!T!Tn'll3eSf]JSTStTd:,S3:n<SU!TdfS!Tp
Though unrestrained
thy tongue,
(I-
LC iT(5 (?
^
ne'er heals
heal,
And
wound
An ANALVfiis ami
four Stanzas-
traxslation
Stanza
1.
^lcu.t, the gods; this is a Sonscrit forbearance. term from a root signifying die, with the privative prefixed
^i_tf>5Lr,
and corresponds Avith the Greek AOavuroi, the immortals. e-^Tr, among. s-uja^J). will conduct : tlie 3d pers- neu. sing, of
=si/^ 2_uLj^^ei,synonymous with Os=s^s^Ji, to cause to arrive at. /H^/ToinLQ, want of forbearance ; the neg. verb from ^L&ieed, to be restrained, ^'^-i fill., that n'hich ^/i/ls, dense ; the root of ^lu^^:, con@0s', darkness. ^si), to fill, used participially.
ducting
to.
^f
39
Stanza
<srsi)6i)/7-(f<5(25,
2.
will be ; the contr- 3d u&mH^eO, forhcurance ; this \vord primarily signifies reverence, but like other words of this meaning, secondarily obedience, submission : Parimel-azhagcr renders it here OuQ^i^^i^,^/Suj!&sA\ to refrain from thinking greatly of ^eiQ^aT^Lb, and among them : e-ot, here forms the one's self. 0<s-&GuirlQs, loc c- with c^avr, to which the conj. e-lo, is added. QaPsJajix), to the happiness. ^ems^^\ to the happy especiallij. The two last terms ought to form a compound, 0,fi= it belongsedsu^^ssis^^.) the final nasal of the first being retained, accordQs^&i, ing to the Commentator, for the sake of the sound only u/r<s(o0,Fsi)6u^ffls)cE_^^;, may be rendered belonging to happiness,
to all.
^ck^^ good^-^,
^^^J.
it
Stanza
ujiT,
3.
for all ; this term simply means what, but with the generalizing particle e_Lo, omitted in this and other instances by the author, takes the signification here given it. sireun-ir, ^^S^il, although. firr, the tongue. s'rs^s., they do not guard. sireiiiTssrr&), if not careful; srr^^eo, whence the two to guard. preceding -terms are derived, means to guard, n'atch, be vigilant ; and <sn-^, lit. time, is in similar phrases equivalent to the English G<Ffrsfruurr, they mill suffer distress; 3d pers. if and Avhen
lufroyLc,
Os^rr^, the plu. fu. of the verb Qs^n-sir^^ei^ to suffer distress epQpS(^LjutLQ, being base; a compound formed of speech. c^(jp*@, baseness, meanness, and uiL, the ger. of uQ^sd.
*tli_, burned: from -s-Q^eo, to burn, or Lysism-, set fire to. qf a wound. s_6rr, the interior. ^^li, will heal; the 3d pers. neu. fu. from ^^^eu, to be cooled, appeased. ^c?^', made emphatic by sr, never will be healed- jsireS *L-i burned. su, the wound- In the 6>^, by the tongue initial and antipenult term the final <so is converted, according to rule, to p before ^.
^q5jo, by fire
Stanza
4.
TWENm^-FIFTH REPORT
a'^ra^ ^tart
WITH
.4N
1S43.
I.I
1)
R AS:
FRrss^.
1844
F. R.
Hunt, Printer
PR
CEED
1 i\
GS
OF THE TWENTY-FIFTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE SOCIETY. HELD AT DAVIDSON STREET CHAPEL, MADRAS, ON WEDNESDAY EVENING, THE 7tii FEBRUARY, 1844.
The preliminary religious exercises J. Andkuson; after Avhieh
conducted by
Avcrc
tlic
Rev.
chair,
The Rev. I\I. Winslow, a. m., being invited made the following appropriate remarks.
to
take
the
Friends, Tlie nature and general operations of the Society too well known to need an}' explanation or commendation from me. It is engaged in jireparing and [lublishino- not only religions tracts and larger volumes in tlie vernacular languages of the countr\-, but also school books, and in distributing widely the publications of the Parent Society in English. It is in these respects an important agent in scattering light amidst the darkness around us. It is a handmaid to the Bible Society, and a most important auxiliary in all missionary operations. It is entirely Catholic in its principles and its operations, disseminating only the truth of God drawn from His word as it is understood by all the evangelical churches. It accomplishes at small expense great good. There is no occasion to compare it with other Societies, for each has its aii])roi)riate si)heri', but no oncj probably, accomplishes more good with the same amount of means. The Rev. Mr. Kincaid, of Burniah, favourably known to many in ]\ladras, now on a visit home, at a late meeting of the American Tract Society held up a little tract, which he said cost one cent, but which had been the means of converting the son of a Karen Chief; and he asked who gave that cent? No doubt it was given with many others that were lost. It was th.c one shot of a tiiousand which alone took eflect. But in the great day of account, its value will be fully known, and all who contribute to the blessing will rejoice together. The good done should be considered in its cumulative and progressive character. And here it may be, and often is, in a (jcovulrirdl ratio continuall}" spreading and expanding. A tract or book, thrown into tlie dead sea of heathenism, may cause a movement which siiall spread to its remotest shores. \V'e cannot expect to see as manifest results here iij in Cliriitian lands, but the princijtlc h the same. There
are
My
TI.
a Baxter \yrote in tliouolits that breathe and v/ords that burn and a spark from Lis writings, which have lighted multitudes on their way to heaven, fell on the conscience of Doddridge, and urged him, smariiiig under his sins, to the Saviour. Doddridge, in turn, among other books, wrote the Rise and Progress of Religion, and this was the means of converting Wilberforce as well as thousands of others. "Wilberforce wrote his Practical Christianity, so much blessed to many in difFcrtnt parts of the world, and among them to I^egh Richmond, whose charming and convincing writings have done and are doing so much in many languages and many climes. Instance the manner iu which these have been scattered. Soon after the first downfall of Napoleon, the Emperor Alexander of Russia visited England. As he was standing one day on one of the towers near Plymouth dock -yard, viewing the shipping, he was aceost'ed very courteously by a gentleman in black, who offered his telescope and pointed out intelligently the various objects worthy of the Emperor's notice. This was Legh Richmond, and he took occasion from the interview to send the Emperor his little tract, the Dairyman's Daughter. The Emperor received it kindly, and after his return home, sent the author a diamond ring in return. The tract was translated into Russian by a pious Princess, who had previously been acquainted with Dr. Pinkerton, and who entered into correspondence with the author, and obtained from him his other tracts, which she also translated, and scattered far and wide, in that destitute land. Mr. W. also mentioned an instance in which Doddridge's Kisc and Progress had been made particularly useful. More than forty years ago a clergyman, travelling into the Western part of the State of York, in America, took with him a few books, among which was the Rise and Progress. In a part of the country then almost a wilderness, with onlj" here and there a rising village, he found at an inn a young woman busy at intervals, as she waited upon him, readHe ining a book; and as he noticed, making also extracts from it. quired what book it was, and learned that it was the Rise and Progress, and that, as it was borrowed and must soon be returned, she was selecting from it such parts as she thought would be particularly The clergyman was so much gratified by her earnestuseful to her. ness, that he gave her, from those which he had with him, the volume which she seemed to prize so much. Thirty-seven years after this clergyman was passing through the same section of the country, and came to this place, then a large and flourishing viHage. As he had taken the name and address of the young woman, to whom he had given tlie book, he inquired for Jier, and was directed to an elegant mansion, of which he was told He called, and introduced himself, mentioning she was the mistress. the circumstance of giving the little volume at the inn, and had (he happiness of learning that it had been lent, and read extensively in that several had in consequence been private and in social meetings converted a religious society, of which there was previously none, had been formed, and a minister settled. All this had apparently, as the moving cause, been effected by a single book. In heathen countries, too, good may be done, which for a long time Recently in Africa the Rev. Dr. Philip in a tour into is unobserved. the interior had discovered several scattered little settlements of On Christians, where it was not known there were any in existence.
New
Yll.
it %vas found that the seed was springing up after many years. 3Ir. Read had hiboured several years at Lattakoo, and after him the indefatioable Moffat, and both had left with ihe impression that Yet after labour there, and in the vicinity, was nearly hopeless. more than sixteen years, a man who had been under instruction at Lattakoo when a hoy, and had left it young, had been brought to consider on his ways, and turn to the Lord, while far away from any missionary and destitute of the means of grace; and he had set himself to convince others of the truth. Thus these little Christian settlements had commenced, in the beginning, unknown to the
uiijulry
missionaries.
Mr. W. concluded by urging all to individual effort in this good work, by laying in store for this and other objects, as God may prosper them, on the first day of the week, or from their M-ages or The Jews gave to the Lord nearly- one-jtfth of salary of the month. all their income, and if Christians generally would copy their example, there would be no want of means to carry on benevolent operations. But what is especially needed and which all who love God can give, is fervent prajer for the influences of the Holy Spirit.
the Secretary, the Rev. F. D. JVard, m. a., after which the following Resolutions weie unanimously adopted by the meeting.
IV.
I.
Moved
Tliat the Report now read be received, adopted, and printed under the direction of the committee, and that this meeting
rejoice in the
this
prosperity that has attended the past history of same time, all the praise of the
''from
benefits
in
moving
with which I rise, sir, with great pleasure to move the resolution have been entrusted, on account both of the Society itself as well as the Christian friends whom I see before me; with regard to the Society, which has proved itself to be so valuable, and whose publications in the last year were circulated to an extent eleven fold greater than that of the first year of its formation, that I may express the high opinion I entertain of its usefulness, and be a means, however humble, of causing an interest to be taken more widely in its favour with regard to my Christian friends, I feel a pleasure in supporting this Societ}-, because I find it to be an. active auxiliary to that most valuable society the Religious Tract Society at home. It is, indeed, sir, for this reason that I feel myself more peculiarly indebted to this Society. Oh, my dear friends, let it not be forgotten, while we are taking such an interest and a very proper interest too in the dissemiuallon of religious truth among the Mahomedan and Hindu populatiou of this benighted land, tlat Englishn;en and their descendI
vin,
and ronls to be lor^f, nn ^vell as Natives. duty, and no less ni}* privilege, as a Chaplain of tlie Honorable Company, to labour exclusively among tlie English-speaking population; and therefore feel it my dutj- to state that there is a danger, and by no means a trivial danger, of the Knglish population forgetting, while attentive to and anxious for the souls of Natives, tliat they have souls of their own; and perhaps few here present, in consequence of tlie labours of most being strictly missionarj-, have had opportunities of observing the fearful spiritual condition of many of tlie lower class of English and their descendrints about this place, which it has been my lot to witness. Now, as religious tracts are well calculated to stir up this class of people, I am a supporter of the Tract Societ}" a Tractarian, if 3'ou please j'es, a Tractariiiii but with this important distinction, not to supplant the word of God, not to frighten people from it as something mysteriously replete wiili difficulty and with danger but to spread abroad its pure and holy truth and to direct attention more generall}- to it_. know, sir, that often some small and trilling matter is a means of. arresting our attention and calling our notice to that which is more important: just, sir, as by the eructations of some mighty volcano b}' the balls of fire and brilliant sparks which it emits, is the attention of the traveller first arrested, and his eye first caught and thence directed to the volcano itself, the source, of all the light and brilliancy which he had previously admired, so these tracts are glorious scintillations of heavenly truth sent out into the surrounding darkness, and riveting attention here and there among the careless passers by, until at last their eyes take a retrograde movement and trace the course of the spark of light which thej- first admired to the common source of all God's Holj- Spirit, shining in, and through, and upon His Holy
nnls.liave souls to lie Saved.
It is
my
We
Word.
Again,
sir, I
I love the word Catholic ; and a Catholic Societj-. let us not give it up, because it has been usurped by the common enemy, although with what right I am at a loss to conceive indeed, sir, I am not logician enough to discover how tiiac which is particular can be said to be uniuer.sul ; let us not then abandon tliis name, but rather carry it as a weapon even into the camp of the enemy; and sureh' every thing valuable, although it be but a name, ought to be retained. And here, sir, 1 may perhaps observe that the very wide disiHisIon of tracts b}' tliis Society is sometimes brouglit forward as a ground of 1 have more than once heard it stated in Engaccusation against it. land, in the tones of derision, that this Societj' was an admirable one to find wrappers for half-])ennyworth's of tobacco or snuil' and other groceries: but, sir, pray bear it in mind that 1 have heard of a man who was converted by reading part of a tract in which a piece of cheese that he had purchased liad been wrapped up. 'J'hus the
this evening,
it is
tract contained
both food for his body, and food for his soul, even
And wh}' that bread of- which if a man cat he shall never hunger. not wrap up moottai (sweetmeat) in tracts, and thus distribute pure and heavenly trutli among the jieojjle. Tracts were humble instruments of doing mueli good. Ministers and missionaries, also, were but mere instruments earthen vessels! and is it not, sir, by the most humble iiistruuKiits that Almighty Giod, for the display- of ills own
IX,
glory and iuHnitf power, alwaj's clioo?;ep lo riocouipliali niioli(j eiuls i Was it not by weak vessels b}' cracked pitciiers, tliat Jtliovali cliose to make tlie general of Israel victorious over tlic liost of tlic Midianites?^ was it not by a sling and smooth ])ebble-stonc that the stripling David was enabled to slaj- Goliath of Gath ? and is it not by "the foolishness of preachino" that God has determined to save them Tracts might be called second-hand preachers; and that believe V one thing might be said in their favour that cannot be said fur either chaplains or missionaries, viz. that they are not expensive Chaplains and missionaries require to eat and to drink preachers. and to be clothed, and have innumerable wants beside, the supply of which requires money but tracts require neither meat, drink, lodgHence they are the cheapest of all ing, washing, nor clothing. preachers. Moreover, the tract may, and often docs penetrate where The tract will often be found in the living preacher cannot enter. the house of the Brahmin, and meet with a shelter in some nook or corner even under the roof of the most inimical and bigoted. And now, sir, having endeavoured to show the value of this Society in the good that it has achieved and is still capable of achieving, I would conclude with one remark bearing upon the conclusion of the resolution just placed in my hand ; and 1 trust iny good friends before me Satan is ever active ; will take it seriously into their consideration. and we are too often apt to deceive ourselves at meetings of this kind. are all generall}- much elated, wc are full of zeal in the good cause, and our feelings are generally carried awaj* in the cause of truth ; but all these ebullitions are too often found soon after altogether to have evaporated, and the stir the mighty stir perhaps within us is discovered to have subsided into an inglorious inactivity. I hope such will not be the case on the present occasion ; but, my dear friends, to prevent such a disappointment, you can dejacnd upon nothing but the grace of God. Let me therefore entreat you all, Avhen retired into the quiet privacy of home, to ask in earnest and instant prayer for the out-pouring of the Holy Ghost, both upon each one of you in particular and upon this Society at large, liemembcr that it is not what each of you may give but what God may do, that will make this, or any other Society successful. Bear in mind then, my dear friends, I beseech you, that, though any of you might give one hundred, or even one lakh of rupees to this Society, it is the Spirit of God, it is the Holy Ghost alone, who of old opened the heart of Lydia, that can render the tracts of this Society really beneficial to the souls of men.
We
In rising to second the resolution approving of the Report, I will not, Mr. Chairman and Christian friends, detain you. It was only todaj- I knew I was to speak at ^11, and I have not found leisure to prepare a formal address. But as during the past year I was called to take a considerable share in the active management of the Society's proceedings, as Assistant Secretary and Depositary, there are a few
particulars in the Report to which I would briefly draw your attention. One interesting feature in the Report is the increase during the year of excellent vernacular books for the Xative church. Besides
an improved edklon of JRlienius Body of Divinity and of Draper's Bible Story Book iu Tamil, Bunyan and Baxter have been made to speak to tlic Native Christians iu their own tonoue. This is only a beginning: tlie committee hope to add to the number from time to The Society's Depository contains treasures which, were they time. more extensively known, I am sure would be more largely used by have many of the best practithe Christians of this Presidency. cal treatises of the most eminent Divines both of Europe and AmeThe works of Edwards, Howe, Boston, Owen, and a host rica. of others master spirits in divine knowledge and in Christian worth are to be had in Englisli in tlie cheapest and most attractive forms. It is the desire of the committee to translate many of these admirable writings into the vernacular tongues of this part of India, as one No of the greatest blessings they can bestow on the Native church. substitute can be compared to the voice of the living preacher, but all will agree that "those who have put on Christ" will be edited and strengthened by a familiar acquaintance with the best authors since even in a foreign dress. the Reformation It is greatly to be wished that these cheap and beautiful English books were more extensively purchased by families, and more largely circulated among our soldiers, sailors, and English-reading populaSuch books to the value of two thousand rupees have tion generally. lately been received from the Parent Society, and are now offered for It is gratifying to be able to inform you that sale at the Depository. some friends have availed themselves of the Society's English stores, and established small libraries in difTercnt parts of the country. There are not a few instances of non-commissioned officers purchasing books, and lending them to their comrades. I may also mention that hundreds of these books have from year to year been bought, and given awa^' to Native youths attending our English schools in Madras and the provinces. It is the duty of all interested in the advancement of Messiah's kingdom to make themselves acquainted with the books and tracts in the Depository, and to help to scatter them abroad with a wise and liberal hand. The committee never refuse a reasonable ajiplication for Tracts^ from any quarter, either in English or the vernacular languages; and all the vernacular and the sc\\oo\ Books of the Society may be obtained, on proper application for a dozen or more, at halfMore agents are required for the effective distribution of price. Tracts and Books: it is a work in wdiich all Christians from the lowest to the highest may co-operate, and by a prompt and vigorous use of the treasures in the Depository mightily enhance their value. The second point iu the Report to whicli I would refer is the proIn this department gress made in the preparation of School Books. also we are only but beginning. A few initiator}- Tamil books and one English diglott have been prepared and introduced into schools; but we need a series of higher school books, both diglott and in the simple vernacular. require books of practical utility to supplant and to supersede the heathen school books ; a good readino' book of general knowledge, and useful substantial treatises on Arithmetic, Geography, and History. Tiiese, properly adapted to the youngmind in this country and thoroughly taught, will all tend to the overthrow of idolatry anil to the removal of obstaelts that lie in the way of Christianity. The preparation of these books demands umch
We
We
XI.
but the cause is worlliy of it all. Nor labour and mucli expense are Me to think that the mere preparation of suitable books is enough: every means must be taken to bring thun into general use. This is no easy matter, so long as we have only heathen teachers disposed to teach slavishly' only what they themselves know and to adhere tenaciously to their heathen books. Whatever is really serviceable in their heatlien books ought to be extracted, and such improvements and additions made as to make the new books entirely Little progress has yet been made in bringing the displace the old. Tamil initiator}- books into use there is little demand for tlieni yet But were those who the obstacles to their introduction are great. establish and support schools with heathen teachers to insist on the use of the Society's books as initiatory, and tlie vernacular Scriptures and the to follow them in order, more progress would soon be made slumber of both teachers and scholars M-ould be broken. All who know the importance of a Christian education will see the obligation that lies on us all to go forward, and the necessity of enlarged liberality as the funds are nov/ low, aud a considerable increase of expenditure must be incurred. a painful I cannot sit down v.ithout alluding to another particular fact which we must look broadly at and endeavour to meet that hitherto we are only forcing our icay into the hearts of the Hindus, They are not yet convinced that we are their friends come to seek their spiritual and eternal good. The heathen generally as yet give ro hearty welcome to us to our Tracts and our Books. are There is no spontaneous all this while only pressing up the hill. movement on their part towards Christianity. So long as this is the case, we are only on the edge of a progressive amelioration, and ought to regard the work as onl}- in its first stage. Hence the need of prayer: that God may do for them and for us what we cannot do. Since the heathen will not come of themselves to receive the blessings of Christianity, it is our duty to go to them, and to press the truth on them by every consideration. And above all, when we look at the state of perishing thousands around us, we are urgently called to wait on Him by prayer and supplication, wlio alone can give them a heart to feel after Him who alone can give them power to welcome and embrace that knowledge which we offer them and which is able to save their souls. Satan's works aroimd us are gigantic and of long standino-. The cup of abominations he has made this people drink is enchanting they arc sleeping on the t-dge of eternal fire. It is our duty to awaken them, to urge upon them the truth, to entreat them to throw down the weapons of their rehellion, to call on God while He is near, and to la}- hold on pardon while it is offered to them.
:
We
II.
Moved
That tlie communication of Divine truth with a view to the glory of God, and the salvation of the soul, being the one object at which this Society aims, it is worthy of the interest, the prayers, and the pncuniary aid of every friend of man and every
disciple of Christ.
Xll.
ol'
this icsolutioil
Wlicn we
institution,
tlie
are called
upon
is
an imjuiry
at
once suss^cstcd
claims are imperative: for if the object proposed be praisewortliy, and the means made use of to accomplisli it be such as to .secure the benefit desii>ned, we are bound by the oblioaiions of our common Christianity to aid and support it to the extent of our
tliosc
ability
tree bj' its fruit, and on the same principle wo judge of an individual, a comnmnity, or a societj'. But profession is not principle, any more than blossom is not fruit. What a society professes to do, and what it really accomplishes, are widely difTerent; and we must look to the labours and successes of this Society, rather than to its regulations and propcsals, to know its real importance. The object pro])oscd by tliis Society, as set forth in this resolution, viz. tlie commioiicdtion of Dtvbie tnith, vj'ith a view to the ylorij of God, and the salvation of the soul of man, is the most dignified, and praiseworthy tliat can engage our attention. The communication of Divine truth to tlie mind of man, which is dark and disordered by sin, is of all subjects the most important. Without this knowledge, or experience of Divine truth in our minds, what arc we ? 'What are all men by nature? Without God and without hope in tlie world. They walk in darkness, and have no light. Tliey have no perception of-moral truth and call bitter sweet, and evil good. they sport with destruction, they mock God. The}' laugh at sin,
We
condition of all "for behold darkness has covered the earth, and gross the minds of the people." But when this Divine truth is conmiunicated to the mind, through the operation of the Holy Spirit, and its influence felt on the heart, then its fruits are seen in the life. Then he feels his sins, and sees his danger he abhors that which is evil, and cleaves to that which he breaks away from his sins, and hastens to the merc}'is good ; he closes with (lod in Christ; and being sincerel}' reconciled to seat; him, old things are passed away, and all things become new. This communication of Divine truth to the mind, secures the glory of God, and the salvation of the soul. Is then the distribution of tracts and the circulation of religious books, such as we iind on the lists of this Society's catalogue, calculated to convey this religious knowledge, or this Divine truth, vvliich maketh wise unto salvation, to the minds of the people ? I believe it is highly calculated so to do, and many instances are on record of the saving benefits which have resulted from the united efibrts of this Society. One instance, among many others which might be adduced to prove the correctness of these remarks, 1 beg leave to mention, as it fell under my ow'n observation, and 1 was familiar with all the circumstances of the case. About eighteen months, or two years ago, while residing in Bangalore, a Native man came there for instruction, who had been a schoolmaster in Vellore. While engaged in this capacity, a tract was read to him which gained his attention. It was afterwanls given to him, and he read it again and again, until his
this is the
And
mind btgau
to
open
Ho began
to
talk
and
XIU.
think seriously about Christianity, until his heatlien friends began to take the ahirin. They hmghed at him, threatened him, and then persecuted him till at length he resolved to give up all for Christ. Accordingly he went to Bangalore, vvith his wife ; and after some months' instruction, was baptized ; and has continued to this day an upright and consistent Christian. Now if these things are so, it follows, that in the language of the resolution, this Society is worthy of your interest, your pecuniary support, and your prayers ; and not of yours only, but of every friend of man, and every disciple of
:
Christ.
worthy of our interest, be it great or small, be it religious or be it with the rich or the poor. We have all interest, or influence, to some degree, wliatever may be our elevated or degraded station in life. Are we masters, we have influence with our servants; are we servants, we have interest with our fellow-servants; let us use it in connexion with this Society. It is worthy of our prayers. For if we are true Christians, we are people of prayer; and we know who hath said, "the fervent effectual prayer of a righteous man availeth much." It is worthy of our pecuniary aid. Our interest and prayers are valuable; but our pecuniary support will add to their value. It will give weight to our interest and influence; and show the sincerity of our prayers. But it is not your pecuniary aid on this occasion, in assisting the collections merely, which is here meant: it is rather your regular contributions, j'our annual and monthly subscription, and your stated donations.
It
is
political,
follows.
object which this society aims at is the noblest, the most exalted, and the most worthy of tlie iieart and intellect of man, of all the objects which can possibly be pursued by any individual, or any body of men in the present world. In saying this I feel that I say much, but at the same time, 1 am persuaded that I am borne out by the testimony of Divine truth, when I add, that in saying this I do not say too much : and 1 wish that this were said more frequently, that it might be felt more deeply by every one in this assembly. The object which this societj- aims at is the salvation of the soul, and in aiming at this, it aims at an infinitely more glorious object than that which is proposed to himself by the politician, the statesman, or the warrior. If the salvation of the soul, which will live to witness the dissolution of the world which we inhabit, be of greater importance than the conquest of provinces and kingdoms, of greater importance than the increase of territory to our already extensive Indian possessions, then it is manifest that the object which this society aims at, in common with other kindred societies, is infinitely more important than the chief object pursued by the highest authorities in India. As our immortal soul outweighs invalue the whole material world, the salvation of that soul is an object of infinitely greater moment than the conquest of all the kingdoms, and the acquisition of all the treasures and riches of the whole earth. Tliat the salvation of the soul is the object aimed at by this society, is not only expressed in this resolution, but is also attested by many of the heathen. Not long ago in speaking to a heathen
XIV.
'^lio had read several of ilie tracts of tiiis society, lie expressed himself nearly as follows: "You English people are very good and charitable, you make books and distribute (liem to us grjuis, your books have a variety of names, such as the Blind Way. the True but I always find in reading ^^'ay. the Essence of \\'isdom. and so on your books to the end. that however differently they may begin, they gradually come to the same subject at last, and that subject is, the salvation of the sou/." This resolution furllier states that the salvation of the soul is aimed at by this society, by the "communication of Divine truth." E'rom all that I know of the contents of the tracts and books of this society, I can say without any hesitation, that they are such as all bodies of Christians in this country fully agree in. It is the constant study of this society to preserve their publications as free as possible from all sectarian views, and to admit nothing into them of a controversial nature, except it be in reference to the great con;
man
was commenced in the garden of Eden, and lias been perpetuated to the present day; the controversy of the God of heaven
troversy which
witli his sinful
subjects. Tliis feature in the character consider of great importance to the cause of truth in among the heathen and among the Native Christians. If any person should be desirous of carrying on the work of proselytizing lie will look in vain to the society for help in such a cause, if a gentleman of the Oxford training should be anxious to convince any of our Native Christians that tlieir baptism is unscriptural, and therefore null and void, and that tlieir marriages are unlawful, because the former was not administered, and the latter solemnized byone who had -been consecrated to the work of the ministrj- by the imposition of prelatical hands, to the jiraise of tliis society be it said, he must despair of ever producing such a conviction by means Neither the Episco[ialian, the Presof tlie publications of tliis society. byterian, the Independant, nor the Wesleyan. us such will find a friend in this society, nor indeed the least aid from it in promulgating in this land his peculiar views, either of doctrine or of church government. Sliould this society at any future time, for any cause or inducement whatever, lend its aid to the propagation of avowedly' sectarian views, that moment it will change its jiresent Catholic spirit, and forfeit that claim upon the jirayers and co-operation of the religious public which it now puts forth, and which, I am happy to find, is recognized and generously met by all classes of Protestant ChrisThe communication of Divine truth, and Divine truth alone tians. wliich to know and believe is essential the truth as it is iii Jesus to the salvation of the soul, is the only means wliieh this society employs to secure the object which it aims at, may it never lay aside this means, and emploj' otliers of a less spiritual nature; may it never lay aside the sharp two-edged sword of the spirit, and substitute in short, may in its place any blunted weapons of human invention it never cease to be the servant of Christ in order to become the slave of man. With regard to the reception which the publications of the society generally meet with on the part of the heathen, I must ja}', that, as far as my experience leads me, it is to a ver}' great degree, of Never have I known a heathen to find fault either a pleasing nature. \vith the motives or the spirit with which the Tracts and books of
and rebellious
XV.
huve been composed. It is true tliat in tliese publicasystem of Himliiisin is tliorouglily exposed, and idolatry is represented in all its det'onnities and a!)oniinations yet, the most devoted idolater, on reading tticm,,can find nothing in this exposure, which does not commend itself to his better judgment- I have known many respectable men among the heathen, and even Brahmins, when a Tract on Idolatrj' has been read to them, and the subject of it more fully explained, to accord in every sentiment which was extills
societ}'
lioris tlic
pressed, and at the close of the conversation or address to say to each other, are all in the wrong, we have hitherto been prepetuating falsehood ami trusting in it. Tiie books of these Englishmen clearly sliow us what we never saw before, though we might have seen it if we had looked, viz. that idolatry is wrong, that it is not a religion which leads to heavenly bliss. What shall we say? We are but children, we are worse than children, we are even brutes. As one of us drives a thousand bullocks before him because he has more sense than all those bullocks, so one of these English people by their books and reasonings, drives a thousand of us before him, because lie has more sense than all of us put together." The object of this society being the noblest which it could possibly |3ropose to itself, and the means which it employs to secure that object being in accordance with the Divine will, it may securely confide in the prcmiise and faithfulness of God, that its labours will not be bestowed in vain. For a quarter of a century this society has been aiming at the salvation of the souls of the Hindus by the communication of Divine truth, and though its friends have not seen that amount of spiritual good resulting from their labours which they could wish, yet they have witnessed many instances of conversion to the truth, and have received numerous tokens of the Divine favour which have liitherto constrained them to thank God and take courage. I mioht here mention as an additional encouragement to the friends of this society to persevere in tlieir work of faith a labour of love, an instance whicli came under my own observation. I refer to the case of a young man in the Colmbatoor district, who was first brought to see the evil of idolatry and to renounce it, by reading one of the Tracts of this societ\'. It was on a sabbath afternoon, at the weekly market held in one of the villages in the tlistrict, that the head man of a neighbouring village, after listening for some time, said, "your religion is doubtless a very good religion for the soul, but not a profitable one to the body, for if I were to renounce my own rrlisjion, and come over to .yours, I should lose inj' manigbarsliip, and what shall I and my family do then ? however aive a l)Ook that I may knowmore about your religion." I gave him a tract -which he took home with him. One of his sons from curiosity took up this tract and read it; finding however that it had quite unsettled his mind regarding the subject of idolatry, he resolved never to look into it again, as alas is too frequently the case with many, when the light of Divine truth begins to penetrate through the thick darkness of their understanding, and reveal to them the abominations of idolatry. The truth however had taken fast hold of the conscience of this man, which induced hiin to take up the tract again, and read it through repeatedly. At length he was thorouohly convinced that idol worship was sinful in the sight of God, and destructive of the happiness of the soul, and that he needed a Saviour to deliver him from his sins.
"We
XVI.
After a lengthened and severe conflict in his own mind whetlier he should continue a heathen, or become a Christian, he resolved upon the latter, consequently without consulting flesh and blood, lie left his father's house and all his relatives, and came to Coimbatoor to be more fully instructed in the truths of Christianity. As soon as he had obtained a clear knowledge of the way of salvation his mind was so filled witli joy, that without hesitation or delay, he proclaimed the glad tidings of the gospel to many of his deluded countr3'men. VVheii his father and his other relatives ascertained that he had joined the missionaries, thej- came in a body with the intention of inducing him (o return to his native village. They promised him marriage, and a hundred rupees in the bargain, if he would go back with them ; but he rejected all their ofters, neither promises on the one hand nor threatenings on the other could prevail on him to change his purpose, and go back to heathenism. His rapid improvement in scriptural knowledge aftorded no inconsiderable hope that he would soon become a valuable auxiliary to the mission ; death however came and disappointed the expectations which had been fondly cherished regarding him. The evening on which he died, he requested one of his yoimg companions to read him a chapter in the New Testament. Being asked what chapter he should like to have read, he replied "any chapter which speaks of the Lord Jesus Clirist." The chapter being read, he was asked, whether he sincerely believed in Jesus Christ, to \vhich lie replied, "yes, I believe in Him with all my heart, he is my only Saviour," and then lifting up his hands and eyes to heaven, exclaimed, "O Lord Jesus, save my soul, save my soul;" and with these words on his lips, he gave up the ghost. If to die trusting in Jesus and praying to him for salvation is an evidence of a person's dying in the Lord, then have we a clear evidence that the soul of this young man is now among the glorified spirits in heaven. Here is one instance at tlie least of good liaving been done by means of this society; and if this were tlie only instance, the prayers, the exertions, and the sacrifices, of its friends have not been in vain, Tliere are doubtless many instances, which if known would prove equally as encouraging as the one I have now mentioned. They will all however be made known at the last day, when every work shall be brouglit to judgment, and the labours of God's people shall be publicly acknowledged and rewarded by the Judge of all. I will only add, and I hope that I shall express the feelings and intentions of all present that this noble society is in ever}' respect worthy of our interest, our prayers, and our pecuniary support. I trust that as long as 1 am permitted by the good Providence of God to hold any connexion with this society, I shall not cease to feel a deep interest in its proceedings, support its claims, and further its benevolent and hcavenl}- object.
111.
by the
this Society afforfls peculiar facilities for personal leading sinners {o a knowledge of the truth, this meeting regard it as their duty, as well as the duly and privilege of all to avail themselves of the facilities thus Providentially
effort in
That as
xvu.
aflforded
by
ble publications.
Upon reading the above resolution Mr. Leitch urged upon the audience the duty of doing good to the people by the means Almost all the good effected in our ;Yorld this Society affords. The friends of this Society had is produced by personal effort. granted the means necessary for publishing these books, and now it was equally their duty and privilege to assist in their circulation. Of what use are these, though printed, if allowed to remain undistributed on the shelves of the Depository. JMr. L, then dwelt in a very touching and impressive manner upon the (AVe regret that life of the late Rev. J. Smith, his colleague. Mr. L. could not fui-nish us Avith the notes of his address.)
Mr. Lechler remarked in brief that he would avail himself of the occasion to acknowledge his indebtedness to this Society for the important assistance tiiey had rendered him in the prosecution of his missionary duties. He assured them that their Tracts and books had done much good, and trusted that continued and increased prosperity would attend this enterprise of Christian
benevolence.
IV.
b}-
the
That this meeting acknowledge with gratitude the services of the Officers of this Society during the year past, and that the following named gentlemen be requested to conduct its affairs
during the year to come.
1844.
and Depositary,
Esq.
MACAULAY,
LEITCH.
Secretary,
REV.
F. D. \\
WARD,
A.
M.
xvm.
Couiniittee.
Lieut. Col. R. ALEX.^NDER, Rev. J. ANDERSON, Rev. J. BRAIDWOOD, a. m.
Major
C. A.
BROWNE,
MACAULAY,
\V. p.
Esq.
Rev.
W. porter,
J. ROWLANDSON, POWELL, d, c. l.
Captain M.
Rev. Rev.
a.
H. ELOUIS,
Rev. R. D. Rev. R. K.
GRIFFITH,
m.
J.
ROBERTS,
Rkv. S. Rev. R.
Captain W. G.
WOODS,
this resolution
remarked as
follon's
afraid tliat it appears somewhat egotistical in me to propose resolution at all, but it would certainly appear more so were I to enlarge upon it. I cannot, liowever, sit down, without bearing- record as a constant witness of the committee's deliberations, to the sober zeal and the quiet perseverance with which they fulfil the duties which
am
tliis
REPORT.
Under circumstances of more than ordinary interest do the Committee of the Madras Tract and Book Society meet their friends and supporters on this occasion. The brief view of present is its Tiventy-Jifth Jnniversary. the rise and, thus far, rapid and successful progress of the institution will form an appropriate introduction to this its quarto centennial Report.
"The Religious Tract Association at Madras'''' (the name originally given to this Society) was organized in
the year one thousand eight hundred and eighteen. It owed its existence, under the Ruler of all, to the Christian zeal and beneficence of a few residents of this city, most of whom have already entered their heavenly rest. Small at first were its funds, and limited the sphere of its opera"It was," in the language of its first report, "like tion, a grain of mustard seed sown in the field of Madras, in humble dependence on the blessing of Him, who often employs the feeblest means for attaining the most important ends."
That an institution formed for such purposes, and with such motives and feelings reigning in the hearts of its founders, should have been divinely prospered, can excite no surprise. Hope of success finding its warrant
B
the volume of providence, and of revelation, was not to disappointment. In proof of this we have but to contrast two periods of the Society^s lustory the first and the twenty-fifth years. The 8,268 pubHcations distributed previous to the first anniversary have multiplied to the number of 90,000 issued during the year just closed ; Tracts of a few leaves (to the emission of which the attention of the Society was for a time solely given) have become octavos of some hjuidred pages.
ill
doomed
Added to this a monthly periodical of 24 pages is sent forth re]>lete with im])ortant and interesting truths. Rupees 930, the whole amount realized previous, to the first report, have increased to the sum of Rupees 5,811, received into the treasury since the last annual meeting.
And
of
Parent
Without fiirther detail it is enough to say that the Society has, to the present houi*, been on the advance ; not a retrograde step having yet been taken. The place it early gained in the confidence and esteem of the Christian community, has not been lost. As opportunities for enlarging
the sphere of its efforts presented themselves, the means of blessings from on high have so doing have been granted been graciously vouchsafed and so marked have been the evidences that the enterprise was from God, that the Committee feel constrained to call upon all its friends and supporters to be grateful for the past, and increasingly energetic for the future.
Before proceeding to the body of the report, it may be proper to notice two occurrences of the past year that have The first called for the special action of the Committee. of these was the death of the Rev. John Smith, of the L. M. Society; on which occasion the following resolution was passed
:
"The Committee, in recording the probable loss at sea of the Rev. John Smith, long one of their number, and for about three years their Secretary, desire to leave on their minutes an expression of their high sense of his estimable
oharaclev as a man, a Cliiistian, and a missionary; and u( the obligations of this Society to him for his man}- important services, not only as an able and active Secretary, bnt as a trnl}' catJiolic member of the Committee, who feel individnally that they have lost a friend and brother.''
the retirement of the Rev. M. Winsloio Secretary to the Society, which occasioned the following expression in Committee.
from the
"That the hearty thanks of the Committee be given to M. Wixslow, A. M., for his long, laborious, and faithful discharge of the duties of Secretary."'''
the Rev.
The Rev. J. Braidwooo, A. M. finding it necessary to resign his office as Assistant Secretary and Dcposita'ry, Z. Macau LAV, Esq., was elected his successor, and kindly undertook its duties.
Messrs. Bainbridge a\d Co. have generouslv continued their valuable and gratuitous services as Treasurers to
the Society.
The different branches of labour to mIhcIi the attention of the Committee has been directed, will now be noticed in the usual order.
Tract Departineut.
No. The
70. Ministerial Advice.
object of tliis Tract, which is mostly taken from one of the TafFna Tract Society's General Series, is to show that not 011I3' ministers but Christians in this land, should exert themselves to spread the Gospel; and a variety of arsuments are used to excite Catechists, Schoolmasters, and other Christians to this VA'ork.
No.
71
This contains the leadinof principles of Christianity, exhibited in a simple manner and in plain language, so as to be intelligible to the unlearned, and even children.
No.
72.
Mothers Manual.
Tract of 24 pages, which contains much instruction of a simple interesting and useful character, addressed chiefly to Christian mothers, on the mode of training children, in order that, by the Divine blessing,
the}' may grow up iu the fear of God, be a comfort and help to their parents, and prove useful members of society. Several anecdotes are subjoined by way of example, showing the influence of religious instruction on the infant mind.
IVo. 73.
Evidences of Scripture.
rather an elaborate Tract, a little altered from a publication of the London Missionaries in Madras a few years ago, for the use principally of their schoolmasters. It contains the principal evidences of Christianity from prophecy and miracles, and the nature of its doctrines ; and to those who are willing to read and reflect, it will be found very valuable.
is
This
In Tklugc
Geneual
is
Series.
No.
66.
Honesty
A Tract illustrating the importance and advantages of honesty as exemplified in the case of a Boatman on the river Thames. It is the translation of an English Tract that has been found very acceptable
and
useful.
L\ Tamil
Miscellaneous
Series.
In Tamil
N'o. 19.
Childre.n's
Series.
Account of Little Cornelia. This Tract is an account of the intelligence, piety and happy death of a little girl named Cornelia, who was educated in the Female School
of Mrs. Bailey at Cotta, Ceylon.
No.
20, ^'^Seeiiig
Him
u-ho is Invisible."
text "Seeing Him who is invisible," is illustrated by the story (parabolical) of a kind father and his four sons; prefaced by a few facts from Scripture History, illustrative of the same truth.
The
TRACTS RE-PRINTED.
In Tamil
36. Hindoo Triad. 42. Divine Knowledge. N'o. 47. On Adultery.
General
No. No.
Series,
No. No.
53. Good Advice. 61. Spiritual Light. N'o. 63. Essence of Wisdom.
Tet.ugu
General
End
Series,
No.
60.
of Time.
thus find that Thirteen neiv Tracts and Seven re-prints have been put to press during the j-ear.
We
Book Department.
The Body of Divinity in Tamil, that was in press at the last anniYersary has been issued, and so rapid has been its sale that the Committee have directed the printing of a second edition of It has proved a very acceptable boon to the Native 1,000.
Church. Exposure of Mohammedism in Hindustani, has been published, and is .now to be had at the Depository. To the volume of Tracts for Children, two have been added, making the series 22 in number. Draper's Bible Story Book is in the Depository, and a few have been sold. Earth's Church History, translated into Tamil by the Rev. J. A. Regel, has been sent to the Committee and met their approval. An edition Avill be immediately issued. A Series of explanatory and practical expositions of the Parables of Christ, is in course of preparation one half of the edition is to be distributed in the Tract form, and the remaining half reserved to make a volume when the whole is
;
complete. small volume containing brief and satisfactory replies to the objections of infidels (and consequently Hindus) to many of the statements and doctrines of the Bible, is spoken of by manuscript correspondents to the Society as greatly needed. on this important subject has been received and is now before the Committee.
The original sermons at present in course of publication in the Tamil Magazine will ere long be published in a separate volume. This plan has met the hearty approval of all who have heard of it. The Committee would be much gratified could they secure at least one sermon from each missionary in the Tamil country. A translation of that very valuable work '"'Rogers on Popery" is now being published in the Tamil Magazine, and may, it is hoped, become at some future day one of the volumes of the
Society.
Tamil Magazine.
This monthly periodical is still under the editorial care of the Bev. A. Leitch. It continues to he the repository of a large amount of very valuable matter original and translated. To quote the language of its Rev. Editor, "The Tamil MagaIn zine is a great blessing to the infant church of India." hope of seeing their papers printed many write who would
6
It diftuses a literary taste never bestir tlieinselyes. its information among the people, and every year is adding to its efliiciency. During the past twelve months it has been well supported. Its literary character is far superior to
otliernlse
along with
The new arrangement by that of some Hindu periodicals. Avhich a sermon written by a missionary, and unanimously approved of by the Tamil Revision Sub-Committee, is issued in every number, is giving it access to new spheres and adding new interest to its present walks of usefulness.
',
Depository.
a statement of the Tracts, and of the the Native languages, received into the Depository and issued from it, in course of the 3'ear.
is
in
RECEIVED.
Tracts,
English, Portuguese,
22,500
500
.
Tamil, Telugu,
Total
127,000 10,000
160,000
3,500 3,000
Volumes,
Tamil, Hindustani,
Grand Total
ISSUED.
Tracts,
Enolisli,
. .
166,500
94,832
1,795
Bound Volumes,
36
1
1,832
1,775
97,9.39
School Books,
...
Grand Total
There have been sohl of the Parent Society's pu1)licaamount of Rupees 2,014-13-9. The quantity of printing paper expended witliin the year is reams 330-2-10, the quantity received 500, and that on hand was 803-1-4. There remains therefore on hand at the end of the year 972-18-18. The whole number of Tracts issued since the formation of the Society is 2,290,121, and 7,289 bound vohimes in the Native Languages 2,675 school books, and about 36,000 copies of the Tamil Magazine.
tions to the
;
The
aggregate, therefore, (exclusive of extensive sales of the Parent Society's publications,) is more than 2^^ millions of different publications.
Distribution.
of this Society have been less extensively distributed during the past year, than during some previous Three causes may be noticed as periods of its history. accounting for this partial decrease. (1) The existence and prosperous exertions of Tract Societies at Bangalore, Bellary, Vizagapatam, Nagercoil, Palamcottah, and Jaflna; the necessary consequence of which being to limit vciy considerably the sphere of this Society's operations, especially when contrasted with that period when it stood alone in Southern India. (2) A desire on the part of many, who have before been most plentiful in their distribution, to see more positive benefits than they have yet witnessed ere they re-commence more general circulation. In allusion to this point the Rev. J. E. Ni.mmo, of Combaconum, writes as follows
:
The Tracts
"In the distribution of religious Tracts, we have been somewhat sparing for the last few months. Having been convinced that almost every reading faniil}' in this large town, has more or less been supplied with Tracts and tr^criptures, (tens of thousands of the former and thousands of the latter having been widely circulated during the 1 1 years of my stay here.) I do not feci myself warranted any more to give them away so plentlfull}'. I desire to have some decisive indications that some good use has heen made of books already in their possession, before I sup-
them with fresh ones. Out in the villages, liowevcr, I am somewhat more lil)eral, taking care at all times and in all phices to give them to none but those who are able to read, and willply
ing to receive.
We
last
and
8
upwards of 8,000 of your valuable publications, and long to see their legitimate influences on the minds of the people. Much in the way of work has been accomplished here and all that we now need, is an outpouring of the Holy Spirit to give efficacy Let us sow in hope, and Jehoto the word thus disseminated. vah will not fail His promise, which says, 'so shall my word be that goeth forth out of my mouth, it shall not return unto me
',
void.'"
The
Persewauknm, Madras:
"During previous years, a very large number of Tracts and Bibles has been distributed here, and many remain in the posTo distribute Tracts openly and freely in session of the people. the street exposes us to rudeness, and has often reminded me of our Saviour's exhortation, 'Cast not your pearls before swine,' I estimate the value of a Tract so highly, that I do not think it right to bestow it on those who receive it for the value of the paper, and then laugh at the giver for his pains and there are many, very many such in this and other places of Madras. IMany in this land have awfully abused the mercy of God, and the generosity of His servants by making the very abundance of Tracts distributed a reason for undervaluing and destroying AVhen I walk into the streets to address the people, I them. take a few books in my hand. Many come forward and ask for them, I reply that if they really desire them, they will take a little trouble to get them, and therefore if they will walk to my house at any time, or come to our place of worship on such a day, and at such an hour, they will be supplied."
",
From the correctness of these views there can, it is thought, be no dissent. The only point to be guarded against is, that this caution degenerate not into inaction, and thus the ^treme of too limited do not exchange places with that of the too free circulation of the Society's publications.
is the paucity of necessary for the few in the field to confine their attention to their stations, forbidding those tours among villages so favourable to Such is the apathy of the extensive Tract distribution. Native character, and such the recklessness of the heathen as to the truth or falsehood of Christianity, that the Gospel must be carried to them for they will not come to receive it. As one correspondent remarks, ''When I go
(3.)
missioufiries^
thus rendering
it
the people, and as they ask for Tracts, &c., I them that on such a day and at such an hour if they will come to my house they will be supplied; but few have done Uy Is it urged by any that if this be the case, if they do not prize the truth enough to come and receive it, they are unworthy to have it put in their possession. out
tell
among
The
position is not, it is thought, tenable, since the samesentiment would close the door against all effort for the salvation of men. The truth must be first known, then is
employed by the Spirit to convince, regenerate, and One who hoped to spend much of his time in itineracy has been called away. One of his last acts in the city was to supply himself with a quantity of the Society's publications for distribution when returning from Vizagapatam. Another very efficient and active agent of this Society is still detained in his native land by loss of
it
save.
health.
But while the number of Tracts has been less^ the number of Books has been greater. For example, of
the Body of Divinity, a volume of 670 pages, 320 copies have been issued from the Depository during the year, being equal to 17,866 Tracts of 12 pages each. One half more than the whole number sent forth during its first year. If to this be added the 733 copies of Pilgrim''s Progress, the 145 of the Indian Pilgrim, the 118 of Draper's Bible Story Book, other Tamil volumes 300, and of Tamil, Telugu and English School Books 2,000,
it will
be at once seen that while there has been a partial diminution in one department, there has been a great advance in others, and those of equal importance^
The Tracts of the Society have gon^ abroad in two unusual directions during the year, each of which calls for Mr. T. Hogg was employed for some special mention. time previous to his recent departure from Madras as a medical assistant in connection with the shipping of emigrants to the Mauritius. Constrained by a desire "to do good as he had opportunity"' he applied to the Committee for Tracts to be disposed of to Natives who came to him
previous to sailing, and also to officers of ships who would be willing to receive them. So successful was he in his first essay that he applied a second and a third time for the same purpose. Just before leaving, Mr. Hogg addressed the following letter to the Secretary
:
10 'You very kindlj put at my rlisposal I believe about 3,000 and it may afford satisfaction for me to inform you that they were sorted and made into bundles of 10, 15, 25, &c., and
Tracts,
'
distributed to about 13 or 14,(((l() emigrants who proceeded to the ^Mauritius during the cun-ent year. I generally delivered a bundle or two of these Tracts, according to the number embarked, to the captains of the vessels, with a request that they might be carefully distributed ; and the accounts 1 received of them from time to time were very pleasThe men were eager to get the Tracts, and were observed ing. during the voyage sitting in groups listening to the reading of them, and those who could read were anxious to obtain them afterwards, that they might quietly read them themselves ; and in Thus has the this way I am told they were read repeatedly. bread been cast upon the waters, which God's word assures us will be found after many days. It may be worthy of remark that the commanders who returned to this port for more emigrants, were desirous of having more Tracts because as they said they engaged the attention of the men, and kept them quiet on the passage It will be gratifying to the Committee of the Tract and Book Society to know that several thousand Tracts have in this way been introduced into a Roman Catholic colony, and scattered over the various plantations. I am'about to proceed to the Mauritius myself in the Lord Goderich, which will convey 226 emigrants, and it Avill give me heartfelt pleasure if I can report to vou any good done by these little messengers thus sent to
",
the Island.
I
my
mv
power
it
in
of the Parent Society, Tracts to the value of to London for distribution among the many Lascars at that port. Thus do the preachers sent forth by this Society follow the Hindu as he crosses the sea; and while they speak to
By request
him
lias left,
and remind him of the land he they point him to that better land the inherit-
tiie
Lamb.
Beiielits.
.The Rev. G. Peifitf, of Palamcottah, in a communication sent to this Society some years ago, makes the following "It is not always easy n]>propriate and forcible remarks.
11
amount of benefit ulneli a Tract conveys unless it happens to have heen the fust message of mercy to an ignorant sinner and I beHeve that our Tracts do more good than we generall}^ conceive. The distribution of Tracts, the circuhatiou of the Scriptures, preaching, schools, and other means of grace and instruction are like so many separate streams forming themselves into one river; we can trace their individual progress only a
to trace the precise
;
short distance, and it is impossible to calculate after their junction how much fertility each stream produces in the country; and perhaps it is Mell we cannot, for it is possible that a greater effect may be produced by that very combination which prevents our tracing their individual course It appears to me much the same with our 'J'racts farther. and Bibles and we surely should be satisfied with knowing that our humble endeavours, attended with the powerful blessing of God the Holy Spirit, are conveying spiritual health through as much of this barren country as they Religious Tracts are generally the are enabled to reach. best introduction we can have to a crowd of heathen. They often fix their attention when a direct address to them begins to fail of doing so; and what a vast advantage is it, after having addressed a number of heathens upon whose minds perhaps an impression is just beginning to be made, to be able to follow up that beginning by givingthem a Tract or a portion of Scripture to read in private." Had the supporters of this Society evidence direct and irrefragable that each Tract issued had been the means of regeneration or sanctification, the pleasure afforded would be great indeed, too great it may be for their own si>iritual benefit. Whatever the cause may be, we know that such a privilege is not allowed in connection with this or with any means yet devised or appointed for extending the religion of Christ. The Parable of the Sower finds its likeness How few of the words in ever)" form of Christian effort. that fall from the preacher\s lips are productive of benefit! so with the means of doing good employed by this Society. But it is not to be understood that there is no evidence of apparent benefit having attended the operations of
;
this institution.
Says the Rev. Mr. Nimmo, of Combaconum "That the Tracts we have circulated havebeen productiveof much good
there
is
can advert to
many
circum*
12
stances bearing on lliis point. Suffice it to say that God lias numerous cases owned and blessed this as the means of convincing wandering sinners. Let us not be weary in well doing, for in due time we shall reap if we faint not."" The Rev. Mr. Addis, of Coimbatore, now in the city, writes thus: "Had I my Journal at command I could supply you with numerous facts calculated to encourage the friends of Tract distribution." Mr. A. mentions the following cheering facts connected with his recent tour from
in
Coimbatore to this place. "In our journey down to Madras from Coimbatore, we had many opportunities of distributing Tracts, and did so to the extent of above a thousand, to those who could read, and on sev^eral occasions, when my son preceded me a stage, I have found many reading aloud the Tracts they had received from him to their companions travelling along the road some in bazaars did the same, which lead to applications to me for more. In all these instances I did not meet with a single Tract destroyed. A new circumstance of a cheering nature was also observable, viz. having a few Hindustani Tracts with us, we found the Mahomedans very anxious to obtain them and when we had none, they begged for Tamil ones, which a few we found could read, and supplied whereas formerly they looked with contempt upon our Tracts, Books, &c. In illustration of the same point the reader is referred to letters to be found in the "Appendix"'"' of this Report, especially one from the Rev. C. F. Mzc^zy, of Terapoovanum, near Madura.
; ;
'
<
13
^
r
<:
^
o
o
cS
cyj
00
X.
O !M c: t^ o aso -* o ->
.
4C o^
.-;
C3
o^ po
>
l~
-;
"^
cc
^^
^-1
(M
* o
o o
o
z
<<
c ** I;
4 K
>>
fa4
'
o
'
?:
^3
a
Ui
t^
!
1=
o
c
o
S ^ ^ n
P3
fa4
H
>
.
~
to Eh
e3
'
I^;
>
.
{/;
H w f^ ^ O w fe >H P H
2;
.2 '3
-If
1
o o
s
'
fat
'3
o
o
'o
, I
^"u
2 S
<
O
o
Is
'o
"
05
B o fi
O Q w; o Q Uj O <: O GQ H n cu Q O w H o
f'.
cs; Ce]
rn
Ex) H-l
s
i:
|2
U
fa.
o o
o
"o
-2 c
3 -(J o a
2
CCyj
CO
I.'
^ o ^ o II CCC(kO
< B
o
03
"ZI,
=
lO ^H
~~
* -H
<
T"
<!
^^
,__,
o
C-5
CM
=>';o
,_ eo
s jV*
o CO
C
>j O ^ O 4^
c3
^Oi
<
o a
CO
o O O u J S U
m Z
-*j
"3
o-^>^
,
Q s
#-M ^
Im
and
II
S
Secreta
eight,
ge,
.fcSl
Po
Expcns
ioncry,
ll
c
to
Lan
es,
1
'3
C-5
2
+3
'o
Expenses,
Peon's
^ g ?
^
s
hlets,
= c
*^
and
s
cc =2
^
.^^
^<^
2.i|l L sa
g
r^
O
___
3"ajCC^-=
""
u
Conclusion.
The remark is equally true and important that "there no labour so certainl}' eifectual and so largely productive as that which is expended in the work of the Lord." It is ^'effecfuar because undertaken and pursued in the
is
It is ''largely productive,'''' strength of the Omnipotent it concerns the securing of blessings rich as heaven and Such a labour is that in which the enduring as eternity friends and supporters of the Madras Tract and Book SoThe one object of this institution is ciety are engaged. the communicating of Divine truth with a view to the glory of God and the salvation of the soul. It is an auxiliary to the preacher and the Bible in efforts to overthrow the kingdom of the usurper and hasten the It co-opeestablishment of Messiah's throne on earth. Father, Son, and rates with the all merciful Jehovah Spirit in reclaiming the world from the effects of the ,fall and elevating it to the possession and enjoyment It has been sigof original knowledge and holiness. nificantly compared to one of the teeth of the great machine which Israel of old was, in the language of Isaiah, to become, and which was to beat in pieces the enemies of God's people. Its hrief publications have been aptly compared to the leaves of the tree of life that were to be for the healing of the nations. Facts testify that it has been both these a sword to slay and a balm to heal. of peace It has been a voice of warning to the careless of comfort to the afflicted to the convicted and anxious and of joy to the disconsolate. of strength to the weak Such has this Society been, through its publications, to not a few heathen souls. Let all the praise be given to Him from whom "all holy desires, all good counsels, and all just works do proceed."
!
for
But while the past furnishes much to encourage and gladden the heart "there remaineth much land to be posThe rivulet has become a stream wide, deep and sessed." but much soil still remains parched with the refreshing burnino' heat of sin. This institution ouffht not cannot stand still, much less retrograde. Oxward has been, and must still be its motto. The reasonsthat urged its founders to commence the enterprise remain undiminished, yea are
15
increased in
ed, Satan
is still dishonordanger. Added to which there are means of access to the ear, the mind, and the heart of the heathen now that were not enjoyed twenty-five years ago. The Native church too is increasing in
still
number and
struct
intelligence; they need religious books to inand guide them in the way of duty and heaven. Through this Society they are now being addressed by a Baxter and Bunyan^ but there are other men of that period and many of the present day,*vhose words of counsel, of warning and of comfort, would be a blessing to many a Native Christian now struggling with the "world, Schools, too, are established the flesh, and the devil." throughout the length and breadth of the land, and hundreds of thousands of pupils are under instruction. They are already using as class, and text, and reward books, manj' of
the publications of this Society, but they need them in What this Society has done greater number and variety. but is tiie beginning of what it might effect. The Committee feel constrained, therefore, to urge upon its friends an increase of interest, of pecuniary contributions, and above all oi prayer. Neither can be dispensed with without loss to the institution and loss to the kingdom of Christ. If the means for so doing be granted, works of importance will be at once issued. It is true that a small sura remains in the Treasury at the present time, but this is far from enough to meet bills already due, and to publish the works already accepted by the Committee. Finally "To believe our neiglibour immortal, and 3'et to regard him as if he were but mortal to know and admit that he has a soul, and yet to take no care for his soul to feed him with the bread that perisheth, and yet never give his famishing spirit a morsel of the bread of heaven to find him fainting with thirst, and yet give him none of the waters of life to help him along through this brief existence, and yet never seek to throw one kindly influence over his immortal course this cannot be to love our neighbour as God intended, and as He commands us to love Him." Such was the emj)hatic language of one who while on earth had learned
"The luxury
of doing' good."
Such a
and
practical,
was cherished
16
Biaddock and Schmidt, the first officers of whom have ascended to their heavenand by others who laid the foundations of this ly home Society and have assisted in its superstructure. The cherishing of such a love is the duty and privilege of those who are entrusted with its management and support the ^'diitif because accordant with the command and example of Immanuel the ^'privilege''' because a co-operation with the noblest of Beings in an enterprise lofty as the eternal throne, and importanlras the salvation of the soul
by Rhenius,
;
Hall,
all
of this Society,
83
R.
A.
Little
Henry and
his Bearer,
_
_ Pilgrim's Progress, _ Do. do. Rhenius' Body of Divliiitv, " do. Do. do.
_
. -
6 8 8 JO
2
Schwartz's Life,
do. do. Scripture History, Select Tracts, Do. do. Do. do.
_ .
10
Do, Do.
3
2
~
_
.
_ _
_ stiff
lialf
cover,
10
6
1
bound,
do.
Tracts for Little Cliildren, stiff cover. do. lialf bound, do. Do. Duty of Caring for the Souls of our Fellow Men, stiff cover, (Telugu) Hindu Girls' School, do. do. do. half bound, Do. . do. Indian Pilgrim, stiff cover, Refutation of ^Muhammedism, do.
...
-
(gilt)
2 2
020
2
1
10
Do.
do.
half bound,
3 4
SCHOOL BOOKS.
L
First
Lessons
in
Tamil, No.
I.
No. H. IL Second do. in do. in. English Instructor, No. I. IV. Do. \\ith Tamil Translation, do. V. Do. with Teluou VI. Tamil Grammar, -
6
_
-
_
.
_ -
1
1
stiff cover,
Purchasers are requested to take notice, tliat no credit can be allowed at the Tract Depository, and therefore all orders from outstations ought to be accompanied by a reference for payment, or by a remittance payable to the
Assistant Secretary .\nd Depositary.
84
APPENDIX.
aries in
facts and suggestions from the several MissionTamil country, a Circular Letter was, as usual, sent, to which a number of replies have been received.
In order to obtain
tlic
The following
'Inform.^tion
is
official Circular.
:
is
upon
in the waj'
of Tract distribution
The language of
Books ? What Tracts you have found to be most acceptaand apparently most useful ? Upon what subjects you think Wherein Tracts now extant are dethat new Tracts are needed ? What is the comparative value of Tracts and Books ? fective ? What use, if any, you have made of the Books of this Society, and with what success ? What Books, if any, 3'ou have been able to sell and whether the way is open for selling more ? What facts you have at command illustrative of the beneficial efTtcts of the Tracts and Books issued bN' this Societ}- ? And to what extent you can aid the Societv in the way of preparing any new Tracts or Books?"
ble,
THE REV.
A.
LEITCH.
In reply to your Circular as Secretary of the "Madras Tract and as to the events of the past year in my sphere of labour, a few words will be sufficient to put vou in Pursesvaukum, the locality in which 1 labour, po.ssession of the fact.-;. and is in the immediate vicinity of populous is densely iiiliabitetl neighbourhoods. Scarcelj" any other language but Tamil is spoken, and the inhabitants consist principally of heathens intermixed with large numbers of Roman Catholics and Protestant Christians, and some There is no heatlien temple of any note, but there are Socinians. three of an inferior description, whose agents are very busy and very successful in keeping the people under the bondage of tlie wicked one. One situated in the Bazar street is dedicated to Kalee orDurga. The priest of it is not a Biahmin, and is called by the people u Poosari, The temple is lighted up every night till morning, and for (^y^T/fl.)
85
this purpose, and lils own supporf, (lie ])rieRt levies a regular contriIn (lie event of liis deatli, his bution from every owner of a bazar. son or next relative succeeds him In ofiicc. The temple is so small that the people cannot assemble Inside, but frequently I see them congregated in large masses before it, only to have every thing that for the glaris sensual and devilish in their natures excited to action ing lights, tlie tricks of the priest, and the insufleiable din of the tomtoms, which are only a veil for tlie more hidden and more awful works of darkness. The second temple is dedicated to Anoomanthun, the monkey god. The officiating minister here is not a Brahmin but a Sanniasi, a part of whose religion consists in wearing no cloths, and lying on the bare ground, and consequently he is jilways seen in a shameless state of nudit}'. As regular as the sun sets, is this vije man seen kindling in black crevices of the wall numerous dim lights, displaying his abominable god, burning camphor before it, and preparing for the people sacred ashes which they receive as they pass and daub upon their foreheads. The third temple, the largest of the three, is dedicated to Siva. It is surrounded by a court enclosed by a high wall. The officiating Brahmin lives opposite to it, and to it there is attached a considerable piece of ground and a tank. It is not so much frequented as the otlier. During previous years, a very large number of Tracts and Bibles have been distributed here, and many remain in tlie possession of the people. To distribute Tracts openly and freely in the street exposes us to rudeness, and has often reminded me of our Saviour's exhortation, "cast not }our pearls before swine." I estimate the value of a Tract so highly, 1 do not think it right to bestow It on those who receive it for the value of the paper, and tlien laugh at the giver for his pains and there are many, very many such in this and other places of Madras. Manj' in this land have awfully abused the mercy of God, and the generosity of his servants, by making the very abundance of Tracts distributed, a reason for undervaluing and destroying them. When I walk into the streets to address the people, I take a few books in mj' hand. Many come forward and ask them. I repl3- that if they really desire them, they will take a little trouble to get them ; and therefore if they will walk to my house at any time, or come to our place of worship on such a day, and at such an hour, they will be supplied. (The remaining portions of the above letter relating to the Tamil Magazine and the sale of books are Introduced Into the Report.)
;
THE REV.
After
effects,
J.
E.
NIMMO.
COMBACONIM.
some remarks relative to the distribution of Tracts and their and introduced into the body of the Report, &c. the respect:
"The estimated population of the district to ate access in the way of Tract distribution, is
70,000 souls.
immedipresume
86
of tlie people is various, as in other countries ; but the languaoe generally spoken. The people are more or less willing to receive Tracts and Christian books. The general cry is, "give nie a book" ver}' few indeed, refuse to take our books.
The language
is
Tamil
Idolatry,
The Mother's
Manual, The Wa}' to Heavenly Bliss, The Incarnation of Christ, and a few other Tracts, have been found to be most acceptable, and apparently most useful. New Tracts on each of the attributes of God, answers to some of the popular objections of the heathen, on some of the important doctrines of the Bible, and subjects adapted more especially to Native Christians, such as Consolation in Affliction, The Promises of God's Word, &c. &c., are in my humble estimation most needed. If the Society will engage to publish works on any of the above mentioned subjects, I shall most willingly contribute in forwarding some of the works I have alread}' prepared. One more thing I would here add, that as the heathen population now are more or less advanced in Christian knowledge, let us not any more feed them with milk, but with The less we quote from their own Shastrams, and the strong me;it. more we give them from the pure fountain of the Word of God, the
better.
to
A few Tracts, such as the Blind Way, the Hindoo Triad, Sec. appear me somewhat defective. Not to enlarge here, I would propose the
omitting of several parts pointing out the want of omniscience, omnipresence and omnipotence in the heathen gods; and the enlarj^ing of other parts pointing out their want of holiness, righteousness, &c. &c. Tiie latter appears to me useful and unanswerable; but the former highl}- objectionable. Some of the heathen with whom I conversed have been heard to say, "Why object to our god being confined in such and such a place, allowing such and such a thing to be done apparently without their knowledge, and permitting others to overcome and ill use them. You forget that these gods were incarnates, even as J'our Jesus was, who, we read, went from place to place, was bound, persecuted and killed." Now, be it remembered, 1 do not admit this mode of arguing to be at all valid or conclusive but at the same time, I do not consider such exposures to be useful.
;
The more we exalt the moral character of Christ, and expose the immoral characters of the heathen gods, the better.
THE REV.
I
W.
B.
ADDIS.
rOlMnATORE.
received your printed Circular requesting information for the
"Madras Tract and Book Society." What I have to comnninicate shall be by briefly answering the questions proposed in the Circular
in rotation, viz.
1. The population of the province of Coimbatore about a million, probably more than less; to all of
is
whom we
estimated at have
free access.
2.
The language
is
Telugu and
87
Canarese,
i.
llie
latter
is
e.,
Neilglierries, Collegal,
spoken by &c.
is
llie
counlrv,
3.
great willingness
tills
manifested
receiving Tracts
and Books
of
all sizes.
query been divided it would have been more easily is not always that the most acceptable Tract is the most useful^ for in the present state of the minds of the Hindus, those which are the most trilling, and which contain the greatest quantity of matter suitable to their grovelling minds, are generally the most acceptable to the readers generally. But those I have found to be the most useful^ and which have produced real fruit, have been those which have exhibited the awful state of man by nature, and the scriptural remedy for the same, in a free, clear, and plain manner, and in as short sentences as possible, to engage the attention, and encou4.
Had
answered.
It
rage thought, meditation, ike. 5. 1 tbirtk Tracts mentioned in the foregoing, the most needed in the form of Tracts, the all-important subjects variously introduced, variously treated, but all bearing upon these important points, i. c., Man's lost state and free salvation by Christ. G. A great number of Tracts published are defective in the above mentioned particulars, and some although good, are by far too lengthy and prosy to obtain a patient and interested perusal. 7. Tracts published in the form of very small books are convenient to carry in the cloth or turband, for perusal, concealment, itc. I have known many instances of such being so carried, and read by stealth, or as opportunity may oftl-r till worn out, but Tracts of a good size, and large type, are preferred by some who have either lost sight, or havo more courage to jDeruse them openl}-, at all times, and places. 8. 1 have not yet obtained any of the books of your Society, as I have no opportunity of selling them, consequently I cannot answer this query. With best wishes, and sincere prayer for the prosperity of your Society, and for Divine influence to accompany all your endeavours.
THE
REV.
C.
F.
Nr.AlJ
iM
Z Z Y.
TER.VrOOVANUM
MADURA.
With pleasure I acknowledge the receipt of your letter, and shall be happy to comply witii the request it contains as far as other pressing duties will permit me to do so. The supply of books received from your Society has been mostly distributed, which might have been the case had it been much larger than
it
was.
And
although
you to any very special results unconnected with other agene_y, yet the knowledge of God, which they are aiding to icnulcate, is spreading more widely among the people, and doing its own work of weakening prejudice, increasing a knowledge of Christianity, and enlightening conscience, and rendering more conspicuous the folly of idolatry. That you may be assured of the truth of this assertion, will mention a few instances, which I think will render it apparent. One is that of a man who has just come in while air\ writing. He is a Native physician and much esteemed by the pcoplc.as a learned
1
1
88
upriglit man. lie has read tlie whole of the bound volume containing 72 Tracts of tlie Jaffna Society's publication, besides nearly all its other productions as well as nearly all published by your society. And is able to converse intellioiblyupon their contents. These with the reading of tiie Scriptures have been evidently the means of much good to him; he appears in man}- respects to be a changed man. Although lie has not liad the courage to come out from the heathen and unite with the people of God, yet he is fully disgusted with idolatry', and takes the Scriptures in most things, as his guide ; is remarkably diligent in studying them, and often very bold and sincere in recommending them to others.
and
Another instance is that of a man who has for many years been Tumberan. Although he never, that is now known, came in contact with a ]\Iissionar3\ yet having obtained some knowledge of Christianity by reading Tracts from your Society, he appeared much he took the part of a Christian interested in the concerns of his soul reader who was persecuted by the people of his village ; and expressed his firm determination to embrace the Gospel; but wliilst he delayed, old age and sickness came upon him, and he has now been gathered to the house appointed for all the living. In his last hours his eyes appeared to be open to see his lost condition; and conscience
a
;
to its terrible office of accusation and reproach. He was distressed at tlie prospect before him, and calling his family and He assured them, friends around him very solemnly addressed them. as he had done before, that the Christian religion was the only true religion, that it would certainly prevail, and urged them to embrace it. He reminded them of his unhappy condition, that although he knew his duty he had delaj-ed to perform it ; now he was going to die without any hope for anotlier world, he charged them with great earnestness and solemnity not to imitate his example, but as they wished to avoid the agon}' he was now suffering in prospect of hell in another world, to embrace the Christian religion without delay, and then he died. Anollier instance very similar to this is found in the liistor}' of a school teacher, who for a number of years was employed in teacliing the Scriptures and Scripture lessons, having read a number of theTracts He became serious, and manifested considerable from your Society. concern for the salvation of his soul ; but the fear of heathen friends and a love of worldly things caused him to delay his preparation for death ; soon his seriousness left him, and he became a bitter opposcr of the truth he once souglit to embrace. Soon after this he was attacked with a lingering disease, which finally proved fatal. When conversed with upon the impropriety of ids conduct, he acknowledged it, and said, that he once fully intended to have cmbraceii the Christian relii;ion, but because his worldly schemes were not prospered, he became very angry wiih God and fouoht against Him; and that his only hope tlien was, that as God arrested Saul in his course of rebellion and persecution, and made him a Christian, so in His mercy But there is no evidence tliat these hopes he would do with him.
was awake
much
the hour of death drew near he appeared to be he too, it is said, callcil his family around him and addressed them in language very similar to that above mentioned. '"I knew," he said, "'that this religion is true, and \ intended to embrace it. but by o])posing and delaying to dose I am now going to die without
were
realized.
When
in despair.
And
89
I am like the man who famishing with hunger climbs the cocoanut tree for food, when simply viewing- the ripe fruit within his reach, he either slothfully refused to pluck it, or disdainfully casls it from him and perishes for his folly. O my friends, do not do as I have done! the Christian religion is the only true religion, I beseech you to embrace it therefore without delay." Having said this he went to his final account. Although these instances do not speak of souls converted to Christianity, yet they do, it is believed, show that the knowledge of God is not only spreading among the people, but is accomplishing an important work. And though this knowledge prove, as in the days of the apostles, a savor of death unto death to many, yet would we hope it is now, as then, proving also a savor of life unto life to others. We have been permitted to receive to the church in this place during the past year several persons who, by their conduct, thus far, give us reason to hope that they are really the children of God, and the number of candidates for that privilege at a future time is larger than at any previous period. And by the important agency vvhich your Society has exerted in all that has been accomplislied, it is, I believe unto God a sweet savor both iu them that are saved and in them
it.
!
that perish.
May
upon
it
may
all it
TH
REV.
J.
GUEST.
for the
OUDDALOUE.
I beg to otFer my best thanks to the Society supply of English and Tamil Tracts, furnished
me
year.
Having had the Chaplain's duties to attend to, in addition to my own, I could not go out so frequently as I wished for the purpose of preaching to the heathen but, I hope if spared this year, to devote more time to this part of my missionary work; my Catechists, when;
ever they visit the schools, make it a point of dut}*, after examining the children, to give a word of exhortation and distribute tracts among the heathen. have often met with much insult and opposition, and on one or two occasions, tracts have been torn to pieces in our presence ; nevertheless, it is pleasing to observe among the generality, not only a disposition to listen to what is said, but also a desire to obtain tracts from us; and still more pleasing to see whilst passing through the streets one here, and another there, diligently reading them. A gentleman who called to see me the other day, told me, that he had often found his heathen servants, during their leisure hours, sitting togetlier and reading Tannl tracts; and on asking them, one day, what they thought of the Ciiristian religion, thej- replied, it is better than our oivn, sir, but if we were to embrace it, our relations and friends would turn us out of their houses. Another interesting fact is, that of a little heathen boy, about eight years of age, who came one evening (while we were distribulins tracts) and begged of us to give him one; at first we refused, thinking he miglit make an improper use of it but his importunity wa.s so great, that wc at last complied with his request, by putting into hii
We
no
a tract called ''The Wan to Heavenly Bliss." About a fortnight afterwards, he came to us again, and asked for another tract ; and wlien he was questioned as to whether he read the one tiiat was given to him before, he replied in the affirmative; and then, to our astonishment, rppeated t/te whole of it by heart, in the presence of several heathen. that your tracts are doinsf I mention these simple facts to show much good, and imperceptibly "breakino- up the fallow ground." The ground on wdiich the seed is sown may at present prove unfruitful, and even after the seed has sprung up, may be choked by thorns and briers that are in their hearts; but it has been cast f?/, and we cannot but believe that eventually some portion of it will, though we may not see, or know, when or how, or where, produce fruit, to the praise and glory of God.
hands
THE REV.
G.
H.
APTHORP.
The population immediately near me at Varanj' and the parts adiacent that may be considered in my charge are at least ^0,000, and the Missionary at Chavagacherry, next adjoining, has about the same. There are 10,000 more lying cast of us who have next to no intercourse with 'any other ]\Iissionary they speak only Tamil are almost all ready to receive books and tracts, and most of them are desirous to obtain them although there is not much of careful reading, 1 have not made especially of reading the whole of a book or tract. a very extensive use of the books of the Madras Tract Society, but they have been read with some interest and apparent profit by seveIt were almost a hopeless task ral in immediate connexion with me. to attempt to sell any of them in my neighbourhood, unless possibly a very few to some of those connected with me; even the Almanac, of which I annually circulated many hundreds gratuitously, is very Books seem to be almost the last little called for since it is sold. thing that people here will buy. A work done up in the book form is much more acceptable and better taken care of than if in the tract form, and the smaller the page the less liable is it to be torn up think a much larger proportion of our tracts I for waste paper. should be put up in o2mo. form with stiff covers. If the book be I think more large, only the first few pages will probably be read. small books, giving as near as may be in Scripture language the lives of Joseph. David, Daniel, Job, ike. be preferable. Some I am aware have been printed. But as the Old Testament is so large a book, it is desirable that its facts and histories should be presented in a smaller form.
THE REV.
V. D.
COO
M B E S.
rOMBACONUM.
The Rev, V. D. Coombes of Combaconum writes from Tranquebar, whither he had gone for a time thus "I should have been very glad to have furnished the informalion requested, but have been ProvidenT need not assure you that the Tract tially prevented from f-o doing. and Book Society have my best wishes, and the good cause in which it is engaged my humble but sincere prayers."
:
91
THE RE
The language
V.
J.
A.
REG EL.
BANGAI-OitE.
of the people is C:uiarese, though Tamil ami TcluTliose to whom are spoken and understood pretty considerably. 1 have access, with few exceptions, manifest uiueli willingness to receive tracts of all sorts, and they would have eagerly taken books Native helper and 1 have distributed had 1 any to give away. about 600 tracts, (last year), two-thirds of which were Tamil. I think the assortment of tracts we have in Tamil, for general distribution, if not complete, at least nearly so. A series on the evidences of the S, S. written in a popular and attractive style, and in contrast with correct and dispassionate reviews of the claims of the Native
gu
My
Puranas, appears, in my humble opinion, a defew copies of the "Dut}" of Caring for the Soul." But people do not seem to like to purchase and I do not like to sell. 1 think a Missionary should avoid as much as pos.sible selling his books; tliough 1 wisli our Native Christians were more willing to buy their books.
Vedas,
Agamams and
1
sideratum.
liave sold a
THE
There
is
REV.
J.
J.
LAWRENCE.
an increasing preparedness on the part of tlie people for are beginning to come to us indicate the necessity of enlarged preparations in the way of works, such as the Pilgrim's Progress, Rhenius' Body of Divinity, Bogatzky's Golden Treasurj-, and your best works on the Errors of Popery, such as Rhenius' Sumnairkkum, (oF<.iiLc/r/ri*Lc), and the translation of Robooks.
gers against Popery, as it has appeared in the Tamil Magazine, bound together, w-ould make an excellent Manual for our Catechists and a standard work. are not a little straitened in our work for want of tracts and hooks.
We
F.
ASH BURY,
The prevailing language of this city and district is Tamil. I meet with no opposition in tract distribution, but find a ready access to all classes of tlie people. The tracts 1 have found most acceptable are the "Evidences from Hindooism itself," "Blind W^iy," "Essence of Wisdom," "Doctrine of the Soul." There are needed such tracts as the following. An Exliortation to Christians that they be faithful and diligent in performing tlieir duty to their fellow-men An Argument for tlie Divinity of Christianity, cb-awn from Natural Religion An Abridgment of (ffr^n-em-GLjemsnT^ _ji ^eO, (a book against Popery) The Losses that follow Idol-worship Clear and Impressive Views of Death and the Judgment Day. 1 have undoubted evidence that many of the tracts of your Society are kept witli great care and read by them at intervals, and that the effect of their reading have been beneficial to a few at least. They are an important auxiliary to the Misslonarv in his work.
92
S.
CONE,
A tract is greatly necrled in which the difficult questions ;isked by the people shall be met and answered. Some such questions are, Wh}- did God create the devil, or why did He allow such beings to enter tlie world and have such dominion over man as to make him Why did not God prevent Adam and Eve from eating the forsin? bidden fruit? If it was to try them then did He not as omniscient know the result ere the trial was made? When Christ cried on the When cross "Father, Father," why did not God come and help Him ? Christ was buried where was His soul or life? Whj' did the ancient good man have many wives seeing it was against the express will and commandment of God? How is it possible for three beings to be one? A book in reply to these and like questions is greatly needed. Many of the people around me make a good use, I have reason to believe, of the tracts and books thej' receive, and tlie demand for them in greater number and variety is on the increase.
CHRISTIAN AROOLAPPEN,
A CHRISTIAN TEACHER AT CHRISTIAN-PETTAH
NEAR VIRDOOPUTTY.
The estimated population of this whole district, to whom we have frequent access in the way of tract distribution, is about 50,000, which number is greatly increased by the people who assemble frequentl}- from great distances for their five annual feasts, which the heathens hold in iiigh veneration. At Suducagree Mountain, s^^srQatSundrapandec, s^^^srunizmi^, andMavoottoo, lc/tj^^j?, at at Trivanoramalei, ^(Tjausrri^LDSsi?, and Nallamarani, ^eoej isi !T il all these places are from three and fifteen miles from my station, which is central between the boundary of Tinnevell^' and Madura. As to the language of the people, the Tamil is familiar among all classes of people; some talk Telugu and Hindustani; but all can understand Tamil very well and even read it. Tlie willingness to receive tracts and books is increasing even among tlie Brahmins, and high priests, or {^^Q^ssetr)^ who are under the care of zemindaries, many of whom have requested me to send down some nice books from time to time for them and tlieir children. Some from a great distance, of about 70 or 80 miles, have applied to me to procure books and tracts; some of them come to my station and receive the tracts and books. We require at times many tracts. We meet very few people who refuse our books, especially the priests or
ifl
^oEV,
Pcroor, (?L^r,
,
L^-FfTS'n-ifls&T,
of the idols.
am
many
of the
common
people do not know to read, who listen attentively as a crowd, whenever we go outward preaching, and very often come to us and to hear the tracts and books; so I was obliged to establish a school especially Minongthe common people in one of the large villages by the assistance of E. B. Thomas, Esq., the Collector of Tinnevelly district ; but they were backward to send their children regularly to our school, supposing the gentlemen will take them away to Europe, or otherwise that they will make thein sepoys; but \vc are thankful to the Lord that some of
93
the
lierillien's clillilren
know
in
our
school at Cliristian-pettah.
The tracts and books most acceptable g'enerally amon^ the people are. Blind Waj-, the Hinduism's Own AVitness,andseveral other tracts which mention some songs of Sl^^iT^sar ; but 1 find very often that such tracts as the Means of Heavenl}^ Bliss, Gmfnls'srTjTessrLb, Incarnation of Christ, Q^etii^eSm^eu^fTsnlj The Essence of Wisdom, (to^nsms^ir ffihy and Select Tracts, ueo^sriLQ, and ^n-eurajeeiTn-eLj, do a great deal of good, and show the knowledge of the true religion and the foolishIf the society- will be pleased to have nice covers ness of idolatry. for all sorts of books and tracts they will be acceptable to every one, because the people are naturally very fond of nice covers, and I hope that they will keep them careful and take them very often to read. We require now a new tract, which will give a simple account of Jesus Christ who died for all the world, because many of tlie people cannot understand well concerning Him, and they have no time to spare to hear or to read the whole tract in which we scarcely meet few remarks about Him at the close of the tract. It is true that such a tract will be displeasing to some persons who are against the true Saviour, but I find by experience that it is the most powerful of all Great many people subjects to draw the people towards salvation. asked me to spare them a little book b}- which they can understand about the true Saviour and His doctrines according to our Bible, and they sa}' that they cannot understand even the Gospel itself, because there are mingled with some places and proper names, and the other occurrences in the same times; therefore we require very much a tract upon that subject above mentioned. There is a little book which is called "Scripture Texts," (?au^6u/riSujiB<ssrr, and another one called Qeu^eas'etsrsQsiT^^, which was made by the late Rev. Mr. Miller, at Nagercoil, for the use of Christians, which he left, concerning the foolishness of idolatry ; therefore I was obliged to select some passages of Scripture for the use of my reader and my congregation, who newly embraced Christianit}-, which is called the Milk of the Word of God, Q^suajs^earuurre,); but it will show shortly about all the doctrines of Christianity, especially about Jesus Christ. If the Society be pleased to see it, and publish with revisal, I could offer it with great pleasure, or otherwise to make one tract upon the subject above mentioned. And 1 beg the Society will be pleased to reprint the tract which is called. True Wisdom^ Ou^(^(^n-et!nl^ which was published long ago b}- the Tranqucbar Mission, and which I believe is ver^' suitable to the heathen, &c. and also we require much, a nice tract for Mohammedans which I hope that it might be little larger than Jysw
i_j/ra^ 'ZsBT, and eSs^ira'^. It must show fully the foolishness of Mohammedans, and lead them to our blessed Lord Jesus Christ, who died for them also. To most of the people who had been newly converted to Christian-
who
my station, the tracts and books were the chief means. Those receive tracts and books from us, with a promise of carefully reading them, seldom fail of returning with a good account of what they have read. Many of the heathen liave renounced their sacrificing to idols, and have left the washing in tlieir foreheads with ashes, and
ity in
94
great iiiany bad customs and traditlonf5 but tlicy fiar only for tlieir I reall}- feel relationsl)ii>, iS;c. lo be forward to embrace Cliristiaiiit\*. that the tracts and Christian books do a great deal of good, often more than preachers, because the preachers cannot go e\CTy where, and to every house, and cannot meet every body in the same time, and all of us cannot speak in the strange language of tiie people ; but I am sure that the tracts and books are going everywhere even from house to house, and meet every one who read, and also make the people to listen who do not know to read, and induce many to go to the preachers and missionary houses, and make them to talk with one another upon what they have read, and make them to take them with
;
for tlieir own work to read them there, when they have rest even at night. Indeed I could give man}' examples of the value of tracts and books; but I am sorry to say that 1 have no time to write more, and do not know the English language well enough to express what I wish to say, and have no mind to enlarge
this letter.
The Reverend Missionaries of the London Missionary Society stationed at Vizagapatam, in their Report for the past year, mention the following- fact as strikingly illustrative of the usefulness of tracts. Who will not say that this instance not only repays all that has been apparently lost in the way of tracts destroyed or thrown carelessly but that it outweighs all the means that have been expended aside in sustaining that and all kindred institutions. "One of the two Natives lately baptized by Brother Dawson at Chicacole, was in the first instance led to think of tiie interests of his soul, through the instrumentality of one of our tracts. He had been contemplating a visit to Juggernaut, and was on the eve of preparation, when a copy of the tract on the worship of Juggernaut was accidentally discovered by him in his box. He read it, relinquished the project of his pilgrimage, and became a stated attendant at Brother Dawson's Chapel we are happy to add that he has since become a steady adherent to the truth, and arduous in his profession, by a consistent walk and conversation. have reason to think that this is not the onlji instance in which the reading of our tracts has been the means of doing good. have from tiuie to time known that these publications have been instrumental in shaking the faith of many of the Natives in the institutes of Hinduism; and we also cannot but regard it as a token for good, that in some instances our tracts have been abused and destroyed, a sure sign that the apathy of the Hindus has been roused, and that the wholesome truths of Christianity have been in conflict with the selfish and debasing interests of the carnal and unrenewed mind.
; ;
We
We
Accounts of an encouraging kind have also been received from the Rev. G. H. Evans, Chaplain at Secunderabad, and the Rev. J. Dewasagayam, Missionary at Palamcottah.
TWENTY-SIXTH REPORT
J^^lrta^!^
STra^rt
1844.
MADRAS:
PRINTED AT THE AMERICAN MISSION PRESS.
1845.
CONTENTS,
REPORT,
Treasurers' Account,
Depositary's Account,
List of Donors
and Subscribers,
-
List of Donations,
Book Fund,
.----.--iv.
vi.
22
24 26 26
by the Society,
-
.
-
27 28 35
71 73
List of
Books and their prices, bound Books for sale, Appendix, Table of Tracts distributed,
__.-.-. ..----.-...----89
102
--
82 88
IV
THE PLAN.
1.
Society.
2.
English and the Native languages, on the same principles with those
of the Religious Tract Society in London.
3.
of the Society
mary
that a special Fund be formed for of the Book Fund, to which distinct contributions, in
be devoted to its priand Books strictly religious, and other publications under the name
money
or paper,
may be made.
lished
That the Tracts to be circulated by this Society, be those pubby the Religious Tract Society in London, and such others as local circumstances may require, though always of the same tenor
5.
That this Society pay annually or half-yearly so much money Funds of the Religious Tract Society in London, as the amount of its receipts may warrant, and that the Society be request6.
into the
ed
to
may
require.
That each Subscriber be entitled to receive Tracts, estimated at reduced prices, to the amount of one half of his subscription. 8. That each Subscriber of one fanam or upwards per month, shall be considered a Member of the Society. 9. That the business of the Society be conducted by a Committee,
7.
consisting of as
many Members
quorum.
as convenient,
five of the
Members
10.
to constitute a
That there be an Annual Meeting of the Subscribers, as early may be convenient, when the Committee, and other Office-bearers, shall be chosen, the accounts presented, and the proin
each year as
to
nominate Corresponding
PROCEEDINGS
OF THE TWENTY-SIXTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE SOCIETY, HELD AT DAVIDSON STREET CHAPEL, MADRAS, ON WEDNESDAY EVENING, THE 5tii FEBRUARY, 1845.
Rev.
after
religious exercises
m., Senior
A. F. Bruce, Esq., being called to the chair, made a few appropriate remarks on the benefits that had resulted from the efforts of this Society, and the claim it justly had upon the united support of all those who desire to see truth advance among this erring and morally debased people.
W. Ward,
The
a.
m.
mously adopted.
'That the Report be adopted and printed, under the 1st Resolution direction of the committee, and that, in the opinion of this meeting, it is the privilege and duty of all Christians to acquaint themselves, as far as possible, with the transactions of this Society and kindred institutions of Christian benevolence.' Moved by the Rev. .T. Braidwood, A. M., of the Free Church of Scotland, and seconded by the Rev. W. Porter, of the Independent Chapel.
2d Resolution 'That a review of the transactions of this Society its commencement, and especially dining the past year of sincere gratitude to the its history, affords ample subjects for Author of all good, and that with devout thanksgiving for what the Lord has, through its instrumentality, done for the souls of our fellow-men, we will continue to it during the coming year our pecuniary support and our prayers for that influence without which IMoved by the Rev. W. all its labours will prove ineffectual.' Grant, Missionary of the Church of Scotland, and seconded by
from
D. Mackenzie, Esq.
3r/ Resohdion 'That this Society aims not at the furtherance of any one branch of the Protestant Church, but is intended for Christians of ail evangelical creeds. As such it is entidcd to the prayers
and co-operation of all who love the truth as it is in Jesus.' Moved by the Rev. J. H. Gray, a. e., Missionary of the Church Missionary Society, and seconded by the Rev. H. M. Scudder, of the American
Missionary Society.
'That the thanks of the meeting are due to the 4th Resolution gentlemen who conducted the affairs of the Society during the past year, and that the following be the Office-bearers for the year to come.' Moved by Colonel Lawe, of the Engineers, and seconded by the Rev. A. Leitch, of the London Missionary Society.
Messrs. Bainbridge and Co., Treasurers. Rev. F. D. W. Ward, a. m., Secretary. D. Mackenzie, Esq., Assistant Sccretan/ and Depositary. Rev. a. Leitch, Editor of the Tamil Magazine.
General Committee,
Major
J.
Crisp,
Rev. J. H. Elouis, Rev. W. Grant, Rev, R. D. Griffith, Rev. R. K. Hamilton, Rev. S. Hardey, Rev. R. Johnston,
Rev. A. Leitch, Rev. E. Lewis, D. Mackenzie, Esq. Z. Macaulay, Esq. Rev. J. Ogilvie, a. m. Rev. W. Porter, CaPT. M. J. ROWLANDSON, Rev. J. Roberts, Rev. H. M. Scudder,
Capt. W. G. Woods, Rev. F. D. W. Ward,
a. m.
a. m.
Rev. M. Winslow,
a. m.
Suh-Commiifee of Revision.
Addresses, full of instruction and interest, were made by the Rev. Messrs. Braidwood, Porter, Grant, Gray, and Col. Lawe, which were listened to with the attention and seriousness that they justly deservOne of the newspapers of the day styled the meeting the 'most ed. numerously attended, and most interesting anniversary of the Society that had yet been held in Madras.' The amount collected at the end of the meeting doubled that of the last year.
REPORT.
There
are in the history of associated as of individual Hfe returning periods, when it is wise and profitable to pause and reflect; to recall the past and anticipate the probable future. Each of these eras is analogous to the mountain summit, which when ascended the traveller turns a retrospective glance over the
way he has
before him.
passed,
and
which
is
yet
On
The General
Committee of the Madras Tract and Book Society meet their constituents and the public on this festive occasion, to report upon the transactions of another year. It is with much pleasure and with devout gratitude to the Lord of all that they are called to speak of mercy unmingled with judgment of prosperity unimpeded and heart-cheering. The Society has during the past twelve months not only maintained its ground but made important advances upon several previous years of its history.
;
met with a welcome reception and been productive in some known and, there is reason to hope, in many unknown cases of abiding and happy effects.
seminated
has
its
Introductory to the body of the Report, it is customary and proper to notice the occurrences of the year, in connection whh the internal arrangements of the committee. The health of Z. INIacaulay, Esq., requiring an absence from the city, his place as Assistant Secretary and Depositary has been kindly supplied by D. IMackenzie, Esq. Rev. Dr. Powell left the city for Bellary early in the year, carrying whh him, it is believed, the same lively interest in Christian tract circulation that he manifested in his address at the last
anniversary.
Rev. H. M. ScUDDER, recently arrived from America, been added to the committee.
lias
The
Co.
Society are
still
indebted to Messrs.
Bainbridge and
to notice the
Tract Depai'tiiient.
IN
Tamil General
On
Cholera.
This fearful plague is a part of the 'Wages of Sin,' and its prevalence to so alarming an extent in India may be legitimately attributed to the devotion of this people to the crime of idol-worship. Both of these sentiments are illustrated by several Scripture texts. Readers are warned to eschew this evil practice, to repent of all their sins and believe in Christ, that they may be at all times prepared to die and meet the Lord in judgment.
Telugu
jYo.
General
12 On
Series.
Idolntrij.
This is a short Tract, occupied witli a few select Scripture texts, brhiging to view tire enormity of tlie sin of idol-worship, and enforcing the same with an appropriate practical address to the readers.
Tamil
No. No. No.
Miscellaneous
No.
No. No. No. No.
Series.
Laboiu'ers in the
33 The
lican.
Vineyard.
the
No. 26 The Sower. No. 27The Barren Fig Tree. No. 28 The Importunate Widow. No. 29The Unjust Steward. No. 30 The Good Samaritan. No. 31 The Mustard Seed and Leaven. No. 32 The Lost Sheep, Lost Money, and Prodigal Son.
38 The Two Foundations. 39 The Beam and the Mote. 40 The Plappy Servant. 41 The Bhnd Leading the
Blind.
several Parables
These Tracts are explanatory and practical expositions of the whose names they bear. The same comprise the volume, noticed on next page.
TRACTS RE-PRINTED.
Tamil
General
Series, 12mo.
No. 2New Birth. No. 3 The Ten Commandments. No. 11 Justice and Mercy DisNo.
No. No.
37The
42 49
ExceUency
of the
Bible.
53
Good Advice.
Tamil Tracts of the General Series, Re-printed in 18 and 32mo. No. 34 On Lying. No. 2 The New Birth. No. 11 Justice and Mercy Dis- No. 3.5 The Atonement.
No.
played. 17History of
Sing.
Petambara
No. 49 No. 51
Telugu
59 The
Wonderful Cure of
shall
No.
12 Cidprit's
No. 02
In whom
Naaman.
we Trust.^
Telugu Tracts of the General Series, Re-printed in 18mo. No, 59 The Wonderful Cure of No. 6 The Way to Heaven.
No. 11 No.
Justice
played.
No. G2
False Plea.
In whom
Naaman.
shall
we
Trust.'
12 Culprit's
Whole number of Tracts, original and re-prints, issued by the Society since the last anniversary, thirty-eight, and of Books two, with a third emitted since the close of the year.
ISook
Idepai'tnieiit.
'Body of Divinity,^ first edition of 500 copies being wliolly expended, a second edition of 1000 copies, with appended table of contents, is in press and will soon be issued. 'Practical Expositions of the Parables of Christ,' tliat was in course of preparation at the last anniversary, has been completed, published, and is already in course of circulation. As an assistant to tlie Native Preacher, the Catechist, the Reader, and tlie private Christian, it promises to be useful.
tlie
'Schwartzes Dialogues,^ .secoiul edition, has also been added to catalogue of the Society's larger publications.
'Barth''s Church History'' is just issued. It will be a welcome addition to the too scanty Christian literature of Southern India.
'Tamil and English Catechism with answers in the language of Rev. J. H. Elouis, has been accepted by the committee, and will soon be published. 'Brief Survey of the leading facts of the Old and New Testament History,' prepared in Telugu, by the Rev. E. Porter of Cuddapah, has been accepted by the committee and will; it is hoped^ ere long be given to the public.
the Bible,'' prepared by
Tamil Magazine.
This monthly periodical continues to be the vehicle of
much
instruction of value, chiefly to the Native Christian community. Its pages have been during the year principally devoted to the
publication of original Se)-mons prepared by missionaries in the (Contents of the monthly different parts of the Presidency.
will
be found in the
Depository.
Tracts and
Bound Volumes
and
in the
the Depository,
issued from
it,
of the year.
Received.
TractsTamil,
Telugu,
Volumes
Tamil,
----Issued.
.
Trflc/sEnglish, Tamil,
Telugu,
Hindustani,
Bound Volumes
School Books
Tamil,
Telugu,
. -
Hindustani,
203
2,361 4,130
English,
jmblications to
tlie
The quantity of printing paper expended within the year is Reams 485-19-6, and that on hand at the beginning of the year
was 972-18-18.
the year
at the
end of
Reams 486-19-12.
issued since the formation of the
the Native languages,
is
2,504,092.
40,000. Aggregate, therefore (exclusive of extensive sales of the Parent Society's publications) is more than two and a half millions of different publications.
The whole number of School Books, 6,805. The whole number of copies of Tamil Magazine,
nistributioii.
The year covered by this Report has been characterized very extensive Tract and Book circulation.
Grants of Tracts
fifty-five
by
in the
persons, to
Tract Societies.
The
one missionarj/ station and to two associate extensiveness of this distribution will appear
from the appended names of stations, to which Tracts have been sent during the year 1844, and the amount to each.
Bangalore,
Amee,
Bellary,
-
Belgaum, Cannanore,
Coimbatoor,
Cuddalore,
-
Combaconum,
-
Mauritius,
Moulmein,
Nellore,
Negapatam,
Palamcottah, Poonamallee, St. Thomas' Mount, Salem, Secunderabad,
500
1,060 4,150 2,300 13,000 1,000 3,500 6,400 1,300
Cuddapah,
Guntoor,
Jaffna,
...
-
Rajahmundiy,
Tanjore, Trichinopoly,
-
950
-
Vizagapatam, Wallajahbad,
310
Mayaveram,
3,000
It will
reader will notice, in the above list the Island of Maia-Uius. be remembered, by those who read the last Report, that Tracts were sent to that Island during the year 1843 by the ex-
The
of Mr. Hogg, who put them on board of ships carrying emigrants. The necessity and desirableness of fresh supphes was brought before the committee by the following letter received through the Rev. J. Tucker, b. d., from Mr. W. Grey, residing at that Island. 'In my walks about Mahleburg, I am forcibly struck with the state of the Indian labourers, who are hastening to eternity in ignorance of tire only Saviour of sinners, and of whom it may safely be said, "no man cares for their souls." I have frequently spoken to such of them as knew a little Creole and French, and have found among them several who can read their native language, and some who have been in the mission schools in India. Some time ago, a friend in Port Louis gave me a few Tamil and Hindustani Tracts, which I distributed to persons who have returned frequently to ask some have brought back the Tracts, hearing evident marks for more of having been carefully read; and on inquiring, they gave me such an account, as satisfied me that they were able to appreciate the truths they had read. I trust they have not been useless. I believe the Christian Tract Societies of India would gladly supply their wants, and as I feel much interested for this people, I would undertake to distribute such Tracts or portions of the Scripture as might be entrusted to me.'
ertioiis
;
The request was cheerfully complied with, and tlie publications are already, we hope, doing their work of benevolence among the ignorant of that distant Island.
English Tracts.
There have been sent forth from the Depository during the year 34,740 English Tracts, an amount one-third larger than was issued during any former year of the Society's history. Bound volumes of English Tracts have been deposited in the General Hospital, the Gaol, the Sailor'^ Home, and the Temperance Hall; while single Tracts have been extensively circulated from house to house throughout Black Town and Chindatrepettah, by a friend of the cause. An interesting account of Tract distribution among the soldiers at St. Thomas' Mount, furnished by Sergeant Holt, will be found in the Appendix. Arnec, Secunderabad, Poonamallee, Trichinopoly, and Moulmein, have also been supplied.
to,
has addressed
'Since June, 1841, I have distributed, mostly in Black Town, about 1,500 miscellaneous Tracts of the British and American Societies.
have met with no refusal to take a Tract on the part of Proand but very few indeed among Roman Catholics; the latter, with one or two exceptions, have taken Temperance Tracts (with which I am generally supplied) with avidity. Some take any
'I
testants,
kind without hesitation, others will only receive narrative Tracts. 'To what extent these little preachers are listened to, I am not able to judge I have no evidence that they are neglected.
;
'From all the observation I have been able to make during the time specified, I am most fully persuaded that Black Town furnishes a very interesthig iield for this kind of benevolent effort. 'It should be borne in mind, that tliis sort of desultory effort is not by any means what is properly meant by Tract distribution. There should be system, regularity, and combined efi'ort. "What is one among so many !" The distributor may have the following objects before him. To induce people to attend church to gather in children to the Sabbath schools to establish and encourage neighbourhood prayer meetings to supply destitute families with the word of God.
'Six men, in whom is the Spirit, are needed for this blessed work in Black Town, and perhaps as many more for the surrounding towns. And I ask, cannot the church in this wilderness furnish that number of faithful ones ?'
@ooki in
why
the
reason
Society,
had
obtained so comparatively limited a circulation in the interior, was, that so few missionaries were accjuainted with their character, appointed three of their number to devise some plan by which this evil could be remedied. The Report prepared and adopted by the general committee was in substance:
all the books published by the Society be I. That a set of sent to each missionary station in South India and Jaftna. II. That the several missionaries at these stations be requested to interest themselves in obtaining for them a sale among the
This resolution has been acted upon. Sets of books have been far, most gratifying results have fol-
lowed.
During the past three months of the year, 1,157 copies of books have been sent out from the Depository, while requests have been received and met since the year commenced, and others are on hand waiting to be supplied so soon as the works
in Press will allow.
all
grants are asked and made witliout reference to sect This will appear, from the fact, that Tracts Jiavc been allowed during the year to persons connected with the following associations
church,
wliile
or position in society.
10,900
do. 38,1'20 do. 6,760
London
Propagation
do.
51,850 4,000 do. Church do. 1,170 Free Church of ScoUand, 1,500
ciety,
-
do. do.
Baptist
do.
do.
Wesleyan
Civil, Military
&
Circiilai* Iteitcv,
A circular letter containing questions relating to religious Tracts and Books was, as usual, sent to the several missionaries in the Presidency, to many of which full and satisfactory replies have been received. Annexed are the questions with a portion of the replies. Parts of the communications, not here introduced, may be found in the Appendix to the Report, and are commended to the reader's careful perusal.
1.
able,
agents, to accomplish
lating the
institutions
much during the year in the way of circuTracts and Books published by our Society or kindred
?
'Between 2,000 and 3,000 Tracts have been circulated since last Rev. R. D. Gkiffith, at this station.' St. Thomas' Mount.
'I have, together with my son Charles, and Native assistants, had the privilege and pleasure of distributing several ihousaiuts of Tracts during the year.' Rev. W. B. Addis, Coimhatore,
'There has been a gradual decrease in the distribution of Tracts in this town, and this in consequence of my conviction This I intend t^enernlly. that there is a supply aheady distributed. Select communities will increase in their necessity for such aid.' Rev. J. J. Lawrence, Dindigid.
and Books
'We have distributed of your and the Jaffna Society Tracts jmm;/ thousands, during the past year, in all directions of the Salem collecRev. J. M. Lechler, Scdem. torate.'
'I
and
my
to
privileged
Native agents here have during the past year been circulate in this large town and in the villages,
lish
ripwanh of 4,0U0 Tamil, 2,000 Tdugu, and several hundreds of Engand Hindustani Tracts. The Iratts thus put into circulation have been chiefly those pubUshed by the Madias Tract and Book We could very easily have given away ten times that numSociety. Rev. J, E. Nimber, but our plan was to be judicious ami sparhig.' Mo, Combaconiim.
'Upwards of 4,000 Tracts and Books have been circulated in and around the town of Cuddapah, and in the southern and western parts of this extensive district, by means of myself and the Native agents employed in this mission.' Rev. E. Porter, Cnddapak.
'With my own hand and with my Native agent, I have distributed at least 5,000 copies of your Tracts and Books, besides many small bound volumes and some tracts, at the expense of the American Tract Society. The distributions have been principally at my own station, after morning and evening service on the Sabbath in Tamil, to those then examined as to their ability and willingness to read, and who attended on the service, and at tlie school-rooms in Chindatrepettah. New Town, and Black Town, after preaching on a weekday.'
'1 have myself distributed about 100, or rather more. Tracts in tliis town and in some of the neighbouring villages. I do not press them upon the people but if they ask for them or seem likely to read them, I give them one or two at a time.' Rev, II. W. Fox, Masuli;
pataan.
portion of
have distributed (1,025 Tracts during the year, a considerable which came iVom your Society.' Rev. W, Tracv, Teramangedum, near Madura.
'I
*I
am
Rev,
S. Hebicii,
Cannanore.
2. Do you still find on the part of the people a willingness to Is that willingness on the receive and read our publications? advance or decrease; if the latter, to what do you attribute it?
to
aU
to
whom we
the advance.''
the people
vei-y desirous of accepting and reading Tracts. appears to be on the increase among most classes.' Rev.
W.
we
'I
B. Addis.
for
'The desire
observe
it
Tracts seems
to increase,
in
more enlightened
have
districts.' Rev. J.
M. Lechler.
/ have ever witnessed on the pari of the people here a willingness to receive antl read our publications. No sooner is our intention of distributing books aiuiounred, than we are sure to be surrounded by hundreds with ujilifted liands, c
feel thankful to
to report that
10
and the Rev.
cry of 'Give me a bcok' E. Nimmo.
is licaril
"
J.
'As very few Tracts have hitherto l)cen distrilnited in tliis neighbourhood, the people are in no degree satiated; Tracts are a novelty, and the people receive them with readiness; boys in schools show In some cases I have had oppora special desire to possess tiicm. tunity of knowing that they were read. In a few cases a particular Tract has been asked for, but this is rare a Tract upon Juggeniauth, with a picture of the idol on tlie first page, possesses a great attracRev. H. W. Fox. tion by reason of the picture.'
:
is a great desire for small books, but I do not think it is, in cases, a desire of reading so much as a desire of the leather or neat cover ; still / am quite certain the Tracts we have circulated arc catechist have questioned read in a great many cases, for I and
'There
some
my
those
who have
Rev. R. Noble.
'The willingness of the entire community, I think less now, than four or six years ago, partly because curiosity is gratified, and partly because the nature of our religion is so offensive to men resolved on a life of pleasure.' Rev. J, J. Lawrence.
'As to the willingness of the people to receive Tracts, I have found them in general most anrious to obtain and read them, but whetlier that anxiety is on the increase or not, I cannot safely say, as my residence here has been too short to enable me to judge. I have found and I have good venjfcw cases in which they have been torn up reason to believe that in many cases they have been read with interest, and have been the ineans of exciting considerable discussion amongsl DurIke JVativcs on the opposite claims of Hinduism and Cliristianiiy. ing my tour in April and May last, to the southern parts of the district, I found that the Tracts which had been distributed before by myself and brother Gordon, hml been read, and that a general inipression had been created in consequence in favour of Christianity and against idolatry. Diuing my stay at Maduram Pillay, the perusal of these messengers of peace was the means of producing doubts in the minds of many, as to the truth of Hinduism, and of leading them to further inquiry.' Rev. E. Porter.
;
Madras there is certainly great readiness generally to receive and books, especially the latter and so far as my own observaMany tion goes, it seems to me i-ather on the increase tlian otherwise. of the younger part of the applicants probably may wish to get them but we do not give to any whom for play, or to sell in the bazar we even suspect of such motives, and generally I believe that those This is often, no doubt, to whom we give ixally wish to read them. from mere curiosity, sometimes from a wisir to find ground for cavil, and also that they may learn the printed letter and improve themHowever some heathen moonshees may affect selves in reading.
'In
tracts
; ;
laugh at Christian books, as not being written in pure Native it is generally granted tliat the style adopted is more intelligible than that of tlieir own books, and this gives them some attraction to those who arc glad to find that fhcy have understood what they Rkv. M. Wl^;jLo^v. read.'
to
style
11
have visited nearly every part uf (he Guntoor district, and also of Masulipatam, and have generally found the people in the towns and villages who could read very ivillinf!; to receive tracts and hooks. At a large festival kept in Munglaglerry, several thousand tracts and some portions of Scriptures were read and distributed.'
1
])art
have found the people generally not only willing but eager to and I have reason to believe that in many instances they are attentively read.'' Rev. J. Garrett, Bangalore.
'I
receive tracts,
3. Have you met with any instances in which our Tracts and Books have done apparent good, direct or indirect ? (Please to
to judge.'
(iSee
I have annexed a few facts that may Appendix to the Report.) Rev. W. B.
'The instances in which tracts have been blessed to individuals are enough to awaken the gratitude of those who love and serve the cause of the Society. I send you herewith an abstract of the history of two men who have joined our church, one from heathenism and one from the errors of Rome, by which you will see that tracts were a great help in the work of enlightenijig their minds and leading them (See Appendix.) Rev. J. J. Lawrence. to aknowledge of the fruth.^
do not recollect any specific instances of a tract having done good. Tracts generally have prepared the tmy for the Scriptures, so Rev. J. M. Lechi.er. far they have done much good.'
'I 'I
shall
illustrating
good
done
Rev.
.T.
E.
Nimmo.
every reason
'We have
we
distribute (a
12 by your committee) are e.vlcnsiudif rtad^ contribute to diffuse ike light of truth into tlie dark minds that are so plentiful around us. One ray of light, or even a number of rays at long intervals could give but obscure ideas of visible objects ; and I suppose it is much the same in the communication of Divine light to the soul. should not expect very great things to be accomplished by a tract read once in two or three months ; or, at least, we should not be discouraged at not finding any great result
iarge proportion sent to us
and
We
be encouraged to supply more and hence the necessity of constant exertion on the part of our societies, and especially in getting as many new tracts as we can, making them so far as possible attractive and instructive^' Rev. G. Pettitt, Palarncottah.
from such scattered light whenever we can
rays, but rather
;
'Several persons have been induced to attend public worship by the perusal of tracts they have received from us.' Rev. R. D.
Griffith.
'As to any instances of good being effected by means of tracts, might mention many, but I wish to confine myself to two cases. One of the Native agents in connection with this mission was led to serious inquiry after the truth, hy means of a tract given to him at Bellary. This man wlio is employed as a reader at Cherlopilty has been the means of bringing ten adults into the fold of Christ, and I am happy to say, that there are many more in the neighbourhood of his station whose faith in idols is entirely broken, and who are beginning to feel after a more excellent way. 'About three weeks ago, I had a very pleasing interview with an elderly man (of the Sudra caste) from a village about 50 miles from Cuddapah, whose case appeared to me very similar to that of Cornelius, mentioned in the 10th chapter of the Acts of the Apostles. It appears that he had heard one of our tracts read by one of his sons, and was so pleased with its contents, that when he came to Cuddapah he determined on asking for some more. He accordingly paid a visit to the mission bungalow, where I had a long and interesting conversation with him, from which I learned that he had abandoned the worship of idols for some time past, and that he was in the habit of paying worship to God twice a day. I here subjoin a conversation heltl between him and one of our Christian schoolmasters, from which the state of his mind may be more clearly discovered. Q. Of what ./?. I have examined religion are you, and whom do you worship ? all the ways of the world but cannot find any truth in them, they are of no benefit whatever. Q. How do you know that all these are of no benefit? Jl. They are all the device of man, I have walked in them for some time, but they only encourage all kinds of evil passions and lusts, and bring evil to our souls, therefore I know that they are false. Q. But cannot you find heavenly bliss by the worship of ./?. No, these are only created things, some of them have no idols ? life, and men who are without knowledge worship them. Q. But do you not now worship idols ? .d. No. I do not worship any idols, for I consider in my mind that to leave the true (Jod who created and preserves me and all things, and to worship idols is a great sin, and I have therefore relinquished them. Q. How do you know that idolatry is a sin ? 1 thought so in my mind, and after 1 Ixard 7ny son
I
13
read a (nut on the True JVaij, 1 was more confinned in tins uiniHtiii. Q. Do your wife and chiklren listen to your words? .1. No, they will not hear me but call me mad. Q. But if you do not worship tliese idols, whom do you worship ? Jl. I worship the Creator and Preserver of all things one God. Q. How do you pray to him ? A. O God, I am a great sinner, and I pray thee to take away my sin, and after death receive me to thyself. The schoolmaster also spoke to him about the necessity of a Mediator to take away sin, to which doctrine he readily assented.' Rev. E. Porter.
'There have been instances of some coming to ask the meaning of tracts they have read, and to get other tracts and books, but no case of conversion or even particularly serious inquiry in connection with reading merely has come under my own notice the last year. As an auxiliary to the preached tvord, tracts and hooks do inuch good also by disseminating a degree of light and truth among those to whom the gospel is not preached.' Rev. M. Winsloav.
given to a person resident at this station caused him up frequenting the pot-house and the canteen. Another tract caused a female who had been living without God in the world to serious thought upon the salvation of her soul.' Sergeant J. Holt, St. Thomas' Mount.
*A
tract
to give
preachers.
that much good is done by these little ever present catechist gave a Wair youth of 17, a tract which so convinced him of the abomination of idolatry, that I baptized him in the name of tlie Triune God in Christ Jesus. From this fact the people reason thus they give the people a book, and so soon as he reads it, tlic reader must become a Christian.' Rev. S. Hebich.
'I
am
sure
My
4.
What
?
useful
and appropriate
publications of our Society do you consider specially for distribution with a hope of their doing
good
'I
tracts, containing as much of salvation through tiie Lord Jesus Christ and experience confirms me in the opinion, that such are most likely to produce the end in view, i. e. the glory of God, and good The books I have received from your Society are beautiof souls. Rev. W. B. Addis. fully got up and are invaluable.''
as possible of the
way
observation extends, there is scarcely a useless have been issued by the different philanthropic The shorter biographies of converts and brief associations in India. summaries of the leading doctrines of Christianity, as specimens of which, I refer you to the tracts (Lp^^LDn-ir^ssil and cijir^eSen-JisLb, must ever prove generally acceptable, while local ones or those got from observation and experience of the missionary in his field, may often prove very serviceable.
'So far as
tract
my
among
idl
that
'Against Popery, Mr. Rhenius' O^Lofx/r/fi^'r, the Q/bs^^x^ju'^, and and I need more than I get.
M4
Against lieatheuism, those composcil chiefly vf cxtiacts fiom Sciijilme The Children's Series are a promising against iili)latiy, arc tlie best. feature in your operations, and will doubtless do much lor the geneRev, J. J. Lawrence. ration now in our schools.'
have not observed any difference among your books and tracts regards the contents and moral influence. They are all, as far I have observed, o;ood and nsiful, but we want the Spirit fr(im on high to open the hearts of the Hindus for the truths contained in them.' Rev. J. M. Leculer.
'I
as as
it
consider all the publications of the Society to be more or less useand appropriate for distribution, with a hope of their doing good. There are nevertheless a few that may be considered specially so, and ajnong these, I would notice the following: On .'IdnUenj, On Jdolaiiy, The Crown of Holiness, The Incarnalion of Christ, and The Rev. J. E. Nimmo. Jf'aij to Hiavenhj Bliss.''
'I
ful
'I think some of the works lately come under my notice, of much use to the young Natives who read English, (I mean books neatly bound,) like the Traveller, Earth's Histon/. Treatises on Natural Philosophy arc made the handmaids of religion.' Rev. R. Noble.
'As to the publications which are most useful, I feel at a loss to give a proper answer. I would now just state that I have had many queries for the tracts entitled the Blind JFai/ in Tamil, and also for a tract On Caste in Telugu, published by the Vizagapatam Tract Society. The tract on Juggemauth, by the same Society, is always very popular amongst the Natives of this and other parts of the Telugu
country.'
Rev.
E.
Porter.
'The Blind Way, Hindu Triad, Essence of Wisdom in Tamil, and the Hindu Triad, Catechism on the Hindu Shasters in Telugu, are well adapted for the heathen if stitched up with Good Mvice, or some other tract showing more fully the way of salvation. For Christians and those somewhat instructed, the Resurrection of Christ, Good Counsel, Ten Commandments, Divine Knoidedge, Exccllencij of the Bible, The Sure JFaij, Ministerial Advice, and Evidences of Chrislianitt/, are among the most useful tracts for promiscuous distribution. I usually prefer The JS/cio Birth, The Heavenbi Way, Concerning Idolatry, True Doctrine, Means of Bliss, Sjnritucd Light, and In whom shall we trust? I think however the tracts commonly re-published are all good and
variously useful.
'Of the
boolis I
as their value
is
generally known.'
Rev. M. Wi^slow,
'The publications of the Society, as far as I have had an opportunity of reading them, are appropriate for distribidion, and calculated If to some of them prints or wood-cuts were added, it to do good. would make them still more attractive to the Natives.' Rev. C. F.
Heyer.
'Nos. 400, 500, and the "Sinner's Friend" have done much Rev. R. D. Griffith.
good.'
15
5.
able to use
in
yoin
sclioolsj with
which
'Rhenius' Theology and his Evidence of Christianity and portions of the Gospels, are books in demnnd by us, and aU the other volumes which contribute to awaken an intclUifcnt and devout piety. CouUl the Tinnevelly Tract Society be allowed and encoiuaged to put their excellent translation of Watts' Scripture History on the same footing, as to terms of sale, with the volumes of your Society, it would, 1 doubt not, greatly benefit many.' Rev. J. J. Lawre>xe.
'The school books of the Society have been particularly useful both in our English and Tamil scliools, and also to many Native Christians who leani to read and I sincerely hope the Society will be able to furnish a few more. I observe that they have only the 1 st English InstiTictor, and the lessons in Tamil only Nos. I. and 11. The Tamil Grammar and, last though not least, the Body of Divinity by Rhenius, have been useful here.' Rev. J. M. Lechler.
;
'My catechists have all read your publications, and they not unfrequently use them as text books, when preaching among the lieathens. The school children in common with the others continue to read your books with interest. A few large books published by the Jaffna Tract and Book Society have been introduced here as school books, and so soon as we are amply supplied with some of your excelRev. J. lent books, we hope to introduce them also as school books.' E. NiMMO.
'lour Sociely has conirihuted greatly
to the
pleasure
and
profit of
in these parts, by furnishing us at so reasonable price the translation of that invaluable work, "the Pilgrim's Progress." Nearly
many
the whole of the large edition I purchased of your Society has been disposed of, and copies have been eagtrbj sought after and extensively
read.''
Rev. G. Pettitt.
of the tracts
into
and story books, such as om- schools, and are by the elder boys.' Ivev.
Porter.
'Ayah and Lady,
Little
Henry and
his
Rhenius' Body of Divinity, Hindu Girls' School, are among the books used in our schools.' Rev. C. F. Heyer.
'The
used for reading. The schoolmasters have read most of the "Explanations of the Parables" and several tracts to me as a Bible class in connexion with the Scriptures, and are now reading Evidences of Christianity.'
The
school booJ;s are all introduced into the schools under tracts of the Children's Series and others, are fref|uenlly
my
care.
Rev. M. Wi>-slow.
'We have
more
6.
not had
many
Rev.
have
Do
16
vance or decrease
attribute
it
in
your neighbourhood
If Uie latter,
do you
tiie
?
to
unfitness of
books themselves
'There
is
no dovibt that many books might be sold if we had for sale. It will be for the committee to determine whether it will not be desirable to place a small stock under the charge of some responsible person at the out-stations.' Rev. R. D. Griffith.
them
to expose
'The experiment of selling the books of your Society has but just I am not prepared at present to say to what extent we may succeed.' Rev. W. B. Addis.
commenced, and
'I
chiefly
think there is an advance in the disposition to purchase books, among catechists and church members.' Rev. J. J. Law-
rence.
'The Hindus hereabouts are little disposed to buy our books. I informed that some Mohammedans who paid a trifle for a few books, used the covers for their own, and tore the paper of ours. Tlie Blind Way we have sold lately for two pice the copy, but I have reason to believe that the Natives buy it chiefly for the sake of the songs it contains. Many Natives are able to pay for books they can pay large sums for heathen books on paper or olas but as we have hitherto given them most of our tracts and books^gratuitously, they think we should always do so, be they never so large and expensive and in many instances they really tliought they did us a great favour by receiving them. It is high time to undeceive them on this point.' Rev. J. M. Lechler.
am
'I regret to say we have not been able to effect much good in the very desirable work of selling books. This want of disposition in the people does not arise from poverty or any unfitness of the books themselves, but simply from their known cliaracters as niggards and great lovers of money.' Rev. J. E. Nimmo. 'I have seen no disposition to purchase books in tlie Native language, and I should suppose that several years will elapse before such a state of things can be expected to exist in so newly a settled mis-
sionary
district.'
Rev. H.
W.
Fox.
'I am sorry to say that at present I find no disposition to purchase books amongst the Natives here, except it be the verses of Vemana, one of their own poets. I attribute this want of disposition to the general indifl^erence of the Natives of sound learning, and their depraved state and feelings.' Rev. E. Porter.
'There is very little disposition to purchase books among those I meet, but I do not know that there ever has been more. Kmall sums have been paid toward the Tamil Magazine by a few but not the full price. A few Rhenius' Body of Divinity and Pilgrim's Progress are sold at reduced rates.' Rev. M. Wia'Slow.
whom
17 'With reference to the disposition of the people to purchase books, think you will acknowledge it is on the advance, when I say that above 600 Rupees worth of Tamil, Telugu and Canarese books have been sold from the Bangalore School Book Society's Depository, during the last year, in addition to a large number of English books, many of which have been purchased by the Natives.' Rev. J. Garrett, Bangalore.
I
7.
May we
in
not,
from you
est
tlie
way
during the coming year, expect assistance of: Pecuniary contributions, (the small-
will be acceptable.) Sermons for the Tamil Maga(afterwards to be incorporated into a volume.) Tracts (original or translations) for separate publication. Books for schools or popular reading. May it not be that you have not al-
sums
zine,
lowed your voice to be heard, and your influence to be through the Press, to the extent of your duty and privilege ?
felt
'Pecuniary contributions have been increased this quarter from Rs. G, As. 12, to Rs. I have no doubt that we shall be able to increase them yet more.' Rev. R. D. Griffith.
.
'Our pecuniary assistance to your Society is quite confined to those attached to this mission. shall try to do what we can. Literary assistance may probably be afforded if time permit.' Rev, W. B. Addis.
We
'With regard
promise
to
if
much
the preparation of matter for the Press. I cannot time and occasion allow and require, I shall be
glad of the aid of the Press to assist respects is becoming very promising.'
me
in this field,
J. J.
which
in
some
Rev.
Lawrence.
'We hope to render some pecuniary aid to the Society in the course of the year. With regard to writing sermons or translating tracts and books, I have hardly any time to spare but even if I were to attempt any thing now for my own improvement and the use of the Tamil population, I have no person to render me any assistance as a moonshee. Should however any easy work or subject be proposed, Rev. J. M. Lechler. I might take it into consideration.'
;
'I shall very gladly endeavour to procure pecuniary aid for the Tract and Book Society in this neighbourhood, though I fear I cannot promise much but in order to do any thing in this way I should be glad to have two or three copies of the Report for the purpose of drawing the interest of those whose help I ask for.' Rev. H. W. Fox.
;
'In reference to this question I can only reply that I shall be most willing to help the Society as far as my time and other duties will Rev. E. Porter. allow.'
'I
feel the
this land,
where almost every thing is to be yet done to form an intelligent Christian community, but my engagements in connexion with it in
IS
another form prevents my promising much in connexion with your Society, but I shall ever be happy to lend such aid in promoting its important objects as circumstances may allow.' Rev. M. Winslow.
information has been engage personally, and through his Native assistants, in the work of tract distribution. Many more tracts could liave been disposed of, but care was taken to see whether the applicant could read and would make a good use of what was given to him. (2.) The desire for tracts is on the increase rather than the wane, and great willingness every where exists to receive what
(1.)
whom
to
privilege
much general good Several persons state inhas been and still is done by tracts. stances in which these small volumes have been blessed of God to special spiritual good to the soul of the receiver. (4.) All the publications of the Society are deemed valuable and appropriate for distribution short tracts, plain and practical,
;
the Christian teacher has to give. (3.) In the opinion of all correspondents
and the small volumes, as 'Ayah and Lady,' 'Little Bearer,' 'Bible History,' &c. are text books in at the Presidency and in the interior.
(6.)
Henry and
his
many
schools
The
is
slowly
on the advance.
Many
are prevented from so doing by poverty, and many more do not feel the necessity of paying for that which has hitherto cost
them nothing.
(7.)
far as
reformation
all
is
needed on
this subject.
Correspondents are
they possibly can, in
still
ready to assist the Society so ways that can avail to its higher
usefulness.
Coiicliii(ion.
The rapid glance now taken of the doings of this Society during the year under review, cannot but awaken gratitude for the past, and incite to more wakeful interest and earnest effort for the future. Since the last anniversary, 2,640,000 pages of tracts, and about 2,500,000 of books, making in all more than 5,000,000
19
pages of Christian truth, have been put into the hands of the Nacommunity of Southern India through the medium of this institution. Supplies have been sent from Vizagapatam on the north to Palamcottah on the south, from Bangalore and Cannanore on the west to Jaffna on the east and across the seas to Moulmein and Mauritius. But, 'have not many of tiiese publications been slighted and abused, their contents not read or, if perused, not remembered and practised ?' Granting this, yet the argument that would be drawn therefrom against the cause might be employed with equal force against every system of benevolence not excepting the preaching of the Gospel. It is a trite adage that 'the abuse of a good thing is no valid
tive
argument against
it.'
that this
is
good
!
heard through his Providence Were it possible to convene the whole company of Christian missionaries resident in India, and other Christians who are practically devoted to the spiritual benefit of the heathen, and were their opinion asked upon the utility of tracts as a means of disseminating knowledge; the answer returned would, we doubt not be, 'they are of indispensable importance; deprive us of these, and you take from us one of our most efficient weapons of offence when we go forth to attack the enemy of truth and godliness.' Says a correspondent at Cannanore 'We missionaries cannot do ivithout tracts.'' Writes another from Palamcottah: 'Religious tracts are generally the best introduction ice can have to a crowd of heathen.'' And another from Salem: 'Tracts prepare the way for the Scriptures.'' Sentiments like these will be responded to throughout the length and breadth of the land. Added to this indication of the Divine pleasure is another of still greater weight, the effects that have attended this dissemination of truth through the pages of tracts. The cases mentioned by the Rev. Messrs. Addis, Lawrence, Nhnmo, Porter, Hehich, and Mr. Holt, are worthy of serious perusal, and cannot but leave the intelligent and deep impression upon the mind that an enterprise attendant in its progress with such results must be of God. With confidence, therefore, do the committee ask for this cause of Christian benevolence a continuance and enlargement of public interest and support. Though much has been done, yet the way is not all trodden. With each returning year the field of usefulness widens and demands increased exertions from those who would go up and possess the whole land. Correspondents testify that the desire for our publications among all classes is on the increase. The people instead of being satiated ask for more. The Native church is becoming enlarged, more intelligent, and greatly needing a Christian literature. The ear of faith can hear the command, 'Go forward.'' Let no one be less interested, less
the voice of
:
camel
From
God
20
prayerful, less liberal, than
is
lie
let all
demands
his
warm
and
his
zealous aid.
What an amount of good may be done by one tract, the 'True Refuge' for example, from the pen of the Rev. W. H. Pearce, to which, say the committee of the Calcutta Tract Society, a multitude of conversions to Christianity are directly and immediately
attributable.
Happy the man xoho ivrote that tract, happy they of their substance to send it abroad on its errand of love ; and may it not be that some one tract of this Society shall be found in the day of account to have been the means of equal if not greater good ? If so, he who penned its pages, and they who sent it forth to tell its tale of mercy through a Redeemer, will not lose their reward. Says a valued correspondent at Dindigul.
who gave
'The whole cost of the station where I am, books, labourers, afl would not buy a single diamond of the cluster that adorns the head of a Punjaub prince, yet here is what, through the instrumentality of your publications, has become the Lord's and shall be his when he maketh up his jewels, and which shall shine with increasing lustre long, long after all the light and brilliancy of those diamonds shall be forgotten.'
The committee commend the cause to the affectionate interest, the prayers, and pecuniary contributions of all who would desire to see the sanctifying and saving truth of the Cross supplant the debasing and ruinous fictions of this idolatrous land
89
APPENDIX.
Most of
the letters from correspondents
may be found
the
The
following
valuable communications
THE
REV.
D.
POOR.
JAFFNA, CEYLO.V.
I beg leave to express to you, and through you, to the Madras Tract and Book Society, my best thanks for your kind and prompt attention I have the pleasure to acknowto my late application for tracts. ledge the receipt, recently, of a parcel in good condition, containing This generous supply three thousand four hundred assorted tracts. I purpose to reserve till the commencement of the year, and then to enter upon a systematic distribution of them in connexion with my Native assistants through the length and breadth of my missionarj' field. For several years past I have received supplies for ordinary mission purposes, almost exclusively from the Jaffiia Religious Tract Society, and to them it is appropriate that I send my annual report of what has been effected, or attempted, in the tract department of mission In one important particular, however, it is in point for me to labour. communicate with the Madras Society, i. e. in regard to certain bound volwnes of the Society's publications. I have occasion to speak of this subject, even in relation to the past, but more especially in reference to the future. For some months past the revised edition of
*Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress,' in Tamil, published by your Society, has been regularly used as a reading book, in a weekly course of reading, under my immediate supervision, attended by most of the schoolmasters and Native assistants connected with my station. The whole number belonging to this company, and to whom a copy has been loaned is forty. Most of these are in attendance weekly at the station, while a branch meeting, attended by six or seven individuals, is held at an out-station conducted by a catechist. After reading the volume through in course, we were so much interested in the contents of the book, and so impressed with the importance of the subject presented, that we were induced to give it a second perusal, in which we are now engaged. I have made a special effort to induce each individual to read the book in private, in reference to his own state and character, and to improve the opportunity of reading it to their On families and friends, while the book remains in their possession. these books being returned, I am intending to have them read by the children of the first class from tlie village schools, who also are in weekly attendance at the station for examination and instruction. The coiuse of reading to which I have above referred, embraces the weekly reading of the Scriptures, and the alternate reading of the
90
'Morning Star,' and religious tracts, including school books, every other week. It is on this occasion that I come in close contact with the minds and hearts of this interesting company, and have full opportimity of urging upon them the claims of the gospel, and the claims which their idolatrous countrj'men have upon all who know the gospel, and are able to impart a knowledge of it to others. The majority of this company of readers have publicly professed their faith in Christ, and are in the judgment of charity his disciples; two are candidates for church membership two otliers have made repeated application for admission, but are not yet received, and the others are too well instructed in Christianity to repose confidence in the gods of the Hindus. In accordance with my suggestion, these forty individuals, each one at his own house, have recently commenced the practice of holding a weekl)^ meeting, on Wednesday evening, for the purpose of a more formal reading of the Scriptures to his own household, and to as many of his kindred and neighbours as he can induce to attend for such a purpose. I have thus minutely introduced you to this company of readers preparatory to a request which I have to make, and which may indeed be regarded as a standing request, viz. That your Society will have the goodness to furnish me, from time to time, perhaps twice a year, with copies of specified volumes sufficient numbers to furnish each of this company of readers ivith a copy ; leaving it at my option whether to sell or loan the said copies, or to give them gratuiOf course an annual report will be given to the Madras Sotously. ciety of the manner in which their bounty may be disposed of. In making this request in behalf of the forty individuals before mentioned, I should not forget to add, that there are six female school teachers connected ivith the station several church members, well instruced, who are not in the service of the mission, and several merely nominal heathen in our neighbourhood who would be profited by a perusal of the books in question. Hence it appears that fiftyfive copies would be but the necessary supply. I have further to request that the Society will have the goodness to grant, and to forward by the earliest opportunity, fifty-five copies of the volume entitled 'Practical Exposition of the Parables of Christ,' which they have recently published, a few copies of which I have just noAv reimpression is that this book is well suited to tlie object ceived. on which our people have just now entered, of holding religious meetings at their own houses on Wednesday evening and also a very suitable companion for our Native catechists in their intercourse witli the people generally, but more especially in the meetings which they statedly conduct in our remote school bungalows.
;
My
I commenced this letter, it was fully my intention to make a few remarks on the vexed question of success attending the distribution of tracts, in connexion with other means for the publication of the gospel among the people of our charge. But if my letter be not already one of undue length, I am sure it would be so, before I would satisfactorily close my remarks on the subject to which I have
When
referred.
I will only add that on the 7th ultimo, I entered upon my twentyninth year of mission service among the Tamil people, and that in view of all I have been permitted to witness of the nature of success
91
and progress in ihe missionary work, I feel constrained to thank God and take courage, rejoicing in the conlidence of hope that I shall be permitted to witness still greater things; but if not, I would quiet and strengthen myself in tlie belief, that Jierein will that saying prove true: 'One soweth and another reapeth.' 'In due season we shall reap if we faint not.' 'He that believeth shall not make haste.' 'The wrath of man worketh not the righteousness of God.'
THE
(The
REV. W.
B.
ADDIS.
be found in the body of
COIMBATORE.
former part of this letter
may
the Report.)
Scarcely a day passes without applications at the Mission House for tracts, and in many instances the applicants are respectable peoFarmers from the suiTounding villages for many miles, counple. try dealers, petty merchants, &c. &c.
Tracts are presen'ed and read.
sepoy was met with who had received a tract upwards of four months before, and he had it carefully deposited in his cap, or turban, in order to peruse it at leisiu'e and opportunity. He had nearly
out by frequent reading. persons applied for tracts, to whom we recollected having given tracts before, and they were interrogated respecting what they had done with them, the knowledge of their contents, &c. one person among them who was near his own residence, in order to show us that they were carefully preserved, and as an inducement for us to give them more, went to his house, and brought those formerly received, carefully arranged, and bearing marks of having evidently been repeatedly read.
worn
it
Some
When
Bound
It
Tracts.
that suggested this plan, for in such instances as the above and others, they will be highly prized, for the covers preserve them and also they form a good school-book for the classes, preparatory to reading the Bible. Many other instances of their utility may be mentioned.
;
Tracts
may
do good.
carpenter who had often been exhorted to repentance and faith in Christ, but whom we thought had received but little impression, one day took home with him a tract, and to the surprise of his family, instead of retiring to rest at the usual time, took a lamp and sat up good part of the night attentively reading and meditating upon its contents the following morning on his way to work, he was suddenlyseized with illness, returned home, and by 8 o'clock was a corpse. Who can tell what passed in his mind on reading the tract, or what
;
92
influenced him so changed worlds ?
to
few days ago a large and celebrated idolatrous feast was held in the vicinity of this town, (Coimbatore,) and which is generally attended by people from all the surrounding towns and villages for many miles. Several men from a place upwards of fifty miles dispassing through this received some tracts, and proceeded no their village, saying, they were convinced by what they had read and heard, that going to the idol feast ivoidd prove of no advantage, if not sinful and dangerous to their best interests. While I was sitting in a street one day, a man accosted me, whom I saw was from a distance, requesting a supply of tracts upon questioning w'hy he was desirous of having so many, he replied, that he had read all the last supply he had received to the inhabitants of the village where he resided. After further conversation I found he had come upwards of 20 miles, and that he had on a former occasion received several tracts, names of which, &c. he mentioned, and which he had not given away to others, but invited them to come and hear him read them. Who shall say the man's endeavours are vain, although he himself is not a professing Christian ? I could multiply such instances bearing directly or indirectly upon your queries, but the above sample wiU doubtlessly be sufficient, if I have not already exceeded due bounds, but you are quite at liberty to make what selection you may think proper from them; hoping that they may stimulate to further exertions among those who pity precious souls going to destruction, both by their pecuniary and literary assistance.
tant, in
Among the many thousands of tracts distributed in these only one instance of a single one having been destroyed has come to my knowledge during the past year, and that one was destroyed at a heathen feast, at which times the people appear infatuated. prefer markets, villages, &c. when the people are free from such excitement, and we have always found such places and times, far more advantageous for putting these publications in cirP. S.
parts,
We
culation.
With fervent prayer that an abundant and increasing blessing from the Author of all good may rest upon your Society, and that it may still prove a powerful means of disseminating that knowledge which shall lead many to Christ to salvation.
MR CHARLES
J.
ADDIS.
that I continue tract I am happy to say, in distribution very extensively both at markets held in difierent villages, in the streets of this town, (Coimbatore) and in the surrounding I meet with great encouragement as it respects the friendvillages. In the markets I am often requested to sit down, ship of the people.
for which purpose they generally tract, and explain the same a seat for me of cloths, &c. which they bring to sell. I sometimes get a great number of hearers who ask me questions, concerning the Avay of salvation, the foohshness of worshipping idols, of
read a
make
93
obtaining heaven by their own good works, &.c. This is also the case in tne streets of this town, where I am often invited to sit down on the thinnas (verandahs) of their houses and read to them; at such times many collect together and listen with attention to the instructions given, after which they request me to supply them with some tracts for their own reading. I am frequently obliged to carry some tracts in an inner pocket, that I might not fall short to supply those who apply for them the people well know I carry such publications, and I frequently have applications for tracts though none appear. Our house also being near several large public roads, / daily find travellers itnlling to hear tracts read and to receive them, and by this means many are carried to
;
distant places.
THE
REV.
J.
E.
NIMMO.
COMBACO'UM.
(Replies to questions before inserted.)
At Gallaway Chapel, a very interesting and learn28f/! February. ed Brahmin started many important questions with reference to the necessity of a Mediator between God and man. When this was explained to him, he appeared satisfied, and spoke as follows: 'God, I now see, is a God of justice and mercy too.' A Tamulian present, one of my old and constant hearers, as a further illustration, related the history of king Seleucas, as given in one of the tracts of the Madras Tract and Book Society entitled 'Justice and Mercy Displayed.' Is this not an instance that our books are carefully read and fully understood ? In one of my school-rooins in the Town here, came a ^th March. Tamulian to me and spoke as foUows 'Sir, I have for the last three years regularly received tracts from you, have read them carefuUy through, and believe they contain nothing but the truth; I am convinced that idolatry is utter foUy.' After this, he gave me the substance of all the tracts he received from me the preceding years to my satisfaction. A few men and women, on the same occasion, came to me and spoke as follows 'Sir, we are very poor people indeed, and desire to know more of such good come from a distant village. things please give us a good book, and we shall take it to our vilAnother indilage, and get some one there to read the same to us.' vidual addressing those who opposed us, spoke nearly as foUows 'Why oppose this gentleman? he tells us nothing but good things. If you are not disposed to hear such good things, you better go away, and leave us quiet to hear.' 20th. At Thodavasel, a little boy of about 11 years of age declared that idolatry was utter folly and sinful. On my inquiring how he came to know that, he replied, by reading a trad I had given him many years ago, and by the hght of his own conscience.
We
This side of Negapatam, a Mohammedan ran after me QOth July. from a place about a mile distance, for an Hindustani tract for his son. Here was a great call for Hindustani Scriptures and tracts.
94
R E V.
J.
J.
LA
W R E N C E.
this
communication.)
flowers have
in
incantations vainly have I repeated,' &c. And also, to Casi, sin is not abolished,' &c. To which he added, friends, why waste your time and your money retaining in your bosoms evil thoughts, committing sin, encompassed with troubles, walking in the snares of the devil why destroy yourselves ? Your way is dark, and leads to darkness. Wherefore leave it and believe in In this manner he gave still farther good counsel. After the Christ. teacher had spoken thus clearly, I humbly replied, 'Teacher, your saying is all true. It is the good way for the souls.' 'Come to my house,' he said; so leaving my company in the avenue, I came. He ffowe me a few hooks, and bid me carry them to the zemindar, and to earn them myself, and to teach them to others and he urged me to repent and dismissed me. returned to our home, read and explain-
'How many
'Though you go
My
We
95
ed the books (among others, Bhnd Way and Spiritual Light,) to the zemindar and others. As I was reading the word of Jesus Christ, and discovering more and more clearly their meaning, the people of the town and my kindred began to hate me, and to advise my wife to prevent me from reading; and they said, 'Take the books and throw them into the fire. If you do not, he will forsake you, join the Christians, and get another wife, and then you will be for ever separate;' and she, thus instigated, constantly opposed and quarrelled witli me. One day, while I was reading the Blind Way in my house, my wife caught the book from my hand and put it into the oven (or and thought within me, such a wife is too bad, fire). I was grieved
;
had better forsake her. While thus troubled and silent, after a longtime, she took the book out of the oven and gave it back it was not burned but dirtied and blackened. She said to me, why are you grieved ? you need not rub ashes, you need not worship Peyrumaarl, study the books as you please, I will have no objections to this, only swear to me that you will not enter that religion and be baptized. At I made no reply, and passed the night in fasting and sorrow. midnight she awoke me. Hear what I say. She began 'If you go to that religion, I wiU quit you and wander a stranger.' Then placing I was hungry, ate and slept. food, she told me to eat. After a few
;
:
days, having, according to my custom, trained foiu: fighting cocks, wife said, take one of the cocks and pit him if he wins, and is not vanquished, then the religion you are seeking is good ; and I too If not, then you must not go. So she arranwill consent to come. ged. I cannot tempt God, what you now say is wrong. But I went Upon this to the cock fight, and two of my cocks were vanquished. my wife became more strong in her unbelief, taunted me about it, told me not to go to that religion, caught the tract I had in my hand, (Hinduism its own Witness) and threw it into the street. I was provoked and said to her, if you are unwilling to be subject to me, you may quit me, I am this day ready to receive baptism. She then be-
my
quiet. Many towns-people came to me and spoke each one according to his mind, all hindering me from coming to the Christian I read and explained 'Hinduism its own Witness' to them, religion. and declared not only that Peyrumaarl was not God, and recounted his attributes; but also said, though you object to the things that belong to my salvation, I will not hear. Then they said to my wife, you need not talk any more with him. His fate is so, therefore you too should go according to his fate.
came
Lawrence and their towns in Pereakolum talook, preaching and giving books. I then came and saw them, and introduced myself as the one who had received tracts on my return from Seringam; I told them that God had given me strength and courage by those books, and the counsel afforded, and had chosen me to himTherefore I wish to come to you and receive baptism. The self. two teachers spoke with me with joy, gave me the Gospel of Matthew, and told me to come to Dindigul with catechist Samuel and then when you have well understood the Scriptures, if you are firm in the Christian religion, we will baptize you; so saying, they gave direction to Samuel concerning me, and went on their circuit.
catechists
to
While
96
gion, on a certain day as I went about my business from Cambay to the Roman Catholic priest came I went with those who accompanied me to see him. I had in my hands, 'Hinduism its
Cumbum,
own
Witness,' 'The
and Popery.'
told
When
Bhud Way,' and 'Resemblance betwixt Paganism the priest saw me, he inquired who I was. I
and place.
I
him
my name
He
am
went on to say, you came as a priest of the Christian religion, yet you place images in violation of the second commandment of your religion and worship. This is a great abomination. By this I see your religion and that of tire followers of Siva are the same, I then read to him 'Resemblance betwixt Popery and Paganism when he heard it, he took a rupee from his pocket and asked me what
;'
was. I replied a man's head; so said he, we place the cross, as a sign of Him who came to die for men but we do not worship it, nor do we call or think it God. I asked. Does the cross show that Christ became incarnate? Yes, it is a sign of his incarnation. I asked. Are not the gospel and the commandments a sign and proof of this ? Yes, they are, he answered. Then the sign of the cross is unnecessary. I said, both are needed, but it would be much better to worship a little child, one of the sons of men who are made in his image, for the child can walk and speak and hear and see. I then took my leave.
it
;
All
who
what
had said
was
right.
After a few days, I came to Dindigul with Samuel, and seeing Rev. Messrs. Lawrence and Crane, expressed to them my wish of receiving baptism. They ordered me to learn the Catechism. While thus learning, Innasi padree came to Dindigul. Two of the boarding school boys and I went and had conversation with him when he knew that I had come with the desire and purpose of receiving baptism, he asked. Do you go to the mission because you think that the Romanists worship images ? Look well and thoroughly examine then you will see. You do not believe me. If placing images is wrong, v/ill so many white men have received this way Our church is spread and spreading every where. (j. e. popery.) But that church is very small. It has no stability. Now, do you I replied, If a thousand utter error carefully consider all this ? and only one man speak the truth, are we to receive the saying of the thousand or of the one ? Then he ceased, took a book, and went His words were as if you to reading and speaking with others. were to say that noon is midnight. I was received into the church upon examination of my faith and hope, after two months, on the 4th of June, 1843. By the grace of our Lord Jesus Christ and of the Holy Spirit, I am steadfast in the religion of Christ, and my desire is that my wife may be brought into the church by the grace of Jesus, which she also now desires and wishes to repent and forsake her evil ways. May God grant it.
A year and a half were elapsed since the change mentioned on the above, and I can say that few men in any land give better evidence of having chosen the word and service of God, as their light and
joy-
The
97
view with me work of grace
;
he
is
just gone.
I
is
in his soul,
and
images of v.'isdom and holiness. Do you wish to receive baptism and the Lord's Supper
'My
desire
I
is
great.'
.^
How long
'Since
came
things.'
When
As I went here and there to the markets. I found catechists disiributing trads, I took and read; from that time I began to see the envrs of my religion. What are some of these r Confession as required by our priest, the refusal of the cup in the Lord's Supper, the worship of images. What is the practice in confession ? The priest asks such questions as these, and the catechist instructs us before hand to say, ye?, to them all, whether we have committed the sins or not, viz. Have j-ou committed adultery ? Have you stolen, or been the friend of a thief.^ Have you killed? or have been partaker with a murderer.' Have you borne false testimony? Have you coveted ? Have you reviled father or mother ? &c. How long since you confessed ?
A o< since
On
this
I received
Priest,
the tracts.
good degree of knowledge of our and full in his ability and willingness to pardon sin, condemning also the practices of the Romish priest. He said that about six years since, when his father died, the priest disputed with him a long time for the burial, for insisting on his increasing it. He said, sir, I am very poor, and I cannot get more than these five fanams, and finally, he consented, yet not kindly but as by compulsion.
topic he expressed a
Great High
and showed
do they do with the money thus gamed ? it for their food, repair temples, provide as the crucifixion, &c. Did you find no comfort in confession ?
What
Expend
for festivals,
such
While ignorant
was
satisfied.
and heartily approve of our articles of faith, order of the church, and rules of life ? 'Yes. I have examined tliem fully and receive them heartily.'
5-0U understand
Do
You see that Jesus Christ is the only priest, &c., here I recapitulated most of the standing doctrines of the Protestant religion, insisting on submitting all pomts to the text of Scripture. In reply to which he said The Scriptiures, they are our rule of life, they are all. prayer is that God will pour out his Holy Spirit on my neighbours in Verakul, and the next neighbourhood who are related. They say that if these too will come, they will soon in a body forsake the
My
Romish errors. Does your wife accept of your doctrine ? She is exceedingly ignorant, but I am instructing Do you pray with your famUy? Yes, and in
elder brother is very desirous to come. Do you think he is qualified ?
her.
my
school.
My
9S
He IS sincere I liimk, but is very ignoiant. He should not be received yet, he has commenced learning the monosyllables at night and when free from work by day. What are you doing to convert your neighbours ? I pray for them, that God would give them a right heart. Once in two or three weeks, I go to the more distant villages and read the gospel and converse with them, and almost daily in the school-room, at their houses, and in the streets I do the same to the people of Verakul. Do you expect persecution if you join the church ? They can only kill the body, and after that they have no more that they can do. Such is the substance of our conversation, and the undissembled simplicity and earnestness of his whole manner, as well as my past acquaintance with him, urges me to postpone no longer the acknowledgment of him as a brother in faith, and of welcoming him to communion of the church as a true member of the body of Christ. May the Sanctifier, the Holy Ghost, complete this blessed work, as I am persuaded, he has begun it. Here then is the fruit of tracts and catechist and schools, and preaching. Is that bomity of the chm-ch lost which thus brings immortal revenue and places another gem on the crown of Jesus, God over all, and blessed for ever ? No, no, the wonder is that God who rideth on the heavens in his excellency, can stoop so low as to use the money of the church and the products of that money and the labours of this earthen vessel in this amazing work of reconciliation. But He hath chosen the base things, and things that are not to bring to naught such things as are the false religions of this world.
;
Ride on in thy glovy, thou conquerins; Saviour, Let thousands on thousands submit to thy reign,
And
SERGEANT
ST. THOJIAS'
J.
HOLT.
MOUKT.
Thomas' Mount, I am happy to have it in my power to communicate 1. That the subscription list has been increased from Rupees 6-12, to Rupees 10-(), and I trust, if my life be spared, it will be further augmented. 2. That many Europeans have applied to be furnished with such You will thus perceive that two points tracts as my stock afforded. have been accomplished, viz., a desire to read tracts, and a ivillingness I think great to supply funds to send the same blessings to others. things have been partially accomplished at the Mount, since about 50 families have tracts supplied to them weekly for perusal on Sundays and during the week. Much more than this would have been accomplished, had persons who have more time on hand than myself and my co-adjutor, come forward to assist in the distribution of tracts, but we have to work alone, in a district that would fully emat St.
:
99
ploy at least six distributors. Protracted sickness has prevented me from distributing any considerable number of Tamil tracts since September. I snail now proceed to recapitulate my former Report, and add such information as came under my observation since that
time.
few English and Tamil tracts were given to me transacting some business at the Society's Depository, Madras, which were distributed to such Europeans and Natives as applied for them at the Mount. I gave some of the Tamil tracts to Kistnah, a Native writer, a heathen of the Malabar caste, who shortly after apTestament, which the Rev. R. D. Griffith plied for a Tamil supplied. Although I cannot speak confidently of any beneficial impression having been made on his mind, stUl we have cause to rejoice that prejudice and bigotry are giving way to a desire to read Christian books. He has been very useful to me at various times in circulating
'In iMay, 1844, a
when
New
tracts to others.
Tamil tracts from the Rev. R. gave to Native artificers and coolies employed in the Artillery Depot, some to Kistnah and different bazarmen, but the greater portion to a sergeant in the Depot who quickly spread them abroad in his neighbourhood. He informs me that several of the Natives have held frequent conversations with him on the subject matter of the tracts. They not only seemed anxious to listen to his
'Shortly after, I received a supply of
Griffith,
D.
which
advice, but also expressed their thankfulness for the tracts supplied
to
them.
'In
lish
June the Tract Society kindly voted me a large supply of Engand Tamil tracts, which I trust have not been distributed in vain, but are like bread cast upon the waters which shall be found after many days, "to the praise of God, who alone can bless the seed sown
it to bring forth much fruit unto perfection." 'Kistnah supplied some of the tracts and children's books to a Native school in the street where he lives, and which I trust will contribute much to overthrow the pernicious principles which are taught in all heathen schools. The Native master of the school has begged through him, to be furnished with a portion of the New Testament in Tamil. This is another proof in support of the benefit arising from the circulation of tracts. I have supplied a few Em-opeans with small portions of tracts to get bound in order to preserve them for future and frequent perusal. 'The supply of English tracts is nearly exhausted (about 100 copies left) from the fi.-equent application for them by the European One set I have retained for weekly cirsoldiers, &c. at the Mount. Another set was given to one culation in the quarter where I reside. of the Artillery men here, who I find has been employed for some time in the weekly distribution of tracts amongst the famdies of the European soldiers living in the Battalion ParcheiTy at the Mount. I was very glad to find that I was not working alone. The tracts thai I carr}! round, are stitched three or four in a urapper to preserve them. Various Europeans have assisted me in the distribution of the English and Tamil tracts. A quantity of the Tamil tracts have been circulated in the neighbouring villages by an East Indian, who has since had another supply from me for like distribution. 'On the 29th of Jinie, I was applied to by two Native Roman
and cause
100
Catholics for a portion of the New Testament as they say the priest them see the Scriptures, bvit they are anxious to read them. This application is the result of two or three tracts that I gave them; how far they may become savingly impressed with the necessity of looking to Christ alone, for salvation, the Great Searcher of hearts alone can in due time decide. I am happy in being able to state that during the short period that I have been employed, all the Europeans and Natives have received with gladness the tracts that
:
acceptance or perusal.
'Had I more time I would visit the surrounding v'dlages myself and thus further the work. 'As small parties of European soldiers are occasionally proceeding to out-stations, it would be advantageous always to have a stock of English tracts on hand, so that I might have it in my power..to supply small quantities of them to such men as are seriously inclinec', as I know their time must often be ill-spent through want of books to improve their minds. Many men would refrain from going to the topes and other places where liquor is to be had on the march, if they had books to read during their leisure hours.
August, I supplied a number of English, Gentoo, one of the Artillery men going up the country for distribution on his journey. Also supplied a number of Gentoo, Hindu, and Tamil tracts, (70 in number) for distribution by a person going to Arcot. In September, a Native voluntarily came to my house to beg some Tamil tracts for perusal, which I gladly supplied for I think such persons are more likely to value them than others who take them from us as we pass along.'
'In the latter part of
and Tamil
tracts to
have
lity
to request that you wiU thank the committee for the liberawith which from time to time they have complied with my appli-
which have
European
soldiers
and pensioners
partly been distributed amongst the at the Mount, and the remainder
September 25. -Supplied one of the Artillery with 100 English which he soon found opportunity for distribution. October 4. Supplied a number of Tamil, Portuguese, and English tracts to a friend at St. Thome, who was desirous to assist the cause. From this time to nearly the close of the year, I have as opportunities and my health permitted, supplied various Europeans and especially Sunday-school children with tracts. In fact scarcely a Sunday passes
tracts,
without the scholars asking for tracts for themselves or their friends. Circumstances over which I had no control, have prevented me from carrying out my plan, to increase the subscription list to the extent I could wish. The sum of money that is forwarded with this Report may with a very few exceptions emphatically be styled the
^Soldiers mite.^
I
beg you
commit-
tee, viz.
That a complete set of all the Parent Society's Tracts, both and children, together with some copies of the broad sheets printed on one side, and 100 tract covers, with '^Letit by the
1.
for adults
Auxiliary Tract Society,^ printed on them, early a period as circumstances will permit.
may be
procured
at
as
101
2.
for the
next year
may
be got out
by
in
ship, as opportunity offers, for which I will procure subscribers. In conclusion I beg to forward a list of Subscribers for insertion
Conductor
Store Store Sergeant R. Doig, Laboratory Sergeant J. Holt, Sergeant Instructor C. Bcrr}'.
o
i"
(1
2
1
8 8 8 8 8 8
. -
B. A. 4 6
2
8
nwaring,
-
4
1
Laboratory-man F. Smith, Laboratory-man A. Wilson, Mr. Willip.'iis, Mr. Mcciregor, Mr. Sergeant J. Hooper, Jlrs. Hooper, Friend, Sergeant Bourke, Corporal Flood, Corporal Morton,
Small,
Mrs. Sharman,
McDonough,
2
2
4 4 8 6
4
8
8
4
C
Mrs. Byrons, j\lrs. Yardly, Mrs. FJussell, i\Trs. Nixon, .Mrs. Eanibury,
.
-
4
4
Total Rs.
vT
Bombardier Salter, Bombardier Bonn, St. Thomas' .Mount, 2Slh December, 1844.
9
1
John H 3LT.
102
C? -T
-1 o:
'
'.';
o (^ O 3
CI O; '^
punou
ooCiOC'OOOOoooosoooooo -^eOMsio
ir;
03 CO
CT2
03
00 = C:0000CI = 0=:f5'
o H
ar:
7Q
c-i i^
"^ *o
^ 'M *o to i^
c^i cji
ci *o
;^ CO
s-'S
*c
^^
cc
t-~t
ti
-r"
ei 1^ P5
CO
'"'
"-C
H
H n
-< Ci
1>
>
w
Hm^"H
lUO)
c: CO
C^ 5o r-
C
c
cT
OS
fA
OOOOOOOO OOOCC'
r-i
H
fe
-snpuiH
'^
I--
c' r^
O
E-
3S3US
^
tJ
O S
-^.-KM
=r3
^^
la
w
K
'^
H O ^
k-<
s ^
<a
oc;o;rooooooc^oo50o-^0r-ioociooo
e
to
'^
r-:
'^
CO
o r-
^ o
en
c^
ea
H
2o '-<ClC^'^'0t^t^S0C:O 'Cl<C-^O-^t^C0C5C> COC'O-f 3 CI CJ CI CI CI ci ci CI ci re ?; sc r: to co ro ic -* -^ -^ -^ ;ccco3ccccocccocoiocox;ccoccocococcooccco:osi5:oococo ^_ ^ j^__
-:
c-; -i-
idocJcSocJooooddoodoodoodoooc
SELECTIONS
CURAL OF TIRUVALliUVAM,
FREE TRANSLATIONS
EXPLANATORY NOTES.
BY
F,
C. S.
31
ADR AS:
PRESS,
J
AMERICAN MISSION
844.
PREFACE.
The
Rev.
tlie
W. H. Drew,
The
"The Cural
of Tiruvalluvar
Tamil people.
writer of
is
(Tiruvalluvar,
who
is
said to have
It is
called the
first
is
guage, there
no appeal,"
it
as their
as evidence of
what they
Seneca.
it
assert.
The morality of
the
book
is
similar to that of
though
at times to puerilities."
The Cural
in
of.
is
which
virtue, property,
last
The
moral character.
omitted
in
The followfirst
part,
and
morals extant
among
the
Hindus.
can read
these pages
Israel."
To form one perfect book, Great God when once compared How mean their writings look.
When an individual has shown himself possessed of more than ordinary wisdom, he must expect to be often questioned as to his opinion upon sul^jects of general interest and importance. It was so, in ancient times, with Solomon. '' All the earth sought to Solomon, to hear his wisdom, which God had put into his It has been so with the sages of every heart." (1 Kings x. 24.) It was emphatically so with that wisest of beings, nation. He was a Divine Teacher, and multitudes flocked Jexus Christ. to Him daily to see His miracles and hear His instructions. They did so from a variety of motives some wished to learn the truth, while others desired to cavil against His doctrines, and to detect something in His opinion by which they might condemn Ilim before the Rulers. To them all He declared His sentiments JMany believed Him, and many who conclearly and boldly. tinued unbelievers >vere silenced by the truth and force of His answers. The Evangelists IMatthew, Mark, Luke and John, have recorded some of the questions that were piit to Him with His replies. These we have taken pains to collate and arrange, and will bring to the notice of our readers in successive numbers of our paper, hoping that their perusal may be interesting and
",
instructive.
I.
The
Way
to obtain Heaven.
Luke
x.
25
2C>.
Question.
Answer.
A
up,
certain lawyer
stood
He
thou
?
said
unto
him,
What
is
and tempted Him, saying, Master, what shall I do to inherit eternal life ?
how
readest
said,
And
he answering
the Lord
heart,
thy
and with
thy soul, and with all thy and with all thy mind ; and thy neighbour as thyself. And He said unto him, This do^
strength,
and thou
Remark. of the law
shalt live
trusting' in bis
own obedience
is
The meaning
this
"Keep
the
\-liole
not kept
it,
Redeemer,
II.
law and you shall obtain eternal life. therefore you cannot be saved in that way. a Saviour."
Frequency of Forgiveness.
Question.
i\Iatthew xviii. 21, 22. Answer. Jesus saitli unto hira, I say not
unto
thee,
Until
seven times
shall
my
brother sin
?
him
till
seven times
Remark.
The
meaning of this reply is that there should be no As often as a fellow being sins against us
and asks
forgiveness, so often
we should
forgive him.
III.
Matthew
xii.
10, 11,
iJcc.
Answer.
He
shall
man
shall there be
fall into
among
you, that
have one sheep, and if it a pit on the sabbath-day, will he not lay hold on it, and
then is than a sheep ? wherefore it is lawful to do well on the sabbaih-days.
lift
it ?
out
How much
man
better
Remark. It is the opinion of all wise and good men that works of necessity and mercy may be done on the Sabbath. But it becomes us to examine carefully wliether a work be necessary ere we do it on a day which God has commanded to be sanctified to His service.
lY.
The Greatest
Question.
in
xviii. 1
4.
At
the
came
Disciples
unto Jesus,
ilic
Him, and
sa}'ing.
Who
is
greatest
?
in the
Kingdom of Heaven
shall
Heaven. Whosoever., therefore, humble himself as this little child, the same is greatest in the Kingdom of Heaven.
3
Remark. Jesus said at another time, ^'Blessed are Ihe poor in humble) for theirs is the kingdom of heaven." Matt.
6.
spirit
v.
(the
xviii. 12. Pr. xi. 2. xxii. 4. Is. Ivii. 15. As all who are now iu heaven are humble, so all who expect to enter that world must be free from pride.
3.
V.
Joax THE
Question.
Answer.
"^^hen the men were come unto Him, they said, John Baptist has sent us unto Thee, saying. Art thou /te that should come ? or look ivefor another ?
Oo
tell
John what
things ye have seen and heard ; tliat the blind see, the lame Avalk, the lepers are cleansed, the deaf hear, the dead are raised, to the poor the Gospel is preached. And blessed is he. whosoever shall not be offended in me.
How
Remark.
Christ would have John compare these wonderful acts 14. contained Isaiah xxxv. which he would receive an answer to his question,.
iu
5, 6.
Ixi. 1.
viii.
was indeed
and from which he would draw an unhesitating conclusion that the Messiah, Immauuel, God with us.
He
V'l.
Sinners.
Answer.
do ye eat
Jesus an8Tvering,said unto them, They that be whole need not a physician but they that are sick,
I came
Remark. Jesus went not to the feast to eat, drink, and to be merKnowing that they who gave the entertainment ry, but to do good. were notoriously wicked, He sought an opportunity to warn them of their danger, and call them to repentance.
VII.
Concerning Fasting.
Luke
v. 33, 34,
35.
Question.
Answer.
unto him, said do the disciples of John fast often, and make JVky
prayers,
They
He said unto them, Can ye make the children of the bridechamber fast while the bridegroom is with them ? But the days will come, when the bridegroom shall be
taken away from them, and then shall they fast in those days.
Remark.
Christ
Tlie disciples
were Hig
"Children." While
He was on earth and with them they would rejoice when He should leave them and return to His heavenly home they would mourn.
VIII.
John
vi.
20, 29.
Question.
Answer.
What
might
xhall
we
do, that
Him, we
of
work the
rvorlcs
God ?
Jesus answered and said unto them, This is the work of God, that ye believe on itim whom He has sent.
Remark. Faith is the most important of all duties. Without it all our g'ood deeds are unavailable to secure the Divine favour. "Without faith it is impossible to please God." (Heb. xi. 6.) "He that believeth shall be saved, and he that believeth not shall be damned."
(iVIark xvi. 16.)
IX
Wonder
John
vii.
Question.
ing,
and
said,
My
letters,
ed
doctrine is not mine, but His that sent me. If any man will do His will, he shall know of the
Remark. Christ would have the people listen to His discourses not words of one who seemed like them a mere man, but as the
messages of the Great Jehovah His Father who sent Him into the world to instruct and save. He would farther impress upon their minds the important truth, that as he who is decided to do the will of God, is afraid of being deceived, distrusts himself and seeks diligently for Divine teaching, so he will assuredly be guided to the knowledge
of every essential truth.
X.
Adulterous Woman.
John
viii.
11.
Question.
Answer.
The
brought unto him a woman taken in adultery in the very act. Now Moses in the law commanded us, that such should be stoned but what sayest thou ?
; :
Jesus stooped down, and with on the ground, as though he heard them not. So when they continued asking Ilim,
his finger wrote
He
to
among
stone.
you, let him cast the first And again He stooped down, and wrote on the ground.
And
it,
being
convicted by their oAvn conscience, went out one by one, beginning at the eldest, even unto the last. And Jesus was left alone, and the woman standing in the midst. When Jesus had lifted up himself, and saw none but the woman,
Woman, where
?
Lord. And Jesus said unto her, neither do I condemn thee go, and sin no moreRemark. This was a A'ery insidious question, and intended so to entrap our Lord, that they might with apparent justice execute airainst Him their malicious designs. If He had said, "Kill the woman," they would have accused Him of taking the law into His own hands without referring to the authority of their Roman Rulers. If he had said "Spare her," they would have charged Him with altering the laws of
:
No man,
Moses. (Lev. xx. 10 19.) He continued writing on the earth as if He did not notice them. He at length arose and ordered the accusers None were disposed so (as the law required,) to cast the first stone. He then reproved the woman for her to do, and at once went out. The whole passin, and dismissed her with a pardon of her offence. sage illustrates the wisdom and mercy of Christ.
XI.
John
viii.
48
58.
Answers.
The Jews
Jesus answered, I have not a but I honour my Father, and ye do dishonour me. And I seek not my own glory there is one that seeketh and judgeth. Verily, verily, I say unto you. If a
devil
;
:
man
Then said the Jews unto Him, Now we know that
thou hast a
devil.
Abra-
ham
is dead, and the prophets ; and thou sayest, If a man keep my saying, he shall never taste of death. Art thou greater than our
keep my saying, he shall never see death. Jesus answered, If I honour myself, my honour is nothing it is my Father that honoureth me ; of whom ye say, that He is your God yet ye have not known Him ; but I know Him and if I should say," I know Him not, I but shall be a liar like unto you
:
:
father
is
are
whom
makest thou
and he saw
thyself?
and was
glad.
Then said the Jews unto Him, Thou ait not yet fifty
years old, and hast thou seen
verily,
Jesus said unto them, Terily, I say unto you, Before Abraham was, I am.
Abraham
Remark,
replies
Lord asserted three things in the above mentioned That inasmuch as in all His preaching He sought the glory of God, and not His own renown, He could not have been possessed of the devil, for that evil being was supremely selfish, and would use every possible means to elevate himself and dishonour Jehovah. 2, That whoever followed the will of God would secure that eternal life beyond the grave which will be the portion of the Though their bodies die their souls shall live. 8, That as blessed. He was coequal with God the Father in existence, having lain in His bosom from eternity, so He had lived before Abraham, and had been witness of all the holy actions of that Father of the faithful.
Our
1,
XII.
Martha's Carefulness.
Luke
Question.
Answer.
Martha being cumbered about much serving, came to Jesus, and said, Lord, dost
thou not care that my sister Las left me to serve alone ?
Jesus answered and said unto her, Martha, Martha, thou art careful and troubled about many things but one thing is needful and Mary has chosen that good part, which shall never be taken
:
away from
her.
Remarlc. It is the duty of those entrusted with families to make proper provisions for their household. An inattention to this duty
will entail a curse upon the unheeding transgressor (1 Tim. v. 8.) But there is a duty prior to this, it is to seek the obtainmentof piety, This is that "better part" which all a holy heart, the Divine favour. should be in earnest to obtain, and which having been once granted
away.
XIII.
Luke
xiii.
23, 24.
Answer.
Then
by)
there
said one
unto
few
that be saved?
He said unto them, Strive to enter in at the strait gate : for many, I say vnfu you, will seek
to enter in, and shall not be able. question asked was one of idle curiositj-. An answer such as the questioner desired would have done little good. Our Lord endeavours therefore to divert the man's attention from such useless inquiries and vain speculations, and urges him to attend first to his own salvation, lest the day of mercy being passed, the door of
Remark.
The
for ever.
XIV.
Concerning
Question.
a.
Luke
ix.
52
66.
Answer.
He
fore
His
He
and
ner of
and entered
of the Samaritans to make ready for Him. And they did not receive Him, because His face was as though He would go to Jerusalem.
not what manFor the ye are of. Son of Man is not come to destroy men's lives, but to save them.
said,
spirit
Ye know
disciples
this,
we command
fire
to
Tlie reason why the Samaritans were unwilling to give our Lord a hospitable welcome was tliis, they contended that the proper situation of the temple should be on Mount Gerizim, and the Jews tliat it should be at Jerusalem. As soon as they learned tliat Jesus was going to Jerusalem to worship, they saw at once that He was deciding this question against them, and in their rage would afford Him no entertainment. Our Lord reproved the spirit manifested by these too zealous disciples, and taught them (as He now does us) tliat the spirit which He approves and commands is that of mildness, kindness, and patience, forgiving those that would harm us, even as Jesus forgave His enemies, and walking at all times carefully in the footsteps of Him who came not to " destroy men's lives but to save
Remark.
them."
XV.
Concerning Divorce.
Matthew
xix.
36.
Question.
Answer.
Then the Pharisees also came unto Him, tempting Him, and saying unto Him,
lawful for a man to put away his wife for any cause ?
Is
it
twain shall be one flesh ? Wherefore they are no mor^ twain, but one flesh. What therefore God hath joined together, let no man put asunder. Remark. On the subject of divorce there were two opinions among the Jews. Some contended that a man might put away his wife for
8
dislike, or any, even the slightest cause ; "wLile others maintained that he ought not so to do except for the crime of adultery. Our Lord's opinion was decidedly against the former of these sentiments. The two persons had by marriage become one person. God had joined them together. When the Jews asked Him if Moses did not allow a man to put away his wife for other causes ? He said that he did, because of tlie hardness of their hearts, but that now He, who was greater
mere
than Moses, gave them this new law; which was, that, "Whosoever put away his wife, except it be for fornication, and shall marry another, committeth adultery and whoso marrieth her which is put away doth commit adultery."
shall
:
One
tion,
of them,
who was a
a ques-
lawyer, asked
Him
liira,
love the
tempting
ing, Master,
Jesus said unto hira, Thou slialt Lord thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy mind- This is
first
great commandment in
the
law?
And
Thou
and great commandment, the second is like unto it. shalt love thy neighbour as
Remark. The Jews divided their law into greater and lesser commandments, and there was a constant contention among them as to what things belonged to each class. Some held that the laws concerning sacrifices were most important and some those concerning circumcision, &c. Our Lord informed this young man and those that stood around, that sacrifices, purifications, circumcision, &c. were all matters of secondary importance, but that the first duty incumbent upon every human being was to love God with all his strength, and to love his neighbour as himself. The apostle said to the Christians in Rome (xiii. 10.) that "Love is the fulfilling of the law."
thyself.
XVIL
Then
Question.
unto flim their disciples with the Herodians, saying, Tell us, Avhat thinkest thou ?
Is
it
Jesus perceived their wickedness, and said. Why tempt ye me, ye hypocrites ? Show me the triand they brought bute money, unto liim a penny, and lie said unto them, Whose is this image and superscription? They say unto Ilim, Coesar's.
Then
saith
He
unto them, Render unto Caesar the things that be Caesar's ; and unto God the things that be
God's.
Remark. Tlie object souolit to he attained by ibis question was It was bopcd and not a hnoicledgc of duty but tlie life of our Lord. expected that He would &aj something in reply b}' which there iiiigbt I'c excited against Him tlic indignation of the rultr or the people. The Jews were at this time subjects of Caesar, the Roman king-, but this subjection was deeply painfid to them considering, as the}' did, tliat obedience to a foreign and heathen emperor was unworlbj- of tlie descendants of Abraham. Thej' were strongly disinclined from paying tribute to their king. The Ilerodians on the other hand did not consider it so improper thus to pay tribute, inasmuch as Cfesar was not a king of their choice, but that the}- had by Providential direction become His subjects. If Jesus had said "It is not hiuful to pay tribute" the Hcrodians would have at once arraigned Him as an
If He had said of Csssar, and a rebel against the government. "It is lawful to pay tribute" He would have rendered Himself obnoxious to the mass of the people. He saw their wicked design, and foiled the blow aimed at His life by not giving a direct reply, but by assuring them that they owed certain duties to God ;uid to him they, through the coin they circulated, acknowlcdired as king. These duties it was obligator}' on them to perform with faithfulness and diligence.
enemy
Hearing way."
they "marvelled
left
Iliai
and
went
their
Mark
x. 17
2i.
him,
?
Answers.
Jesiis callest
There came one running, and kneeled to Him, and asked Him, Good Master, what shall I do that I may
inherit eternal
life ?
said
unto
Why
He
ansvcred
and
said
unto Him, Master, all these things have I observed from my youth
there is none good, but one, and that is God Thou know est the commandments. Do not commit adultery, Do not kill, Do not steal. Do not bear false witness, Defraud not. Honour thy Father and thy Mother. Jesus beholding him loved him, and said unto him. One thing
!
thou
me good
thou lackest go thy way, sell whatsoever thou hast, and give to the poor, and thou shalt have treasure in heaven and come, take up thy cross, and follow me, and he was sad at that saying, and went away grieved for he
:
had great
possessions.
Remark. This young man did not believe th.at Jesus was a Divine person, and j-et in addressing Him he used that term which the Jews applied only to God ''good." For that our Lord reproved hira.
10
Jesus
all.
lucnts.
asked lilni conccmincr his obedience of the oommandThe joung man replied, that he had carefully observed them Our Lord, contemplated his high moral character with much
tlicn
loved him")
principles,
but
in order to
test the
all
religious
ty and become man was He loved his property his wealth was his idol. He, like many in all ages, regarded his riches more tlian God and the soul and thus it proved, wc fear, his destruction. I\Iost truly did Jesus then say to His disciples, ' How hardly can a rich man enter the kingdom of God."
give
away
XIX.
Cnnisr's Tuansoression
Matthew
Question.
6.
Answer.
to
Then
came
Jesus
Scribes and Pharisees, which were of Jerusalem, saying, Why do thy Disciples
transgress the
tradition of the Elders ? for they wash not their hands when they
answered and said unto them, Why do ye also transgress the commandments of God by your tradition ? For God com-
He
manded, saying, Honour thy father and thy mother: and. He that
curseth father or mother, let
die.
cat
But
ye
say,
by Avhatsoever thou mightest be profited by me and honour not his father and
his motlier, shall
be
free.
Thus
Remark. The Jews had two kinds of law written and traditionThe latter, tlicy said. IVFoses delivered to Joshua; he to the Judges they to the Proj^hets and thus it was kept pure until it was recorded in the Taluuid. They regarded these last laws as equalh' if not more Important than the recorded enactments of Bloses and the Prophets. Washing the hands before eating was one of these traditionary laws. Jesus in His answer told them, that these were not the commands of God, and that some of them were contrary to the laws Jehovah gave to Moses. It was a part of the traditional law to devote pro]ierty to the Lord, even though a parent were starving with hunger; but God said by Moses, '"Honour thy father and thy mother." It becomes us to be careful
ary.
; ;
lest
we
of
take something else as our guide than the revealed tlie\ alone arc to be our directors.
commands
11
XX.
PF.TF.h'f;
2*2.
Question.
Answer.
Peter
this
man
do
Jesus saith unto him. If I will that he tany till I come, what is that to thee JoHon> thou me !
'.
Remark. Peter asked this question out of curiosity. This curiFrom the reply of Jesus we osity Christ did not see fit to grHtiiy. learn that our first business is to follow the Lord, and that Ave should do this wliate%'er may happen to others. Whether John was to die a violent, death, or whetlicr he was not to die at all, were questions of little comparative importance. In tlie same way we must think less of
others and more of ourselves. that of Joshua, "As for me and
Our
lai)aua<je shovild
correspond with
my
house
we
.Matthew
Question.
xxii.
23 8:5.
Answer.
There came to Him the Sadducees, which say that there is no resurrection, and asked Ilim, saying, Master, Moses said. If a man die, having no children, his hrother shall marry his wife, and raise up seed unto liis
brother.
Now
there Averc
:
and
having no issue, left his Avife unto his brother likewise the second also, and the unto the sevenththird, j\nd last of all the woman Therefore in the died also.
;
Jesus answered and said unto them. Ye do err. not kno^^ing the Scriptures, nor the poAver of Ciod. For in the resurrection they neither marry, nor are given in marriage, but are as the angels of God in heaven. But as touching the resurrection of the dead, have ye not read tliat which Avas spoken unto you by Cod, saying. I am the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob ( God is not the God of And the dead, but of the living. Avhen the niultitude heard this, they Avere astonished at His doctrine.
for
JlPniark. The Sadducees did not l.L-lievc that there AA-as nny resurrection from tlie dead, or any existence of the soul after the death of the bodv. IJclicvirir this, they asked a question which ihrv thouGht our Lord could not answer." ])Ut in this o|.inion tiiey When but twelve years old lie Christ was Infiultelv wise. cried.
12
astonished the wise men at Jerusalem with His wisdom. learu from the reply He returned to the Sadducees, (1.) That as God said, "I am tlie God of Abraham, of Isaae, ;md of Jacob," iherefore these holy men are now alive. If they were not alive God could not thus siiy concernini;' them. (2.) That thou^^^h mankind will exist in tlie next world, yet that there will be a oreat difi'ercncc between the manner of tlieir intercourse and habits of life They will be like "the angels of God in heaven." there and here. Docs any one ask how that will be ? ^V'e cannot now know but if we are so happy us to enter heaven at last we shall learn from sweet experience. Let us strive by repentance, faith, prayer, and good works to enter that glorious world.
We
XXII. Concerning
Question.
Christ's Divinity.
Luke
xxii.
66
70.
Answer.
The
and
the
tlie
chief priests
and
scribes
came
togetlier,
and
led Him into their council, saying, Art thou tell us. t/ic Christ ?
He said unto them, If I tell you, ye will not believe ; and if I also ask you, ye will not let mo Hereafter shall the Son of go. man sit on the right hand of the power of God.
And He
that said unto them.
Then
said tliey
all,
Art
?
Ye say
God
I am.
first part of our Lord's reply is this, declare positively, tliat He was the Christ, the.}' would not believe Him, and if He should ask them for reasons why they did not believe Him to be the Messiah, thej" would not Our Lord therefore stated that repl\', and would not release Him. tlicy would hereafter be convinced, that He was a Divine Heing-, Hearing for they should see Him sitting- on the right hand of God. this they urged a definite reply, and He told them distinctly, that He was the Son ot" God. In possessing that high and divine character, we are called upon to believe in Him. Had He not liave been very God, He could not have satisfied the Divine law, for an infinite law Had He not been very man, He requires an inflniie satisfaction. could not have stood in the sinner's place and could not be a present sympathizing Higli Priest. He is therefore very God and very man.
Remark.
that though
John
xviii.
33
37.
Answers,
and
answered.
Am
Jew
au'l
Jesus answered him, Saycst thou this thing of thyself, or did others tell it theo of me ? Jesus answered. Yix k!nf:;doni is not of this world if my kingdom was of this world, then would
:
13
delivered
my
Him, Art
tJiou
a king
then ?
lervants hght, that I should not be delivered to the Jews but now is my kingdom not of this world. Jesus answered, Thou sayest that 1 am a king. To this end was I born, and for this cause came I into the world, that I should bear witness unto the truth. Every one that is of the truth heareth my words.
:
Vv''e learn from the first of these replies tlirit our Lord that Pilate thought Him innocent, but lie asked this question at the urgent solicitation of the malicious and envious Jews, who hoped he would utter sonic treasonable expression, wliich would load to flis immediate condemnation and death. Our Lord admitted that He was a Kin!>-, but not of a tenipor;il realm. If He were a worldly Sovereign, His subjects would not allow Ilim to be thus treated, without making at least an attempt at His acquittal or rescue. His Kingdom was spiritual. Being one with the Father He was King of kings and Lord of lords, and was incarnate to make known the truth which all would embrace and practise, who were lovers of truth.
Remark.
knew
XXIV.
Peter's Question.
Matthew
Question.
Answer.
Jesus said unto hira, Verily I say unto you, That ye which have followed me, in the regeneration
when the Son of man shall sit on the throne of His glor^^ye also shall sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. And every one that hath forsaken houses, or brethren, or sisters, or father, or mother, or wife, or
children, or lands, for
my
name's
and
Remark.
people at the present day ask the question that Peter did. "If we become Christians what important advantage will be secured to us" they anxiously inquire. If worldly gain be promised they are ready to follov/ Christ if not they seek a gratification of their worldly mindedness elsewhere. This was not Peter's motive. Upon this subject the question should be what is duty., not what is advantage. But of tliis we may be assured tliat "there is a reward for the rigliteous." Thej who boldly and perseveringly follow Christ will enjoy peace on earth and glory in eter-
Many
nity.
u
XXV
Onp
unto
CONOKRNINT, PkCL'NURV UiFncuLTiKS.
Question.
Luke
xii.
Answer.
of the
company
said
unto hira, ]\fan, who judge, or a divider over you? And he said unto them. Take heed, and beware of covetousness for a man's life consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he possesseth.
[le said
made me a
Reiuark. Christ cnmc into the world not to settle disputes of propcvty, &c. 'I'hese matters belonged to tbe Civil Maoistrdte. If He should express an opinion in tbe matter it would be an interference with tbe duties of tbcir appointed ruler, wbicb Me ought not to make. Having directed tbe person who asked tbe question to the judge. Me added some important advice on the subject of love of the world. After giving- this counsel, He enforced tbe same bj' tbe important Parable of tbe Foolish Rich Man.
XXVI. TnK
The
Mark
Answer.
x. 20, 27.
Question.
disciples said
among
themselves, be saved ?
Who
then can
Jesus looking upon tliem salth, it is impossible, but not for with Clod all things
:
are possible.
When we see bow negligent nien naturally arc of tbe and owe to God bow prone they are to think and to holiness, and tbe bow much they do wliat opinion of the world to tbe glory of God we are led to say, "bow liow can can tbey be saved? how can God pardon so many things arc possible with Put Me sanctify such wicked
Remark.
duties tbey
feel
is
evil
]irefer sin
sins
Iiearts"
"all
and can forgive tbe worst sins of tlie and can subdue tlie most If He but give His grace, tbe siinier will obey all the evil hearts. commands, and perform all the duties, and make all tlie sacrifices all who enter heaven will ascribe all tbe praise of required of biui
Him?
Me
is
iniiaitely merciful,
worst transgressors.
Me
is
all powitrfnl^
their salvation to
God
alone.
XXVII. The
His
saying,
scribes
disciples
Cominc. of Ei-ias.
Matthew
Question.
Answer.
asked him,
Josus answered and said unto them, Elias tndy shall first come,
and
restore
all
things.
l:5ut
come
say nil to you, Tbat Elias is come alreaHy, and they knew him not,
hut have done unto him whatsoever they listed. Likewise shall also the Son of man suiler of them.
"
15
Remark. It was a common opinion, among the Jew?, tlint Elijah (here called Elias) should aiipear before the Messiah came. Our Lord assured his disciples tliat this >vas true, and tliat Elijah liad coine John the Bnptist beiny he and tliat he had been maliciously and causelessly put to death. Thus had the prophecy been fultilled.
Faith.
Matthew
Answer.
xvii. ID,
20,21.
Then came
to
the disciples
Why
unto you, If ye have faith as a grain of mustard seed, ye shall say unto this mountain, Remove hence to yonder place and it shall remove and nothing shall he impossible unto you. Howbeit this kind goeth not out but
; ;
by prayer and
fasting.
Remark. The Apostles and discij>les of Christ were enabled by the power of failh to perform the most surprising- miracles. In i)roportion to the strength or weakness of their failh was this power increased or diminished. The same power is not now conferred upon
God's richest spiritual blessings of faith in Christ. U'hen we prny we must pray in faith, and thus prayino- we sliall receive pardon, holiness and peace, and eternal life from Him '"from whom conicth down every good uud perfect gift.
still
it
Christians, but
is
true that
come through
the
medium
1844,
,^9oiUJ
(STj fr
ear jg eis)
/ri)LQ
^6iific^^&}sij^^
^isuirOjFiu^
^jsUjStas'ieiruuiTifSeeiiLQ
ajLc,
jsajneSuirJi'B^Lh
eotTLD
^ fi
(t
ir
^ elr
fiLa^
S(^^ss>fi^
O^eSsJiT'SeLj^f
^jgijSetrrp
LDfT
^Q^elr
^ainOs^ire^eSiu
^^^tu^ea^n-jUi
j:i,^^
ffesisuiLjiEi
G^tl
LDSLjsariMesiu-^fiiTrrseTr.
LD^Q^ULjf
LJ!_/6L/ff
(Ejc5(3;
^Qear etfi'Si),
c^euireetr
&(^LQui^s^i:^uQLJir^eGn\^^
&&np^'(
srsinev!
ssas mfij^^^Q^sS
^O.eiuJ-jQeuekr\BQu.iii jpi
'tiTi'^'.
Qs
<^ ear
e_CBr
(y>(y)
^^^'lc_^^@)^lq
e_ sbt
(?
t>-eh-
ffs)
^ ilS (^
iii lL
^ su Q) uj
i_j ST
it
aGUGuPuLj. ^fi^
^aJ!rtLis'[rsn>^iBiUiresreuesr
j lu it lu
lSI !r
ld !r essr
eirearQajei^^-},
LCir^^ffiM
fiireb,
!^tuji1l9 iT LctT6S!sr(Lf'(iffaotMiLj!Ei eassiQsn shi(Eifi i-.fi pc eO ^ir tLQssuuj(B6iitTQiijOujrrL^iu ^uuUf-jsiQj;TieS(^,s iT u-&ssLJUtLam^L^iTOueiTU^fSrresr. ^aafiujffeb, e_B7^j;
ep(^^sJ0<sQ<sl^^TfaJ^
^Qjss^fi !7'LOL06Br6Si?<s(?ajfiMrQ
(^LD^.
Qui~^U9afiS(^^^^.
QaereS.
^
^
^ss>ru-eiiG(T\
loT
dr
sF
Qe
!T fi
jfip fi
IT
LaiTe<eQ<s=iTeiTeiir
^.
V(i^fi!T
e_'<S;5^3^/r6>)j)jf'(?^0w3r(T5/f.
IT
Oaini'<2)iri?, ^iTLaQ^'TOcSfel/DLDc-srasfltliLy-*;^
j^ar aXeiSsiJ.
s^^ja/sar
jSLae(^
s^uuAiJSir^djup^iS-u^Qe&reS.
^^ojeiDirQ jSiT'^'d
(LCi^QjgiLj.
lOa.,
u).
(i)a_.)
tt-^fi STmj.
U^Q^iuS'
^eunOs^irelrar^^
^iLssSp^
ei si
^i^nSGeo^Qf^/Sir^
^va^uiSi^^
UjTii3Q^<sQ(rir)isr.
eSGeo
^fieOirA jssv7eoLCiO=ujQp^
epiLjeujS'T
juj,tu..>^
QseasS.
eL./:,ssyoj.
p3B>i^^
LjaQeO:ie ^(rtrdFS
LSloTrSssj'^(Lj_^;SLcu2:_^^6b
^satp^^
iSlJ
L3arUffateiruGu,:&)irsaeS'~iirp
uuG&jiTS
IT
,^Qjj^ ^p
lSI
<i
G&jS
e_/E/
<s&LaiT^ is.ifsOeirsoT^Ots<iLiJjiTiu
eOy
^jBir
^^^Cj Sis'r1e<reaiLjLjG'-JlTev^
fi^r
p ^ a ih^^Sp^jQem-
lj
!y
Geoir
)!iir^&aj^^p
Oi_j(flj-ia.'
J(1}6^/^
asUtaPuLj. ^Q 1-! s^ fi IT fi n- S&^q^iGsv iS^/^ ^(i^Os^nhev^ir&ij^; ^eSaSeO sreSsaUii^eiTetrajn'SaT (^/TLp^^su/fecTr.) uJi GeOT-s^ff ^Suj^ &a/f ^'sc_aj.Tff<tts'/- OToOT(V7)rr. (^ua^G^ ?*) G LDiTil.s^si^^e3iV;U^&.ir actr fiiTLpsiauaiLjQreirajn'^'SfriTuSl(i^sSpui^iuiTei^, u G6uS&e^(r^La u@/OtUiT euQtL Laesr^ ^{TLpsauia.j^r'srr&jn'aisiriT tulQ^-S'sGAes^SLb. f^'rtiS. /n/F.j^, <S5>. /^OloiTl^. tO=p/, a., e.a-. ^. ^.tuj/t. 7. lO.)
^^p^
@ ^GiLjreQjSiS(i^^!rjiesi!TCjupjS GiiJ!raj(rsarGsil.tCe6!reS,
(j^ssrr.
(?.ffra5.
er, e_fO,
e_a_.
e.ffi\.)
e^
^fi
ITe^.
f\LS$^
7'i!TiLJeLi0eiJtrQ(riar^
umTes>e>jeiaajujeaL^6(!rjifs&T.^uuireisiifi
(KsaGaieSsr^LdiTOeiim
Gs
s^&r. ld
err.
iPi
J,
G ^ u ir erQpU'^u^(BS(n)ir^
tL(5Loui|i.=ftS G''-"''aJ/rew"6n)^(r
fiS^^a'(j^JE;^J'heSGs=6i^La
^^
eBri_jirs^QiUaj:i Qairi5tirQ)iT.
(eSeiTeS,
EuiflQa'lU(j^
Si
3 ST eu.
^au/r^'^J'ig lot O^^nstop
Qai^U!TJr<B0Lh
ih
^Qius^etjireareutf
^&j(meat-.tu
^0^(75^(55 aS
^^ ^ s Lan-^i'O^'tTslirsar jp.
&IT [[QirnQih
lj ir
e^&Q&r a Lh
^ir
stsiruj
Gi-irTiff^evturresnh
ueiT^ti Qj^ir
uireS'S'iecrQiu Laeyr^
^Q^ilfUthui^
0'iuiJLjQuir(^!T.
mSI&'IT
^miT^(m,eLiu
er.
S-U&JITiF^eBfi-Si^jSfi^.
Qs^it^ ser^'^
& sS tu u essr
QpsoLiu
uQih
js
it
t~i
t qt,
,syaj/r<sr
6L.iJ&Jir@uuirir&0eiriiT
^ ^
QjFir&sT^iT.
^^
^aljIT
^OlG
IT
(tS
IT IT
s't
ji
usriTU
U"
SSr^(oSppSes>uj<selr
((cUJfrajffsar.
fit^^iQuiT(^^^^&
e..^,a_.si.)
(grSp^.
QjU'oirsS.
^.
SL-^pSej.
^&Jir lair jD^fi it LCiiT&J= O^mmfyr^i^ uUiruffesr ^^ifjLSlftn-
^^ns&r
^QojsisQ/uisiUjsi
^fip^
fi!rS(I^lGevr0^iriSTSuT^'y'jjrir
<S!clleil?LjLj.
6rsi)iUT.S<Si_!0LD<S csr_J
LJ/T/f<* JfiiLO
eS
^ SU T S' uS
^7 SLj 'Ji
s^ ei so
IT
^ Q3 !T (T'S lu
@6u/r
Ga}^
lot
^s^
cr
Ldir^-s^Qs^iTci^esr^
mrreoT
^!tQiT-&(jj)iT'iiT^,
^&)sC,
7"s?r'2(S3TaJ^LJ JloW6i;0SC_(U
j{?Q>
Jilsu Spi
aG S
O^iBtuQiMsir
lUrSi<S?e.T
w5i^seiriTii3(^^fieifr.(^s-.)<5rai^su^
ff
rru
^soi^ujff^^ ^sojS
u-JjSfi
lO.
eSueirff(^0=iLJjS p(3fii>'^(flottJ^@^^^.
Gs&reS.
e^^fiJT&j.
eS 3"iSG*su^6,t-S06\;;jc^(C3).t'.
r^sirSl^^or
suulLi-. ^^OusiiT^gurG^'^
U!rireQ^'li
^oj
uSG^uj0ih
^'aj/fl
^d: ^w^i^^pGsiLs
s-chssSp
Qfi
L^00fi'3ei'sixTGuatu
%siT
^&j
Oei:n<5s>rtB-rr^^^QuraDj:iJ>jeus-^L3
^Gaj j8 ^^^
eSu^rrTili
egyfii;s/r
^fi^
^'eurT'&teirGfiiTse'j
G ^iT-QuGuiT^sGn\
OueSfT
^p^'li
ufrsuLSs))si;r^6i->Q^sjG^ ^ojicr
spesO'ieO ^a/arC? u.'d)
er
ue^^sQp
ev)
^l^^Gufr :-^
u^^t-ii^u-jiii
Ouiri7^GfSLSi^tSL3uu-LiT<s!r,
Geue^yOLnso' ^0'S=iT<iJs3
^uut^uul.L&in'^i^<s
^s>aerrrrp
^ei^^^
&r
fSeiaTi3QeOQ^(es)iT. ^suirsi
fiisj,cir
OsirtevQj^ujiu.Gej
^sfi^sQ&iL.$ ^
ui^'^^
essr^QLadr^ G LdiTG^tufTevTeiiiT
Geo ei^^^03iT&riiTU'-iil-L-eu(Te(srtr
^,
fir
t^r^ii&niTi
euemas^ ill
(JLQ
Si-
eu (T ear eu
^iir^^ ^^^uOessr
CTti_
ffl
(? iu
s_6ff7(?Lc^^^/r(^^/r/r^or
SsDOajooT(2;*r.
ear^
IT
^Qujsi-eun'ftireiJifOs^n'cjr
ih SL.esr'issT
^&S2eilTi(^sir
errrss; ^ifseLairtLGceir.
^Guiruli
es>T(Bufi{eS'tLj(i^'~hf'Mp/DaiiT^ih
S^etO^eSm-G i-Ci&3
lesunuj
(gjDiD(^e=ir/:/sajaaa
G fi^^rr e &T.
.
^O ^LJ uu^O'ueSvd
Qe{Tei)
it
^eurt ^ajteirsQsiTteoQs'iLJiLjfEJ
sir
ew
(rr)eii
^ ^ S tl Lj l eO eo
ir
ix
_ijaLifeffOaJULJtji.
e^QpQfi
ei^
jDjth.
^ff/a/zf
^ai^ea^ il.(Be&ihs
iiu,TiLjuiS
Laireasr^^
s^
eueir
^oj&tG Lcei}
fy3^6i)s02ft)
fieaiTiiSOeOnp^
^iBir ^^uiTtr^ ^^'Gfof ^eui'r^eifei fpQ^siJeoiriLjiEi s a <^ fi i^ilj n f^ ^oj^gkG JST&Q ^safu uiretU'^O'FtLnuiQ fiG urrOeuslr .^ au Seir ld sr
mi^^eSu-L-aiT.
eij
^G^'<Bi-jSfrfiQeiai^uu(^iTesr^sei^
tOs
QjBed^Guesy^u
^ ppi^flT lL(B /S
Gs&reS.
GB IT
e.s^ff^^GiU^euirear&iirOs^nditfV ^',flsear
lS
jsrrear enir G ueiojj est iUj at eoreb ^ Deus; star Lhue^T,^!! !&G pear, f w
ili si}
fUiirS^ujOscT'^jpiisiy
G ueaujs-i
^aJiTiUU>lT
it
fBL-tu&jQ^ Xfij^nis:,
ejr^ae&rl
iSc&r
siJ So,
^gr,s
a 69 linear ilueasr^piQjS
tU:B=Qs^aa)jsfijQG (2}LDCi>eOaJ!TO&J
u;r.
thai
ir
^jJiTiu^
CD^T-
OLciuuireG^
jsir^iLa^si^
ep0jar
eresr
^Qs^iT'Sii
^Qp filT^^y
j^sDL-iu ^jFiiTsettfitinBsOeirevsr
vS>l
'1)0
IT
(ip
^
^
tt^ jg: IT
eiT cS)l OJ
(^QujJf-&J!Ti9l&J^
O JF
IT
e^r
mr ^' f jsr
9rrG jsrrS>S,
QueouuiL.oaL^
Qetsr 6Tvsr'8iajr5<653r!i)_'cwrcwS@',
^^
fi& <swlo
ffl?3B)nJ)(W<^Li.
crek til^fT
eiiareus^sar ^safi&eassQsiTeoir
lo, ji
^aui-si
^sJeniT
luj^tuLDdL^QtQearch^
Q^rrm Q ear
Ouir
Qsar!' Q(ir)iu.
ernLisar iS^rreuiT
^Seiy
^!T&>e-iEi'Sct<ril'(eU!recu
B-SS'Soar
iTUUi^LJutLiaj^G
L^aOetiretn
QT^ir.
^uOuiTQ^^
euiu^eO^eoQuj-
^QiUs^ei)(resr&jiTO<FiTsartgr^'^ ^'-^
g^tlu^ x ireoLa
MjioTiTjpiS(TS\iUiEiStetTrO^!Juus^(^'T. ()
iS fiiTaJtrQiu
^eacVJ LoQuoiasauj^
sml.(BQesrpedrajfTiiSI(i^^
Qs^iT^enrQ ^s=^Qiij&ir ^Q^neO^ LntTili- ^eaaiuirci^ S^isd)^ Lj=rre6>^ iLfsstctuenQfTsir^ ^%ssr&ess~t-.ir ^<. (2_.) u !T iru S' ^sstiUJ & ^ ^ 0ekui^ JS t<siSlpajQsareuG(^ ^aisar ^^"^jj^a/tcw luseii.^ ^Qairwr Q^iSiOjp <sTciiOpsaTeapG(^Lti iS fiirG oiirG iSi^iaS(rr,LJU&j eulTiSr. (/m.) Lossf (jei_iu fipOs^tusos JT {Toa'SUJiTeiif ^i3 ff-e iTQpS^Qp-ssTeSQ^fi
esi\u
^jS^^Q^^^lT f.
iOe_.
uaiTn'^/S^iT'^.i(^exsru.ini3(^^^SLi2a)ssiiJLJs^^^0^f
G'S&TeS.
(VhOs'iuiLis seu^iLjelrsireijeiririLJ
_^^zray.
^kp
IT
IT
ldtu^
'-1
^eu^L-^^p GjFiT^^^drjf^
^SSbT L-WGlT, JBirem LDlTSi^SLIi
&SLi^.U(^Q^lLJILjLhuiJf.Si^<aTeir
ftrG&r^
^ ^Gjs^ej
S S'liUIEjS (&^&S IT S & &i 2eO ifj lL@ <s s eOSS LDIT llS(l^i&(yf)lU, ^drjJiLairJ^
p ihGw^'^^
LafiiuirGetr fidieouia
jFGsa^H^
Oiucaitew eSL_L(T5
SGUetfuLI. ^ITUJ^&LJU&TUi!T!T
fi
tEJ
lli
LJ ISl
S f&KA;^
JljeJ
^mr^ea^iLjiJi,
eS^^friBiLiiT^tT^SSflajGesr
eSji-euiT^^ss)jffLD^seSs;^&i
(iri^6V(ec)@tu u&jeiiOs'iTeOi)iiiSi0a:8(jy)ir.
piTtii j: IT s
S JT est
jS'
tu
T lu
OlJ /fliLJi_65>L0
J5
U ff U IT JgU eV) L^ iU ^ lU
fT
SLj i_h JS
lO/s
^!T tL&ssLJ'-.(Bl,i:>0^irvSieaiui:-Q/Slfi^','{j)^&.
^e^ru-ejGir^&eoGi-jfTiSiir^^iX
fifiirsk-
lT
GeiLiS<sSLDiTil-i--iTifs:Oeirir^
&^mjs
^siicoTGsLLi^Gs&JsSajirear^eSujiT^^ unTssr
G<^eiTaSujir
GuiT^siT
LJ
u [^ LJ
lL c.
a?;23)Br G'SaraS'ffiSEiru^LQ
jSiTeh'
5w u_^ lo
Gicinl.
uieiSfi'ssrGstl-SS.^h-iirO^es'jpjLb Q^i^eauiiS'sir
e^^^'OT jsuirL-tl
&ip^
^sv ^s'iS^suiGiTirj^Lair
OiUtljOuirrir^^'^
s=it^^ulj
G^&TsS.
/"'?
e_#^ire/.
erQ^s'Ga)(ips:S;uQun-
^uQuitq^
^su/f
^0ld'J ^eurf
/D^iLy/TA arff?
(^npMTUlTJ s ,#/r^(f^2sruj^jU
L5(2)fr.
^ean&arGuniJU ^aiQ^
s=Lan'itliu(6e)L..iu
LDevr
^ ^eaiiu
(gLDirsrdr
tosafl^^
Lhuuo-S'*;^
6?25
'^
!T
t2^9i&^il,ui^&(^ sp^aQev(2iu
*>V'(^fr.
fiitrr&ar.
ojm-
^ (Ti;iF(teOiii
Gtup^&O&n&Tsir
eSAleotuire
^'aL'0<Bc_iij
^s^u itQiu
Q'SiTL^ix
GujiTejT^ih sysw/J
a.ails^LM^l-
s^LaT^iajir
Q/SerO^jfiT /sfir
*/ra'#^fcO
ip-^ed ^suGrr
^iOiLsr^
lunci,
^T
s^u
J IT SiiJ
GuTL-tirOtrsn'^esh-t^^^pQr)^.
^ea<s
^sjn'SQr
^'ojitG u p
G sirufEjOaae&riS
<3r
^&isojGujfi(7>)^fl
ST ij ietrrrsisTi^ aj
^G uj
JS ir fi
ir
^j-QpsaL-iu^e^iranrsir^^tSl^
a^ fiu:LjfiuajirS(^3S ^jfi
Qfifi ^lueij
LCi
jSa-(Eis(ef^Lh
UiiT(ir)iuLjQu!ri:iii>!rih^Qs=tuiu!T
set
i^ i_ lU (^ La
IS3r
^U ll.&SS
S-'^^ /T
O iW
(? LJ ff
^^ ^
GsAeS,
QaiufiG=iuir^eii9aai=Gs=ir
S-ff^ffej.
Jij^p^ ^oinQ^pa^tar^^
L-iritsiQu!TQ^jr^ ep0
^^
eu^^
ty3e^Bra;.?:r
^esria
^cessriLjtl
i:^ ^^eteSeSi-eoiruiTOajeeT^
ea-Spm^Hjil^'^^scS'tJl^^tle^Qaieir
esr
fi
L^^eS
u-j
cG Sir '^ssiP^^(^UUlT
uGi-jireS(^LJU!T(TsOse &r
^njir
f
^ir
ffiSyiiaPlIlLJ.
(i
iJ'
et)iTp
^es)^ ill Qlj IT 0S0 -SUB ({f)n'S sir. .^js u ^ ITU Ji^ioT ^'osesrp ^ea^ uiaS
LSlitlstSjfL.L^rr0^caTQirfa.
0'-Jessrs=iT ^sanj
S)ir(swr
ii
^p
U(^pp^^^sn& u O^iTST&dr.
es>'i-' Si /r
Oldsjt
eSus^iT o S(^pp ^ss ir e^ ^ ^e!reifleSi.(caje>TQ Geu ^SeOlT ^^eO ^3Up<5iap^-^ js:^j^jSil(ip9tUJ ^coiv if h't. fi ni^(^ taj(V^s(K^^ CT6Kir6waOu5oe7oi Oa/oif w), j;ijpu(^ pp^j^' SUIT'S uQlj em
^oj
rr
=iT^aaiu eSeO^s^s&Sh-L^nO ^
j}i
^uast
^0n'
.SDI^etarrQ j5irsiQ
sSlj
^pps^^GeoiMfT^^JJ LcsOsi-j Lcpp er^jSeSe^jjiaseS^Qeii GiajQjp 7E/(56@tS lu'.a QuessTiFiT ^ee>\jU ^ ^eirsSsS ieoirO tat^T ^ ^ SfO JS ^ 7^isie^ssnuj ^(5 : piSl^ j^lTOlTi:si jriO=rreiresiijtQiigr
s'lTSS
Isl
it
ir
^LJi-.i^u-jil-i[3
'J
^9D ^ ei^ih(^A.^sOsrT(S^^!rif- ^(^&> jsiTbvr ^oiesiTeStQiriiw sa Li^ iijiar etr &i S a3 i^i S p -1 lO-iu eO p^iej^^siv^ulj^S* pu'Zsisren'U'S'O:^ ir QuQueiT. jif^iTeu^^ "ji su(S) ja/-0 QsuQum n A-s ld:t {U J5 'aj!T LceSiQr^S
r,
ti
Qp
LhuesiiJes!ift(^a),J>j&J
nsreS uiFiT
Lhu(SSiT^^S(r^e^
lL'-.
fiQTeSeSiLJiil-i_&itea eS su ir
(/jdOsv
sir
eu^tli gSuj'ir
eiT(;ir)if."
0T .^11
^ iB-tijs^&^J=QipneOiiiQQpQs>a-
ic^ab7rd5sr/?ei)
jS.Luiriu.Frreni^ifl
^QajtmwrreareuifOs'rremear^i^
e_oJr
QturrQijOjeoT
^snemirJ- G-g^ir^s
C^a.gjfiuj
ujriru'iseP.ei)
-.sai(tpna
(^LhLJL^S(^uQurr^:sQir,Qsu^
Q^^LuIQ^irQih
^h^fteurriuirs
^^Qeo
er,jsf
tSjj'^iTcsrLcrreBr
sp
e-<R>.np(w
Lj^seriuir
uSQ^^SusipQ^^w
QstL-L-fT^',
^^pO'SrruuiTuSlQ^sSp
sp!-j'2eST0ujstr.es!r0aim(fr)p
^jT'sx>Ti_iriEj
iSlpsi^U-^
^e:) Si.sh'iasiLjQutreO
^etr^ LjSh-ifsiJirujir
^QeueoruQ^Qiuew (2)if,
(SaiGsfuLJ. ^^if ^fSJiSj^JsiDiUJ ^.uj!riULj>3jTiSiiTeissrem^u0uS^iusp &^iusfi)u'2ea,sQeirs5r^iL ^Q^euemsujn'<su iSlfi^ju
u'issr^Qetresr^ih,
(^eirG<sir
stuQuitq^i^'lL
CffiJ^
SleOiT
tSsuir^ihuemessil&Os.iT'S^QeuQi^eiiarrsisir.
^dJ
eusxTcsbTGLa
0evn'QLj&Ss(^<B^<s(S^^ ^luiriuLJL^jjLciTsxrm&eiT
Qp^QiuOta
eJr^LC,
eS(^^^G'F^sar^^i(^iBuj
^luiriuuiSuTLaireixiTib-iBvir
'
lULLi'ssresai'geiTsi&i.
usrrrusr'^QjsS'^ ^u.eS^S\Lf^sO
^^ L^Sn-QFSLQ
Care5
e_^;gJa/
"
l9i
Oton U.ji-L,
^ ou
III
ff:
^^
IF
^f^
L-J e<SJ7
<&
10I
*B
ti
\ir
^^
II
Gurr ^s(en\
^^^<s'- Offi'^-iQfiil
Bz_uj0^^^j7(Tr;/f ^ar.
Q mOeOQ^^^ili
^a,iT OerrdTSgr
JJ'
mnnii^sB^S" e^^^jjLO^uuu
901 uj
Qps^eafCJuirffinjieSI
^ssn^
0sG(rt)Lh. ^feO'T^^^-LLsQe
LJu'tO.^
ffiT\u
G ^IT^J>S<^/0^^.
ojiiQiS
La ir iS (^s
^si;^
!rsp^
^ jj
IT lu
S sr p G ;g IT
eii^QujiT
^aafiOujik(et^s<g
asUsrfuLj. erGfrirG^iiScir LoaiPpjs&r G LC^Q^ir^oSj-iG&alreSistuj^ G SL-t^jgiT isj^sh- Q=^^pQaisarL^jj tsaLCi^ersflj},:sQ<siTJlr ^o! fi psi{&jcis0. ^pp^^ajir eTp!T6>J^O^iTsOiiajn ^sst^sOsir essr ^ ^ e n B eri ^ (^sa L{u G^iru^ea^u^ihiLppuis^fic^stnULj Ljeos
IT
enujiL.
li)
jj/a.i(f(?LC(a)s5Qafl"6i5ira;^^;
tSSeufijDSir&GoJmSl^^s
Gs&reS
6iLji(?,s tli_/r/f<sc?r.
^uGuir^L^^ne^GiriTLhGfi^^^ ^jTTuj^Saj^
^luiTiT
^asT
^'^^u
^ ^ n ^^'Si^
AiBQsir(Bu-j^ psirfiiSnSiuOLDSjrjyijS
^^(^^ pnlrsicv-.
erQiriTG ^iSl^TitisSpiT.sGe/r'r
^uuts^ ^^esr^^^
S)i
iL(S
^Ljupdi Gua^rrseir.
QsareS-
eusfiffea.
ep(^Qjesi^Q]fii^0jDG^iri^
^aJ^c-Gear
jiJ/Sc2)uj?
ujwit Ofirearear^:,
US truff ^QdJ
epr^euGir
ei)
js eO
&J
f &)
tuire.
0*ff Sw0^ujJ/r^(T5L;_;(riu(r.
(^S=lBtt'Qe=^lU!T ^(TfjUUSTiUITS.
e_63r
^piet}!nutT&Oa]&Tj3(^iQp
P'-i%st
^uQuiT(ip^
Gu(rfiGir\
m^eaaJS^effOiijei)
^GuJ<a-6uirearajn-
sas&Oeice&r &i(QGpQs65r
iBi Lj 'Sk.lT ^ O ^ IT -sir eor ^t e_5ji"6Bfl c^fi^p iSsifr^O iarresr^ (gsapeuiT iiS(^i'Sp^. jB Guiriu e-ewsjewr
^
iirftteo^sietreSp^u
uSwessri^o)
eibT(Si
erenrs^u
lSIoW
Qs-eOjjUeuinuiTS
Oajss70/f.
fi&iiS^ar
mr iiO js IT
^
^.GiJaf illLj.
iLienemiT eS
iLQC]
^^
^ &]
ir tiu
'^ 6iT
^ eSsr
Scar
^ebsOOjOmreir
^sh(3f!riie;giQ(n)Oiu&s!^Offr.eOsSiLJ iSlmLj
&p
Lj%ssrB^eti& eBSs0sn'ei^0Lrr(ip(^SQ}'tujir0eLj6aT(rr)iT.
^fip^
syaj7,
rtFL0!_<i9-ffi|W
^ entem G
^'^
ui
ff ir
fi
IT
e & ^ s_e9rs^,V0^LiresreiaeiJS^arQiijeia'-^s^s^
a^LD
(if.&reir
kSjoj
5(5 ^A^STSLairsQ^Ju^Q^fi^^lj
JJ
sTasiret'is^'-teou^
Loeaf^/r
iesr lu La
^^^LciTssi6Ju^ihi-inifssJ= Qs^edsus
^^sfuQuppoiireeiT
ujrrruir
^goiiu
^o rrs-Qiu^^p
iSlaG^^'sS
(UDsG^U-j Uj,
Sh
m^jsatreo^^GeO VT(^fGeCuS
uiPGiFUj0tIs @(?uj*aS!rf?t_^ e_(i)(Tf s_uj ^ei3,(r
(?Ufr^wiIi
et-iL-s
sr
^9iai^^
uessr^ne^ifesiT.
uir IT iluenrr fiiuiT
Ou^^ ^^ ^fuufar
^e<ou.uj
&i2esi
LaJ eisisr^s&2ssTS(^il.u^jeQu
fi
IT iLj
&jSi
pG fi ^<ssi!tG iTT
oa&iurrS'SOetT^&SiG pOstteh
^irsaujssfiiT ij^eSfrmfur
Gffir
GoLie&TQa)^^)
leoQiUssr^Guir^^^ ^ojeSfiLaiTiuu u0 iTusr ^gattu Sp'i'Zeet9aiu _ie/ e&TUirn ihuSOlT ^<UITUJ^^I^G 90 ^QJ
^0(^i(^arGeir ztq^^ljulL! ^idhulJiIuS ST LairsssrQ^ili ^(^eveme ^luiruju ^ sr caiTessr
IT
efceuerfuL-l.
un ITLLueair
^uuiTiuuiSl iT LDrreBsrQfiOu^eBr
Lairessnsjsisfrs^/S^
Gij^itG^Gu-iit
^^ebUe&T
OfirAjiii@pQ^ir^eaiOaj0^-&)j mSjeaajstar
i-a}ir&jS(^=Os=ir^s>>GiU!rs^ajiT iSuJirujiT^us^<s:^s=Ojra&>(i''^iuirujir
^u^e&T
^ifis^i{lSa<^S(^'eOs=irei)e>)^eueS^ui[re^saaise'T
eeai^
^sjn's&rQiarQs^ ^ase ^ SSs&reS ^s^ jSi^iT'iuLJ'S^jri-Bfrei!!Ti5j& fa* rsZstr ^Ssrifie&iuOia&sr ^OsiTa&frL-a(SlS(n)!r SOT, ^iruSlS^earQear9i)SSQ^^^^iXjU(rirLlu9f>irsGeii iT(SGs'iT^^ep(^
(re
til
(sir.
Lj IT [T
^
.
.
tuiriLii-jiSl IT LDiT
exr LCiiTSe^,^-k3s3i
3'
,
Its
^S'^iaT
-r
^^ p
.
p ^.
S-.
,
ojrT'Bf^Qs^irelj'SSTj^.
rr
^^ ficjuir u ih-joarseir
^'^
ij
n ir
IT-
~ -i,
n-Q..
.-
-.
-^f
BU
^ jS JdS SO S lU T lU U
^<s L-iu^am
iLj^
^_y
^
irir
^_^
nji
rff
(f>)^.
e2uJl(5
eas\u!rA<ff'
isjseS'i^
u exr .^n. ai s O stri^ u iru u esrQ uiaGs=e;g=O=iTe0 ^ ^jD^eSQ jf LDT^ sj ^ suu ^^^iriLjihuStufTeO eii(T^^jS
e_fE/d (arO_/ff0t*r^26rLj
i-i
^emfs^etruuiTiTiTLLffi)
U iruJ
^Bi^&errsxSs
^mjAQstrtxn Q s' it 4i) sSi iu eS^urr s Lh'-ieoir jSiuiriu ^ (T^u IT e LD IT uSlQ^eQdTp^i. ^caJE aj n eiiu JiruJT ^aaiiu jSiuir
Os=
fi
iuljS
if
Lc
IT
essr Ej
-a
a e!xr(Bl ^isa&isZsir js
B iotr tS lL u u IT !T liueiBiT j u aaj LJ'3 !T LDirexrisj&'isir&siad:^ u^s^ojS air il-Uf-seinT s suit ^I'a^mjs ifi^Qp
ti.
^diuiTQJiT&T.
^liU'SaHTsnrajsei'T
Q jsiy&Q^
ear
^^p^
^\
^Qiuj^eurreorojir Os'irear
^eSsTL-Giil ^ajgsrCTiBTSwLOirjJ)
0(i;u/rsBr r65r(2)^?
rBir&T&i(^iMefre^ih
^^sS(^ss
^^(^Geoiq
l9
ereo'swe^ &^^uiiT^sO
emji Qsehfor'?
6Sf
^ GiuQujev ec^iii
.fi-
si)
ei)
GsiLl-itit.
<^^fieSsxrsSs=irg1ess!ea'Li
eStP^j^'siairss'S
Qj&sri^jsiT
saJ<53.s.rs!OT
^^ilisir^^aiTUi^^Oe'eOibQpG fi
fiilsQfivaitUQ^^ei
OsiT&Ti^QG(rr)iJ3.
err^nJicstni^c^sBpOfi^ir^iif Lcipp&in'^sg
^'Hj-ii^-Giu
i3syTQ^&)foGei]eisr(B!OiJDdrj:iiii
LDLJ'-Jeo^U-i>-l>
(srearsriFii)'S^je(r^'_o
epj^e
Giuir&}TdTua(Buil-
LD^ajirmsSQUueo^u-^i^
'^J&pfi
0&rr(^s=^iMirseij^ fiilssttM.^tgjSsi^
OajiarLJfiUif"
BIT
^ih
srsSr *;LD!_/^^/T(T5/i)
xihuessr^0iG^SjOLa<ssT jpi
Qsii
/Tiii.
.)
ft-^^Je/.
CiSaraS.
Qal Ly(jcL^0(3suw
eSffOeviTLLei)
Si>srrteir.s
ujt ^iT^A-Sptjt^'jjnei),
^ ulj
it
lu jSteir
lc ^7iDL0ii3(t eo O'-i
s=^^iH'^->' iir^ih
alaJTtfLD ueasressrQajexrQ
Lcfi^Q ^itit
J'
e-ii3G ititOl^
S'G&IT ^ffrr
ifseir,
Qp^^Q^s^ jfiteoi (^j^i3,Q ^aOaJei^sO, jBiresr ^i3 <sitiJ1 ^esiiuG s&i Loiriu, ers'irsQ ^saciuG ^oj ^lcit uj, luir&G'SiriS' ^pii9t-.UJ G ^eu ^uldit
ii3(^s:Gp(2''soT
eS^irsihueih-es^iF
esioj^
s^^fi iiSl&)
u n u B (^G eo
it
^<sst
e=Q&!T ^ ^
ij
^S'^
^Lpin^
er
Sil.iiTti.i^ciui^^ffessTL-ir
G ^n (^eaiiu
J'
G p
IT
eur
Qp fi
ei)
^^
uj
Qerr iT (i^eaL. lu
&S(rr)OfTch^:T.
LLiB^^iTifaSr.
iSfiBTtJ
<oTei>
eorTQS^ii)
easT .^gUUi'^
^'^^tl/Qu
^a^leiT
IT
ui^ ^QjGeUQpGuQ^La
eS 6u IT e ihuetxii emS tar
iiSGinrOu.Qp^^(T^S(V)ij eneofi
^ Q L-tnnseir.
ujffei),
^LO^
.jwoj/f
LDiT^fi^UeijOs'iTcba]^
lUS^^Gei) ^iuiTS&T
^^/aSa^
^ est ^s
&t eir &1
^CLSuGu^T^nseh-. ^Q^ili-
t^QiUset'eO, QjSlsnijgi
STQ^S^GeCUiULLl^ear ^ _^i^
if
^ld
mS)l err
es) i_.uj
(^iraof
(S^
iT
0&!T(Sssr
iSi
lSMsS=Qs=ilj ^GuitG
^ Jtj&JiT
eS JD
^^
ear
iif.
^euir s=^G'S'uj(r^^(^<s=Q.eiT ^s^laj Lcrrj^i^.^sneS^ J<b ff(y:swL_J jSiTii, @ff6wr aiTiBtLjmje,2eir ^/SSGQj^Ln. () JSneir G ^eu ^LOfTiu, fFs^irsQ^estituG^aj^LaTiLj, luii&d^iTiS ^eat^iu G^6u^fiLDinLSl(TK<s&Gfi>0f<'''i^rSu u!T (Tu n spQs (r<,ii9it ^iTs ^euir iztS^ IT lLl^o/t uL^tuiT &)^ m^sjir^m ^uQuirnc^ &.tLSG iriTi^Q^^kSt^iT'S
jJnGia.
GtojeiLc,
^J
^ss
if
ITU S
ear
jys'/r^Swi;
vbar
(?R)T<5^^(3'i)
r ^ikiQs etLjuu^ii3(^eS'S
^sst&iuireH^ (^eiiisru-j'Sfi&).,tS<Bi-aj!r'(^^Qs=u^,jBpSfisiaujS2ara
0&irsK^^^fiLDSiLaijLjsh-sn^L-/^p^iljGuir'S,Cj'Sl!lujiTS'Uui&SL^
iaufiaisiau}.
(jjiir^air. a-t=S/,
<&<&
STu).)
ftiSk-i^^^^
fiims@T
^GevfT
js/rar
e^^ssrs'iEJS fi^si>
^sieaiT sQsT
est
&&t.
shr
^^QfifiA
LeSfi^iisiL-Uj(9^LDir
usTsruiiX^ii
s=iTeua9iis06aLDiu<JiTisr
fi
ps^!T &Q'SfisOei)ir
eio'uj
oj
IJ
&iei)^LJ!jS\= fi^isd
SL.^sstr(Q
(T^ih
^^fiU'^i^ ^uSTirtJir
@t/r J@Oaj5OT(;2J/f
fi pseunQs'irehsiir
^\
,gHisi_uj
^iEJse!rO=ireO)liQpuif-
fitrGeor
^ai
S,GiiGt^LJ\-^.
^pieaL^iu ^ij
sfiOmmap Qajei^ei^
soiG^fr^^-h
^uj:r tLi^Qe=iTiai
jt/AJsaT
jSLhuLoiril-Lniirs&r.
^lAiSSurG Li^&iUfrQaissT^
^wir
^fip^
LCiT^^fiirenO:S=iTs^sOeLjili
^^e>oTsS'B^'Sei}jiT'Sseiju^LaTil-LuiTsJiT. ^sasiuireJ^ js Lo^^eSir lojit ^sjiTS^erG jS'isS^ finQuiQ fieuQiineSr jjiLDfiirGLou a iru ,gliiaoiUJ<iJ60
^^n^=fi^eOs^^^'wfi^(^LJ'^9afi.^a]r{'S<sir^is^GiLedsiTessruiTir&Qsir
^s^Os'iT&ni^T. ^ajir<s<siT^siofisG & 1 fi)S'i\iLi!TS)ir ldit ^^fi ffojOsT Q.sas^Os^rrsOsS.iG^LLiGuir^^ ^ojirfirrQiD uffirutr ^sinL^iU(gLDrT it QimetiT^ Q fi&feijn tLH-Q^^uaisSlssiT cLi^^fT SjSefO^jSirfiir GiMeCirear
et"
.
Q ^ajeOLl^&!srih-te0-iLj9f)tUJaj
(^fi ^(j^^^Os=iLHUiMfTtL.u-rr{t.
ir rr
ea s lu ir ei\ ^su(saiTjStTdijSLhuGaJ6iir(S.h.
^Ain'uffirLjff^i3>sOsi>!r6SLLL-n&),
lDist
^a_.'
Qu^Q^^itneS^rrjtessar.
(QiLiireLirisr, e.<ar,
&.S, e_a_.)
Qi->J^Q5
(e
OJ Sr su IT ear eu SOT
^ ^ p^^^Qiu^eDnearena Os'tremesr
0S(^J= &^^ii^eO!T0(T^^^^.
em^sOsire^
u eS ^ fi
IT
e)}j
ih
^^k^
IT
^ oj & e^
exir
G ca ^
it il>
iSpss)ni(g^^^s
IT
^^jsit^lL
ST
(mj(B lLu fi
it (^ili
uesr^lQQJirOLa'^^Qs'iiearew^GuirQ&)"jSir(if(^Qs'li&>e&SL^GaJiTLb.
e_. liloJff'^^cSew
^ecu jfiGseir^&tee&rjB^^.
HIB.
ffiGT.)
(^GiurTeutTcir,
u)p/,
GSOT^.
kSIQ}^i Geer^ GiU .a OJ IT ear Qj if 0:.T
ir,
^[UiTiu&^/^eO^^p^^
lSIJ"
ja'^(?/r/7?^Gi)sD^ LcppajifeaTeTssr
(QifsGsmrO&jch (vpr.
iSeOir^^
Ln JU
O La
IT
i^dj IT -3=
^^P^
SiOJlli
^GiUSfaJiresrajnOs^iTc^
Qs^ir&rex^i, prT<sc!^fi(Qls-ehj^eaL.iuG^S'jS'fitr^tli
^easu
@ffljaJ6i)S^^e5r fi sir sold lU&T&r
seSp
iSiT^irear
^s=iTfi\U(T^i2i
^^aireek.
eTesT(2)si' ?
ersaimr
Qfiu^iitu
C iril.1^
Offiiusuirifstrr.
^^s\)
ereer
GjSiTsS, ^^eoiT&i
srsltneiirQai^d!}^!
fairs'
SB)
^Guj&aiirara)nQ^irearar
^^^ojs^an-
jSssrfOLDiLjoreiTaj
OfiiT fi te'(2)0r
ear
^J/?-
ieCiso!r fiaiQiTsk^^^ssi
s:-fiQuiT^e^u:i SVa)i^sya;c8)iT
itilLJLJtp-LJ;-/^
lir^/EJ
Gsnfl^O'-JircnyimLniLiihueasu^Qj^siT
uui^sQs lLu.it O ai
'Scr
jp,js
fined sriv^ssr
teer
eS^^Cj^ekTesfn-jutTrru^j(T(rsar.
^jirJ^SojLh usjQeoirs^
f*--B.
Qu^(T^eS^Qee!TsS.
Gs^reS.
Os^iTevrear
(LD^Qfinj.
u}<K,
e_r.
e.^.
a.<2S.)
S-S^Ceii.
^GiU<SrSJTevTeijnOs=ir^irsv^f (*^<s
eCQpih'^
^LjQ-JiTjw^ Gu^iQ^^o]
(T^LGear
^itq}.^^
L]Bfiirsuju(BiEJSir&i^^Go
^G fiir
jsiTisJsO'sirei}s))!revj59BjD
iLjilsScL
ajJsGfiirih.
e^ilenuiUL^eiruf^
^s
^^ pens
eiihs
q^s.^^lI^Quitq^^
ea
ercSr'hisTULSisi''pj^
OsesrWi_eU5jr
ojQQui^
^^
sO
SIT
iSr jfi
Q LCiiLiiLj!T&GoJ
e_/as
tM^^^eSi
^eOiLslefiuiTi^e)};'!
G*(g)
^'slJc'i
oStltftjOswej
uei)b-tr
^gjTp^fifeeriuiriLJu
fi
S^^sQani'TOJiT^.
ii,Q\a^uL\.
^!_cffi30LO<W
Jgi
^{? il.fi (Vp.f drew-,*' ^fJLJtf-^'SL'ff rf-OT" Q S L-LJ^ p(^S& B-eOf JSiUQpeafrQc-sSr ^O^n'j5T(&)eO s^i_(p 'OT^r LDfi L^i'^s^TLOjy) 6^1^
s
l^^Q sfiiiS<Bh^i^iU{3p
^^^'idiQ uifip
0aS^Tr
SI sxTetsgruS
^ ^e3T90LCiiLjee)t-.U-ifeCiso(a&).
c^^^eOired
fa GsDij}
^Qe sa
^fT'SB'.
^^
IT
Oaish-jja
Oauspflsb,
^.ijt^&^ jBrr(p;0-ff lUijQ&^esiri^iu :_ an ix O lU la; ear ^ u LJ is^ sQ^iL.t IT ffi ^ p'^sisr i_iT;^ih uU-iQeareKQir
<a;
jSi IT
eir."
^O^
ldQ
cj -Jt^Oiusef'SO^
s 3 ii3 iP lu ld &j
ir
QfiLirSiurrseuLhiSieor
Off=e0LJa;lT^f
{^^
^ihsoLciiSQeo
s" LDir^irisr
Qf LLLajp/6>aLa'jSGe\)
eLOii.;(Jf cmt'P.
uar tl.LaiT'S&r.
e_sr,
B?^^^jr.^en)^ecius:(^^^^. (^^istr.
Qs&rsS,
,J>jaJ
^^.
iCim. eus".)
9-^ S U en.
Si-(l.tSj0Qei)ir(Vjeusar
^pfi(^
^(?w!
^oiPOs^irshear ^^ ideS
e-iEHS (3<^S(^ ^a^nriurr
eanQ jSiTsSu Guir^^Qnl sr esr s^G -srr^ T ear er ears fg^^ ear <f
(^QpetlrL^irear
srssr'Zusr
^u^tuir s&jh
igT
uiwS&S/S^i^e euth
tUITOjOfji ak jfiQ^^
iT
^^^pST^SfO^
i^S ^S LLL'^s<^ll330iMeaT'Ty)ssr.
U ^ crD ^ s eS
iM
sin
f^ulT<F&.usisaffs^,iA-S
^^sos ^^ei)a)^ff
eu fft-OMQeueir
mSll^ jiuiTiLHT^u^s^<^:fi^^iTfm0^ei'^gi,Lh
O S"
[T eJ!
ma
^
IT
sS s(r
srL-L-^^earui^^L-sQ
it
p SiuirajfT ^u^'SfSi^ssii.uj stesiLDsatL'^finQiM jSisipQ eupjjiQpsu &k Q ^ireirpu-iQajiTif. ^sms UiJirei ^ilvauiQ jsu ^^^ fi ^ sl &areSQ s L-^:^eO ^ ^ulS s- eo & G ll ei L-i^Qj'iaisr m&jsLiif j uJiTOJ,7 ^ -! ^ uS
ssfl
ir
s^
iii
^inLSs<SLJuVLjaiT&T
lurr
ifliu^^iTSBT.
uirrrujrQcsr Oiuem^iLj(^
Qs=iLHU^
^TiremjTliLjistTcirAJn'iTein^ujrrp
e_a}
eirsu
<F/rujLD/ro"w(y3.5Tyraj/f<Efflr/rit5(^csffl(flj/75Qsrr*5'".j2/LD,
LJil)s?^^^e<D^LJ
ereususiroj
t-nrrrss'li lj fr&j^sin^'J-j^
^^s
sjDU^issTJS^etTS
&L^?5^
Qs!ns)-<u
ufreSseifl<i'ar
Lair
^^eC)Qs=iLiuj&Sh-i^tusu!T(r
euvrsir.
^sarQ(eB)QeO
QiS^iT L-S=si^pQ<FQ!^U(iU!T,sQ<sireOeOtTQ^fi
^EJseSiTLL.
^ih'SsiB^^^sQsn&TsirtTuieb nS^I&J^
A'Sir.
^ilJ-it^
ta eav
sa L tu (^unr
(SSlICjfiljLj.
Glcs0iliit
&_eO^^^e0eki(^Qpfp^QfiihG<^
@a/aSi_^'
0q) sreSliu(rQaieyrpeiaLp&SLJu(SLh
^a
ereSls=ir
^aiwjr
uS.^^^
euiSiriTSiQiLi^^^'xeO
/SiSipG&jfiSpjif-
eo tr
m eji iL
e_E/r/rp
,s%-L^iTfiiS rrSiu
u&i!re^^<QS^GLa<uthjS
fi
LDI7
(Qej^^
lu^
^^j^<F^ii ^eaiLis
^a s
^^djOu(r^e>siU:)uSl^Q&)
^iUo37pa)iTS&ririiS(^fififrife!r.
^siire^s
tis^jsrrfiiTQP&}Lcrrs^Gjffsu9^c^^0cSI(r^^^
aiiTfiiEjeteff
jBm^(^Gajessrip.iu
^Px
^saiQ(^-h.
finma&r
Os^utL'-jeSsr^iilGunO^edsoin^
err(?ajfr:i).
A BRIEF ACCOUNT
(O^trsOsirdjiSlujil'). An elaborate work on Tamil Philology, with a class of preceptive regulations and examples, and is ranked among the oldest works in the language, It is large and verj' its age being more than a thousand j'ears. difficult to be understood, containing, as it does, more things calcuThe author's perlated to perplex than the writings of Aristotle. sonal name was Teranatoomakkene, (^iTmar^Ssr^eeB) a disciple of
1.
Toalkappeyum
Grammar and
Agastyen, (^^^^lum). His titular name was This author and his followers do not like to be called heathens, but consider themselves as possessing both the old
the learned sage
Toalkappeyun.
and new
religions.
A work in which is shown the art of so 2. Kareky, (/r/flss)). composing various kinds of verses grammatically, that in singing them different tunes can be used. The author's name was Amoorthasakaran (^(ipn-^^^traa-^') who lived more than 100 years ago. Tradition says that he was a Hermit and a Prophet, and lived in a mountain called Potheamamali, (Olj/t^^ujlcSsij) near Cape Coraorin with many thousand Prophets. Of him it is fabulously reported that he drank the waters of the seven oceans and discharged them again, on which account the water of the sea is brackish. The book was
originally written in verse, but another person re-wrote it with prose explanations under each stanza. It is one of the most diiucult books, and is to be found only among the most learned.
3. Nannool, (^sar^^jireo). A Poetic work on Tamil Grammar, and ranked among the highest works of its class in the language. This work is not very large, but is hard to be understood f>n account of the wearisomcness of the subject and intricacy of the style. The author's name is Pavanandi, who wrote it about 800 years ago. Editions of the same are still published, the work being very highly esteemed by Native scholars. The best commentary on this classic is that written by Siikaranum Cheviryen (^jrihsjr^uiJ'&eufriuiiT.'^
4.
Tevagarum
(^eirrsjrJ^')
"Copium
verborum." The author whose name was Tevayaran, (^^6urrssrss<.) and lived about 600 years ago. Those who master this book acquire
the distinction of learned.
6. Ncfjiindoo
{^sasr^S)
in that
it
It differs
from
it,
in poetry
and prose.
A Poetical Book similar to Tevagarum. contains poetry only, whereas that is written The author's name was Veramadalevan. He
;
was contemporary
vvith Tevagaruu. The whole work is contained in 32 chapters. Tiiese are divided into two parts. l.Synonynus which is subdivided into (1) Vocables only, {Qljt ^&eesrQ) ; and (2) Vocables in verse, (u/rtl^^<5srrf5i'). 2. Homanumicura (^ssirr^ ^adsr') which points out what word is most proper to be placed in connection with any particular subject.
6. Teroovasalmm [^g^sLir:Fsil). A Sacred Record, containing the moral Laws of Tamulians- It is esteemed very holy, and shows how God is to be worshipped, and how mankind are to act before Him and with one another. It is written entirely in verse, and therefore is In every sentence and verse, a great very hard to be understood. deal of matter is concealed. The author, whose name was ManikavaHe is highly revered, and sacar, lived more than 1,000 years since. his work accounted one of the best in the language.
lians.
((^/c/r). A work held in the highest veneration by Tamuauthor Terooruvoolluvur(^(5sL'6'r(G56bif,) is deemed an Incarnation of wisdom. It is called tiie first of works from which, whether The most eminent look for thought or language, there is no appeal. upon it as their Law Book, and in their disputes quote verses from it as evidence of what they assert. The morality of the work It is said by the is similar to that of the writings of Seneca. learned that the book is more than 1,500 years old, and yet it has The lost none of its original renown and esteem among the people. Cural contains 133 chapters. The subjects treated in some of whicli Excellence of Rain Greatness of Ascetics Power are Praise of God of Virtue Domestic Strife Virtue of a Wife Children Love HosSweetness of Speech Gratitude Equity Self Control pitality Observance of the proprieties of life, &c. &:c. Editions of the Cural The late xMr. ElHs, of the H. C. Service, are frequently publislied. published some portions of the work witii a poetic translation Taof the verses and with lengthened notes and illustrations. mil commentaries on the work have been published by the late Sawana Permaul Eyar, and a more ancient one exists by ParimelaraThe Rev. Jlr. Drew, lately resident in Madras, has published a gar. volume containing the first 24 chapters with two commentaries by Tamil scholars, (one of whom is Ramanuja Cavi Rayar. now resident at Madras, and a distinguished scholar iu his Native language) and an original translation of each stanza with au annexed Index Vcrborunr.
7.
Curat
Its
8. Teroovurlloovaroonj (^^'j^eLiV(&76L(r^es)n-') is an explanation of tlie preceding and is comprised in two large volumes. This book is extremely scarce, and though an explicative, can be understood only by
the learned. It was written by an eminent Poet named Naatlhlnparliamar, who died some hundred years after TeroovuUavur.
9.
Sinthamdne
(fi^_#/ru)!nfS.)
Tliis is
History and Panegyric of Kinf;:Seevaknn.(^a,'*5eu-7_) and is therefore called See vakaSinthamaiie {Si^&S'S^ finujesS.) The author of this classic Tesykaniun (^^.Taj<^) was a renowned hermit among the Samaners, and had his work published on plates of copper. The Tamulians say it is one of the oldest of books, and that the author ia
still alive,
and resides in a mountain called Potheamaly with thirteen other prophets, vilio will never die. (SsarLh^jIKe!)) is another name of the same poem, as
seel of the
first classic,
{O'-in ^luiD"^)
it
Sammaners. The book is of great antiquity, esteemed and is held in givat veneration by the people.
(^ustit ^tl.)
scrit
name of a celebrated SanVeda (^.^g-ir^JiGeii^Ll.) The word means that which is weighty and by some is derived from the The true derivaSanscrit Poem being heavier than the four Vcclas.
10.
Barnthum
This
is
the
Poem sometimes
tion
tliis
is from Bharatu, a king among' whose descendants the events of book occurred. The plot of the poem is, that a war occurred between Toorej'oothanan (^. iflCuj.T^gBiffo ) and Taroomer (^^(^uar) in which the first brother with ninety-nine others who espoused The his cause was slain, and the latter became sole monarch. The book is author's name is Villipoottooren (^eS&ie^Lj^^od:.)
very difficult to read, yet pleasant to hear, on account of the ingenuity of the verse and loftiness of its melody.
This is a translation of Baratliam 11. Barathavoorii (urr ir s&jsaj) (uTff^il) into plain Tamil. It was prepared by a Brahmin iu compliance with the wish of his daughter who desired to understand clearly the contents of the original work. This is the history of 1.2. Kiintknppoornnam (^<s^^ uLj'j fressril.^ King Soorun (@fl*ar) who as a reward for having performed the most severe penance in a wilderness for 2.000 years, Avas allowed by the god Siva (^su^iin) to rule over many kingdoms. Afterwards becoming proud, he rebelled against that god, who sent his son Kunthaswamy (^^<fffiu;ruS) to wage war against him. The armies on both sides were so great th.at all the seas were dried up by the du.t occasioned by their march. Their height reached to the stars. For The history was firsc sling stones they used the highest mountains. written in Grandara more than a 1,000 years ago and afterwards put into Tamil by a Brahmin, named Kuchcheyuppen (sJ'Sn.u'-ji}.) Many Imndrcds of god? are mentioned in it who have left the world after having distinguished themselves by the part they took in these wars. This book is one of the oldest extant. Many express doubts of its authentif'ity, while others say that the events recorded happened in former times when there existed a different race of mankind.
13. Arichchuntherankatlvj
(^/P<F^^^ire,s^.)
The
history
of
4
Anclichuntherun (^^^eiF^^u'eh.') Twenty-one persons have made themselves famous for their liberality. These are divided into three Arichchuntherun was the third person classes of seven persons each. in the second chiss. It is said of him that he never told a lie. At one time a prophet named Vesoovamitterun, (sSAeurruS^^ireaT) came to him attended by a dancing girl. He was much pleased with her d.incing, and promised to give the prophet whatever he asked. The prophet asked as much money as would suffice to make a great offering, but refused to receive it till his return, when the principal and intercoc became equal to the value of the whole kingdom, and as the king would not tell a lie he gave his kingdom, himself, his wife,
and
whom became
After
a sufficient trial of his patience the god came and took him and his family to heaven. This king is said to have reigned 2,000 years at the beginning of the world.
Arichchuntharuppooranum (^^^^^s'^^iyCji^triraenl.') 14. This book contains an account of the government of the king aforementioned, and of the virtuous acts which he performed.
16. Veytharlakathy (G&i^treir sfi) or Vikkaramathittenkathy (_aSs3iTLO!T0^jS^ so^.) This is a prolix history of the devil Veytharlum (G&jj^rreirtli') who served the Tamil King Vikkaramathitten (^^QjTLQrr^^jgea) and performed many cunning tricks. The verses This devil had at first been one are good, but the matter is absurd. of the god's priests in the other world, and when the goddess Parvathe {ujaaj^) had an occasion to speak iu private with the god Siva l&sjis!^) he (the priest) consented and heard their secret discourse, but made it public, in consequence of which, Siva became angry and cursed him so that he became a devil on earth, where he has been playing his tricks ever since.
A book containing 16. Palagnanuchchooverde(uw^'Tarf:^9it^.') an account of a great many ceremonies, which the Tamulians observe as well inside as outside of their pagodas, with invocations to their gods for grace to live a quiet and retired life.
17. Seneyntheramaly (^SQtBrfi^srLorrtet).)
A book treating of the 18. Baratka Ammany (uirfffi^thuitr'cesT.) same subject as that of Baratham (^uiriT^ix.) It is pleasing to read on account of the beauty of its verses. The author's name is Ambride,
a learned poet,
years ago.
This is an histo(^seSiis^^uupei^.) work, describing the wars of two Tamil kings, Kalingga Rajah (.saSais^ J/r^/r) and Soikoo Rajah(0^/nL/i5 gjsnrs'iT.) It is written The author's name is Tickutanaaraoone, who was an in heavy verse. hermit, and lived more than 800 years ago.
19. Kalinkuttoopoorane
rical
20.
This
is
Tlie author's
ag-o.
{jijtDitairff^.)
He
lived about
800 years
21. Aperdme Antathe, (^LSIirin ^fi^ir^.') This book is filled with songs panegyrizing the goddess Aperame, (^l5)j.tuB) who is the supposed protrectress of a town called Terookkadavan, (^(tj J<5u_ejsw ) situated near Travancore. This town contained, it is said, tliree large pagodas regularly built after the architecture of Solomon's temple. The first entrance has, like all Hindoo temples, four sides. No one enters into the second, except those who have been purified from sin, because the chief idols are placed therein. The third is tlie most holy place, and has no idol in it. There the onl}' god is worshipped, without images, whom they call Paraparavusthoo {uirtruirsu&^s:j) or being
of all beings.
Gnanapdthakum, ((e^irearQurr^aii.') This volume treats of the of purifying the bod3^ and soul, also as to the correct manner of calling upon God in prayer, and how the heart should be while thus engaged. It also contains divers forms of prayer. It is very old and held by Hindoos in great estimation.
22.
way
This is a 23. Varoonum Oovuthitien^ (^euQ^&ssrmr _a;/rj@^^ST.) very atheistical and injurious book. It was written by a cultivator, who afterwards became a poet, and who did little else than blaspheme God. The object of the book is to persuade the people that there is no God, and that those books which are said to have been written in ancient time, and which treat of God and Divine things, were not thus written, as no man could see God, or tell what would come to pass. It teaches that pleasures of a corporeal nature can alone give real delight, as these can be seen, felt, and enjoyed; but as those of a spiritual nature cannot thus be seen and felt, they are insipid and unsatisfactory, and that, therefore, all those are little less than monkeys and idiots who forsake carnal gratifications, and follow mortifying and spiritual pursuits. The book is generally condemned.
Calumlakam, (_QsireSnje\)il>ustl.) This volume conhundred hymns, in praise of the god VisLnoo, (aSil,gpi) which are often sung at the temple in Seringgum.
24.
Covll
tains a
25.
Teyvdrurn,
((?^aj/rirLo.)
is
This
is
the
god Siva
(fia/ow)
greatly lauded.
book is very and design to ^sop's Fables, being a series of conversations between different animals and birds, with the shrewdness of some, the dulness of others, and the consequences, prosperous or It was written in adverse, that attended certain courses of conduct. an easy st^le of Averse, and is much used in schools. It has been put It is into prose, in which form it is now most frequently to be found. easily obtained and is much read by all classes.
26. Puvjatuntherakathy, {u(i^<F^fi^<r&sesi^.') This
27.
Ndkapasnpadulum.
(^,Tii_'.T,FUi_60
i-.)
story of the
war of
Vishnoo, (sTs^^p*) and the giant Interasittoo, (^^^jP/-^) who was killed by poisoned arrows. The latter was a great giant and a brave hero. This book contains 300 Veroothuin, {sSQF^^.h) a kind
of verse. It is very difficult. Tlie author, Kuniber, (^Li:Lj,7,) was an eminent poet. It is written in a prolix manner, containing 1200 Yeroothum, (^^qk^lK) and is held in very high veneration approachinjj
to idolatry',
Qsui^urrA 295 Songs about who is daughter of Kooravur (gipa/r) one of the jangle people, and a wife of Supramanian, the second son of Siva. The author's name is Poosalanther, (Lj:Fe-:r^ fST,) who was a poet, and lived about GOO years ago. He wrote many
28. Furlle
ammy ve7ipa.(^GU!3reS
.^LoanLo
(sLarerfljj/JisjnLi:,)
other books.
Sethumbarramaly, (B^ihuirLLrr'^j.) This work contains 120 which are sung in praise of Isperan, (fFMuireiT.) It is full of The author's name is liagavaparables and figurative expressions. He flourished about 500 years ago masevyyuu,(^irr<=aji6!nLtt-'*sr.)
29.
sono-s,
and lived
30.
to a great age.
FeynkedaTndly,(QeLij8L-uirr'?ev^ or Venkadasathakam,(CaL'.'fflS_
^^s'h-)
31.
A book
Neelenadakiim, (^bSjs.tl-S'I.)
This
volume
contains
120
when dancing.
A book of pleasant verses 32. VerlleSmmany, (fiuarstfl^tJLe/T'ZOT.) about a goddess of the same name, giving her whole history.
33.
Teroovarooryoold, (^0(^surQfs_ei>n-.)
made about
a god, whose pagoda was in a place near Combaconum, Teroovaroor, (^^jsi^T^f,) where he is said to have performed many
wonders. His name is Pegeran, (SiSiTccr^') whose image, which fell down from heaven, of massy gold, still continues in the pagoda, and is worshipped.
34. Per/yttamid,
(^iSI^.T'ssir^^L^L^.")
collection of
hymns,
in
which
become
like children,
This book contains 35. Perllyteroondmum, (L3sTr2r^^(]F^/rLOi_c.) 100 hymns or verses about Isperan's son, Koomarcr, (j^LOirf^) who has power over the devils, and keeps them imder his control, that they cannot liurt mankind without his permission. The learned author, whose name is Ikekamanakooroobur Pandarum (ggl^LO/rjargfjiLjfrLJCKr/_/r.a-ii',) is Still alive. It is said that he composed these verses in his 16th year. He went from the Coromandel Coast to Bengal, where he has since composed many books in verse.
This
Is
a large work,
It
37.
Faroomnrlummany
full
{Ou(^ianeinhiM:T^esr.)
We
find
in
tliis
account of the heroic deeds of Vishnoo during his fourThis and works of a similar kind arc regarded teenth incarnation. by the fdlowers of Vishnoo as the foundation of their religion and the source from which other books are derived.
book a
sented to us a
Koombdkurnuppadalum (^LD'^^neaeruedteLh.) Here we have prefull account of the battles fought by a giant named Koombakurnun ( 5 tr _//? etwesr.) who was a brother of Havana, the hero of the Ramayauum. The history was originally written in poetry, but has been accurately translated into plain prose. The author's name was Kumbur (^lBu^) who made himself famous by many historical works. The wars here related were carried on in the sec(md age of the world Tereythaywum (^(?/r^(ru^LD,) or the "Silver age,'' after which succeeded the Toovaparayookum (^j^turrujir iqsii),) which according to Hindoo chronology has already expired, and we live in the Kaleyookum (^^eSu-jSil,) or "iron age," which will
38.
This is a volume of 100 verses 40. Asdrukkoly (^^,s=fT ff&QjEn^.) descriptive of the ceremonies observed by the Hindoos in tlieir relaThe author lived in the tion to their deities and their fellow men. It is said of him that he kept his eyes always vicinity of Tanjore. closed, because he would not look upon the vanities of the world, lest He is said to have possessed the lie be led away by its temptations. power of foreknowledge, and to have performed miracles. He died about 160 3'ears ago, after having written, besides the present, many
other moral books.
41.
deit}'
It
KnyarOnir (siriunQriraiBFr,^ This book is named after the whose name it bears, and who was worshipped in Negapatam. was written by a Brahmin about 130 years since.
in
Keerlvandooirkhalumhdkam (^Qipaimr ftatjr^eOLQU^LC).) We are book made acquainted with the landscape of a particular country treated of, its pagodas, temples, &c. together with the history of the deities there resident, tlie wonders they have performed, and The book contains the character of the people who worship them.
42.
this
(jsiruiiT^^iMiT^e3^)
43.
100 verses, and was written by a cultivator named NamattooraathSle who died 160 jears ago.
NeethSsdrum (^^s^irffil.)
"The
spirit
It
of the ethical works of the Hindoos. Grandam, the author being a Brahmin. and an hundred precepts.
It
was
A
St.
Madras.
This is a treatise 46. Manavarlesastherum ^ixm^eui^s'ir^^srJ^.) on architecture. It is short and full of superstitious notions concerning the location and structure of buildings.
of 48 verses writer Sivavakkeyun (flaJsun-#uj-OT) composed many other works on moral law, all of wihch are still highly esteemed and carefully practised by mulThey are far more distitudes who acknowledge him as their guide. posed than gross heathen are to hear of the claims and duties of
Christianity.
poem The
Sevavakkeyum, Part 2nd {S&jeurrsQujih a_) is by the same and on the same subject, viz. the way in wliich tlie God is to be It contains 103 verses. worshipped, and human happiness secured
48.
author,
lume containing 65
Sevavakkeyum, Part 3rd (Q^eurriQiuil ib.) This is a voverses, and by the same author and on similar subjects with those already named.
49. 60.
Marunpeyrilvurnnum
(Lan-jres.QuSsOeueSsreixirLh.^
An
artfully
constructed ode in praise of Siva's son, Marun, (uainrew') the Hindoo Cupid.
61.
Vishnoomeylvurnnum{^tl.(B&>Quieiieiiereiiisrih.^
An ode
to Vish-
63.
Oodurkooroovurnnum
&c.
(&.L_;5*u-^aJwr5Brii.)
This
is its
a poet-
human body,
struc-
64.
Swamepeyril Vurnnum(sreuirJiQufi&)3ijtATeei!rtl.)
This volume
ho.
cal
Tliis is a pliilosoplii-
work in which is explained ihc constitution of the souls and bodies of men and the manner in which the knowledge of God is to be secured. It is very ancient both as to matter and style. Such works re not written at the present day, and this is most difficult to bo
procured.
56. Narlunkathii^ (jBetrsw<xe-a^.) A history of King Narlun, hero of the Naishadha, and one of the seven persons of the first class r<fnowned for hospitality. Ho and his brother ruled, it is said, ihc whole world. The work was written in very difficult verse and is most popular. The author's name was Adveramen. 57. Vanunkdvj/, (euireissrskQsn-eaa].) This book contains a description of Tanjore, and an account of Vanun, (au.T(Sra, ) a chief famous for liberality, who lived in the city of Tanjore. Its author, Amarabaje, (^ixjtlj^) was a famous poet, and wrote many works eulogistic of kings and princes. 58. Interasittoopada!am,
vanum.
The
author's
(^^^srS^^uuieO'l.^ A history of the {'^^^srS^^-) Son of the famous Raname was Thanden.
This
is
little
It
divine mystery.
It
61. Koosalavunkathi/, ((^s^easuohsem^.) This book gives an account of Koosalavun, (^^-FeosuM^ one of the sons of Rama, who carThe poem contains 1,000 ried on a long war with his own father.
stanzas.
62. Sunnnathypperlytteroonnijurn,
^!XLcs(55_^LJ(JjEri:^0^frujLo.
This is a poem of lUO verses on the constitution of mankind, and The autiior's name was is very popular among the Tamulians. Teroovaiiparun, who was a king, but at length abdicatcxl his throne and applied himself to the stud}- of ancient literature.
03. Vei/kdthasippoorannm^
(^^scr^QuunToesTtt.')
fasts
Tiiis
is
an old
by the Hindoos, He alIt contains also the story of a king, named Paumanukathen. ways fasted at the expiration of each half montii, and for this reason was taken by Vishnoo to glory. The Tamulians say, tliat to attain the same bliss, they must like him practise these half monthlj" fasts.
practised
VV'e have here 61. Krrood(tpinnsn(fasaru7ii, (^s(T^L^u^jriT!^^jTJ:.') an accoun-t of the superstitious worship of a kite with a red head and The aeroun? wliite neck, upon which Vishnoo is said to have rode-
was
written,
it is
said,
by Vishnoo
himself,
and therefore
is
hiijhly
30
esteemed by Lis followers. It is said, tbat by means of instructions therein contuined, a person may acquire the power to handle serpents and other venomous reptiles, without the slightest harm.
65. Seerunguraiiyur Atnmtnmy^ (^^inasirfrajf ^iltx/r^issT.) This volume contains a detailed history of Vishnoo, written in the most sublime style. Tlie author was a renowned emperor, and ruled many kingdoms. His name was Seerunoarayir(^jTi|;xr/nL'.7.) His descenstill live on the coast of Coromandel, though not with the splendour they once did.
dants
66. Krishnuntoothoo, (fi,flai!,<a!isrJT^r^ .) A history of the god Krishnun, in 216 stanzas. The author's name is Vihaputtoorar, a name he derivetl from the country' in which he (^eSeJsL-^^^Tij-.rT.) He was a cultivator. His son also made himself very popudwelt.
lar
by
book
si-
68. Knseijntharamorechum, Part 2, (^OsQ^^^ijQii.!rL-^'\ a..) This book contains the account of an elephant which was killed by sin alligator, and was afterwards restored to life by Vishnoo, and admitted to glory. The story is told in tedious verse, and is full of abIt was composed about IGO years ago. surdities.
A book of 52 verses on witchcraft. The 69. Saranool, (.Fir.$rsO.) secrets contained in it are said to have been revealed by Ispcran's wife, Parvadi, to a certain prophet, and thus came to the knowledge
of mankind.
70.
Mathunanannool,
Lo^osr^Ta).
lascivious
gerous book.
71. Oorllamoodiiyan, (e_arstn^5)_uj/ro-j;.)
treatise
on the art of
It is much consulted by Brahmins and Pandarims, who soothsaying. It is gain their livelihood by telling the fortunes of the people. written in most difficult verse and cannot be understood without an
instructor.
Tliis volume (^^L^s^s=^u.rrui<csS,') and has been in its day much consulted by Tamullans, who seldom undertake any business, personal or public, witliout previously ascertaining as far as possible, whether it is likely to
72. Nemittuchchoodamane,
treats of soothsaying,
histor}^
of
the
hi.s
just, that
own
sons
n
75.
Mathoomymahi,
(ix:>fr^,^iQs>ii^LDfr'Se>).)
A poem
eulogistic of the
goddess (mir^smLa.)
It
was
Avritten
by TavapparPandamm (^suuuir
76.
Punjaperchche,
(u^s^uiLS.)
bj'
A book from wliich fulure the flying, eating, sleeping, &c. of particu-
77. Nurkeernr Sinthamnne^ (jE^Ssrn^S^^rrLaasufl.) A superstitious work on astrology, written in difficult verse. The author, Tarruuiunthere, was a good astronomer, and wrote many works of this description.
A poem of an hundred 78. Kei/i^oorlikkathal, (^QG^eSss:rr^&).) The author was for many 3-ears a verses about tlic god Isperan. tom-tom beater in a teiriple, and led a very wicked life, but afterwards reformed, and did so great penance as to obtain uncommon wisdom from the god Snperanionian. He lived tlie life of an ascetic, and wrote many very popular poems which are used as school books, and occasionally sung in public.
79. Aroonakere anthathe, (^^q^osstQ ^
tise
^^
it
,')
An
elaborate trea-
A poem of an 100 stanzas goddess Mameysooparee {ixfrQic^ufi.) All of a most licentious kind. He wrote many in a like style, bj' which he incurred the displeasure of the goddess who severely rebuked him.
80. Savoontavalakaree, (.^a/^^xrsiJcE/fl.)
in praise of the
81. NnrayanasatJiakam, (^^rrrnnuem-s'^sil.) An hundred songs very artfully composed about the god Vishnoo. The author's name is Tharemamparen, who at tlic age of 16 left lils father and mother, and went to a pagoda where he lived an austere life.
82. Narllavenpa^
(^jssml-Oajemuir.)
history
of
a cultivator,
lived a very abstemious life and was very benevolent. In order to try his faith, the gods commanded him to kill his own son, and because he obeyed the command he was taken to glory. His son was restored to life.
who
83. Serootoandenkatliy^
cultivator
history of a
who
lived a
life
84.
Markundapooranum,
Tlie history of
a Brahmin's son, the fixed term of whose life was no more than 16 When the king of death called on him to quit this life, he years. took refuge with the gods in a certain pagoda from w'hich he could not be taken, but when the stern monarch was determined to ufse force he resolved to defend himself, which he did, and killed the king, upon which appeared .33 times 100,000 little gods, and interceded in behalf of the king, saying, tliat lie himself had allowed the boy to live longer than 16 ^-ears. Upon (liis Isperan said that he had given to
12
tlic power always to remain at IG years of a,oe ami never die. Then lie restored the king of death and reprimanded him severely, commanding him never to devour people in future without a perempThis happened in a small town near Tanjore, tory order from him.
die lad
85.
curious
run of verses about a cultivator called Varenabutuden, made b}' an emperor's daughter, who by a singular accident came with two other women to a place about three German miles from Tanjore to get their livelihood by Selling fire wood at the market. When this cultivator passed the wood, a woman in a palankeen became enamoured of him, and when he heard that she was descended from an emperor, he took her with him and gave her good support. But when the emperor was informed that his daughter lived so far from him, he caused her to be re-called, and gave her in marriage to a king, and as she was a good poetess and could not forget the benevolence of the cultivator, she composed these verses about him. She wrote many books besides this, which are often sung,
(^iL.'rraiTiTS'uue!T(^.') A small work on and husbandry. It contains a variety of songs sung by the ploughman, the sower, the reaper, and tlie shepherd, while attending to their respective duties. The author was a Pandarum, who it was said rode in a palanquin, one end of which was borne by coolies, the other suspended by magic.
86. Tei/aJcarasuppuUoo,
rustic life
87.
V(irookkakov)/,
feSil..^pi)
is
(Qj(i^i&sG:Bires>sij.)
Poetical
panegyrics of
Vishnu,
that deity
88.
whom
(SeLsmBS'B^^^.irLarr^.) The Sevakamesavoontharamah/, volume containing 100 songs about a goddess named Sevakamesavoon there.
name
of a
89. Neiijoovedootoothoo, (OjfI'.^sSS^it^'.) A small book in praise of Isperan, (fFujro5r) in whicli is shown that he cannot be comprehended to perfection by the angels or even by the gods, but that he is always pleased to be with such men as kept his laws, and that such It was written about 400 years will forever dwell in his presence.
ago by a Brahmin.
A (eS'^n^eSsSSs^jg^-) 90. VeerakvedoothoofJioo, written by a voluptuary called Vanguvamoodely. other poems less exceptionable than this.
91. Scvarattarepooraninn,
licentious
work
He wrote some
(Psuirjrrr^^iflLjufressnl.)
An
historical
account of a man, who by watching and fasting in a certain wilThe day of his death is considered derness obtained heaven. so sacred by his followers, that upon it they neither fast, nor during that niglit do tliey sleep, hoping to obtain, like him, a heavenly reward." It is written in pleasant rhyme, by a king who reigned more tliau 200 years ago.
13
92. Koodurthyyanthathee,
(j^ifies>fi\ij^^n ^.)
small
poetic
volume
in praise of
Vishnu.
93. Kabelurrakaval,
of
human
life.
It
(siSlei)lr^,saj&).^ A poem on the vanity was written by an eminent poet named Kabelur.
94. Akaval, (^^seuei.) A fine treatise on man, physically and morally. Other subjects of inferior importance are introduced to give variety. It was written by a Tanjore schoolmaster. 96. Oodulkoorootuttoovum,
cal
{s-i.&3k-^^p^ejih.')
five senses
the
philosophisubjects.
and connected
volume
is
96.
(e_60j/^.)
sm-all
filled
with
strict
valuable lessons, advising abstinence from all that It is studied in schools. pursuit of virtue.
97. Nulvurle,
evil
and a
(^eOaji^.) A small moral book directing its readavoid evil and to perform virtue. It is committed to memory by youth. It is suid to have been written by the goddess Avayar (^smeuiuirn,') the wife of Burma, in the other world, but who
ers to
for her
Bins,
was sent down to this world to do pen;ince for her wrote this and the three following books. The Tamuliansholdit in high esteem, saying that its depth of wisdom cannot be sounded, &rc. It was written together with others above 800 years ago.
ill
beliaviour,
slic
when
98.
lity
99. Annyyoomppthd, A small book of fine (^esiTasiu^ihiSl^ir.) moral precepts which were also written by the above mentioned goddess. It consists neither of verses nor prose, but is a very difficult metaphisical work, therefore there are many different opinions entertained concerning it,
consist-
moral
(/^OaJOTrt-'r.)
book on morality;
it
wag
written first in Grantham, about 800 years ago by a Brahnnn, but was afterwards translated into Malabar by a poet.
102. Arooputtonaloo terooverlyyadul
^(T^eSfeiTiurrL-jfi
L/jj.TszCTii).)
great
The 'J'aniulians hold it in great esvisions of the god Sokkanaya. teem. The verses are very accurately ^\lict^l} as to time and circumstance; but when you examine it minutely, you will find no evidence of its being of divine oriiiin, but on the contrary ^\ill conclude that what It was written is recorded is either false or the tricks of the devil. in Grantham more than 100 years ago by a BraUniin, but was afterwards trau&lated into verse by a TamuUan.
14
jS-^.r sjii ^q^oS'^ 103. Aroopultoonaloo teroovcrlyyadul voory^(j)j An explanatiou or interpretation of tlie precedino;.
^u^
UJTL-Sicnrr.'^
These are only it is translated word by word into common Tamil. found ainonf^ Brahmins and Pundarunas, as there is a law that none but priests should read thera.
The historj- of 104. Tamiirl arevarlkethy^ (^l^^'^^j^sut^^ss)^.) a learned young -vvoman called (^uS/^cji/^aurar,) meaning one Taniurl arevarl that understands all science. Great battles were fouaht by kings on account of her beauty. Mer style has not been excelled by any Slie promised that if any excelled her in making versus, him poets. she would niarr}'. On account of this many poets strove with her, but At length v/ere obliged to yield with shame to her superior talents. one of the king's courtiers disguised himself and came to her residence in the character of a seller of wood, and called out very beautifully that he had wood to sell, and afterwards expressed a desire to have an interview with her, which was granted to him. She was obliged to Those verses which they exyield and take him as her husband. changed are all written. It is said this took place 400 years ago.
105. Sitterapooiterunkathy, {9s^srLj^^!T6STsm^.) An historical book written in verses bj' Ispcran's ConicopuUy, whose business it was to record all that happens among mankind. The works and deeds of the good are noted down on the right, and those of the wicked on the left side. It consists of 2400 verses, and is committed to memory by women who sing it charmingly.
106.
Terekalasukkerum, {^^srreO'F&ssih.)
mathematical des-
cription of the seven worlds below and the seven above ; also of the seven oceans together with the Paradise called Thabayam, the seat of Isperau and of many hundred thousand other gods ; also of Majanser, said to be a golden mountain that goes throuiih all the seven worlds, the habitation of all the holy prophets. In this book is also shown the genealogy of the eminent gods, viz. from the being of all beings, or highest god; of all the other gods descended ; what of glory they have where they abode, how long they live, &c. Also of past ages what this world has to connect it with the others, and the duration of each. This book is tlie foundation of all the other books among the TamuJians as the principles which this contains are connected with all the Most curious and unheard of things are contained in it. Its restcontents are said to have been discovered by the wife of Isperan, who afterwards discovered them to her door-keeper, and who declared them to a great prophet, and he published them to the world. This all happened in the first ages or j-ugums (u^<sEJiEar,)
fourteen prophets wrote the work on plates of brass, and transmitted it to the next world. This book is inserted in the following,
107. Poovanasukkerurn, (LysueBr^l^sini).) A description of this world in which are also found many curious and extraordinary things. The world is said to have been measured very accurately by Nadegasuran, of which Vishnu was afterwards informed. The length, breadth, thickness and height of the whok sphere, including both sea and lauds,
are inscribed, as
tliej'
liappencd
in l^jreign
ages, since
which many
Vakadaclioovurde,
(^suirsu-s^si-eLUf..)
A medical book
treating-
feeling-
pairkkerasoovade,
(^eoss^s^ir^^^riluirlr&Qp
book on soothsaj-ing, treating- on the works of men's bodies. All the outward signs of men arc written in this from which is shown how a man inclines to this or that, what views or virtues he possesses, what shall be his destinj'. It was given by a poet as a great and most sacred present, with a special injunction not to make it known.
110. ArcJioonuntavasoonely, (^^Q^s^&sur^^aLS-^'ioj.^
An account
of
Archoonun (^(;^<#=fifcar<s7) in the wilderness for 200 years, for w'hich he was made king of the whole world by the gods. Itis written in a very We find at this time many thousand Tamulians who pathetical style. retire into the wilderness and perform the same kind of penance, so that some of them by constantly praying with their hands cross-wise, have them so stiff that they cannot extend them again,
111.
Ramaseyyum,
(^sriTLcOs^ium.)
large
book
in verse
on the
praises of the god Vishnu. It treats of his transformation and the lieroic deeds whicli he performed. The verses are fair and learned, but very difficult to be understood.
A prolix historj' of five brothers reigned for a time over their kingdoms and then retired to the wilderness to worship their god. Their names are 1, Darmer; 2, Veemen; 3, Artchunen ; 4, Nagulan; 5, Sagadavcn. These five brothers have but one wife called Dropathi, after many temptations of the gods, the first brother was taken up alive to heaven, but the other four after much crying, and sobbings that the gods would have mercy on them died all at once, and tlieir souls only were admitted into heaThis story is related as of understood truth. ven.
112. Makavinthiim, (u^st^^^J^.)
who
A book
of several
mu-
They are difEcult to be understood and gods. sung, therefore none but the poets and such as have learnt vocal music can sing them.
poems about
tlie
114. Allearasamemalyyeedoo^
(^^Ae^^srs^rresi^uij^iiS'S.)
very
prolix description in verse of the marriage of a king's daughter called A/learasane, (^^sdsS ^it-f ir es^ ^) with the great king Atchunan ; and as
this book was written by a very learned poet, so of the Tamil language.
it is
a fine specimen
115.
seized
eurrs^^il.)
Kavelyvasakum or Kamalavasakmn, (^^eScei'SL^irs^.sil or ^iteo This little book contains a fable of a cow which had been by a tiger in the jungle. The cow in a patheticliianner craves
IG
permission to g;o to licr honse where licr young' c:ilf wonld be expectlier with great anxiety, at the same time assuring that she wouKl The tiger grants the request, and the cow goes to sec return again. iier calf and recommending it to the care and protection of the otlier cows, retires into the wood. The tiger amazed and astonished at her fidelity did not make iier his prey; instantly appears the god Isperan, who transforms both the cow and the tiger and removes tliem to a higher state of bliss.
ing-
116. Teroonurllarooppooranum,
lation of the
(^(TK^srrsrr/r^t-jL/ir/rsBsrLD.)
re-
to
place called Teroonurllaroo, {^(T^^s&Tetnr^.) the honour of the gods of the said place.
written in verse in
A historj' of Suprarecounts how he followed after \Valliama, and what arts lie employed to captivate her affections ; at length he succeeded iu seducing her but afterwards married her. It is written in prose.
117. Ponniiikunpathe, (Ouirc-weSew.ssstiTu^.)
It
manien.
118. Ensoovade,
.schools.
It
(^nTssn-sisuu^.)
A book
of
reckoning
used
in
contains various kinds of information, (viz.) the revolution of tlie GO years, the names of the days of the month, the 27 particular ways of denoting the moon's age or progress, the 12 signs of the Zodiac, tlie 9 planets, and 59 counties, &c. ike.
119. Palalmreyunkurl, (ueosrriuiEJs<^.')
rious kinds of remarks, (i. e.) on the seven orders of creation, the five kinds of special instruments, the three Taramums or charities, the Letchmies or women employed by the gods as guardians, &'c.
120. Saneyvennypparttoo, {<FeSsr<o^hsstLjuiTiL(Q.') Saturday oilsongs usually sung by school boys before doors, when they go begging
oil for their
masters.
(Qir^^<F<3faii^.)
121. Kerunthichchooverde,
122. Sethumharalcooeirpooranum, {S^murrC^srreSjxiLjirn-eiisnl,.) Supto be songs of praise in honour of the god Sashampuricoweii, and a description of his visions as similar puranunis (i^j-zr cwldV hiij-
posed
tories
may
be found in
all
123.
count
in
who
to obtain salvation through the fasting of a at a place towards the nortii Is said to have worship-
ped a lingiim in the woods, and always olTered to it the nicest portion of the venison, thereby making his mouth to water, and with it performed his alnshegam and even at length offered one of his own eyes as a sacrifice. For ti)is act of piety he is said to have been exalted to eternal bliss.
;
17
124.
Terckad(ihtni),
(^^^l-^ld.)
good
instructions in three parts. Tlic author is said to be Maniartig-al,and to have composed the whole in a rest-house in one ni!>ht. The following story is related. 1st, Appears Brama in the shape of a Vittinun, who comes into this rest-house to shelter himself from the rain ; next comes Vishnu in the same form, but they cannot sit together, so they both stand up, soon after comes Batteren; and because there is no room, the other two permit him to step upon their shoulders. Hereupon they three become one and spend tlieir time in composing verses ; Brama always begins the subject, Vishnu continues it, Batteren concludes
it
for
example
The meaning of wliicli is, a village peasantry near a river tenant who disputes with his landlord a woman who differs from her husband (these three are bad.)
125. Rumdijunavoori/,
(iijrrLcmuct>sr
e_c<n/r.)
A compendium
of
the great Grantham book Ramayanum, containing an account of the battles fought between Raman, (/. e.) Vishnu and Ravennan, a king of Ceylon ; the latter having committed adultery with Vishnu's wife.
name
tie,
in Telinger,
compendium
seems
to
be ^V^ldayaput-
127. Summunlhamoorttee-pooranum, (^s^uuMjB^^n-^^uinressnh.') Treats of the deeds of Superamanien, who is said to have been bom in the family of a Brahmin, under the name of Summunthamoorttee, (^LDLO^^^/f^,@.) Among other things it is said that he made a journey to Madura, and converted the reigning king Pandian, who had embraced the religion of the Samaners, and neither esteemed the custom of besmearing the holy ashes (^0/^,)
nor making three upright marks on tlie forehead. This king lay sick of a dangerous fever, and his subjects could not cure him, then Summunthamoorttee begged that he might be allowed to cure him with the holy ashes. The two parties were now to appear, Summunthamoorttee or Superamanien, proposed to cure one side of his body with sacred ashes, and the Samaners were to cure the other. The former kept his promise, but the latter could do nothing ; then Summunthamoorttee cured the other side also, upon this the Sumaner's imposition was discovered.
Oorichchoovade-keyukkanukkoo, {s^^s=sieiji^Qiij^ss!sr&^.) Grantham alphabet, second the combinations of the vowels and consonants. The conclusion contains a few prayeris translated and bound together, also the Cingalese alphabet.
128.
First the
18
129.
Tcs;/ avathanth-kathij, (^.ei!>s^j)<su^fT!TSrSee)^.)
brief
accounl
Vallier,
of
tlie
composed by VVattanaden
1727.
130. S(nuathum,(s^iM^'^.)
Tliis is
composed
of, 1st,
Roopamaly,
(^ULorr^ec)
Grammar.
and 2d, Kerekymaly, (fi/fle^tf u^/rSev.) This is a Sanscrit The first part contains the nouns, and the second the
conjugation of verbs.
131.
Amarakosum
antdn, (^jijixsfQ^iTs'Lh
^uarsvr.)
A Grantham
Negundoo.
132.
runjnmkam,
(u^^-g^irL^d^.)
rausha.
133. Vcvakara-alteifayum Fookorllum^ (eSeusmr ^^^lu/riuLc, a code of Gentoo laws, to CsiT&ru^.) Part of a Gentoo book containing which is added an extract from a most respectable Grantham book, called Bhacolum, It also contains some chronological observations.
134.
Veramaru7ikathy,
(eSjTLBrrjDo-sT
sem^.) Belongs
to the
book
Tamil
lume.
Is
136.
Siven.
VeepoosJinamoortlie,
(^sSL^si^ssbTQfip^.)
of the
forsake
Mnrenkathy, (imTjD^oisem^.) An account of a powerful king called Wickemaren, who is said to have performed man}' wonders after his death. Rosea Kasa was about to ascend his throne, the 82 images or statues fixed on the ]() steps leading to the throne, stood up and asked whetlicr lie possessed such authority as Wickemaren, not being able to prove that aid, he was refused
1.37.
and
arbitrary-
admittance.
2l2Er CHAPTBB,S.
SCIENTIFIC AND LITERARY SUBJECTS.
ifl^^J3S^GSi^lf^ffSlU6<TiS)iS.'2sffi^rS^^.
a. ^^*T3ll],
ChAI'TEK
1.
ffT^^aiBiSOT.
, (jT^^aitiaGi^GSTCuiuiraGTr.
(ds)
The Sciences.
(Names of
the Sciences)
Theology. Astronom}'.
^fTojsrs^.Tj^^
cTih
,,.,..
Geography. Botany.
Mineralog}'.
() <ff^iH^(r^^2ri
^LS'-j^^s'ir^^fjLh (er) ^-Js^ajfrfi^n-^^aih
{^nh-)
. (jj) R.jr:etasj:r^0!j IX, (.) fi fi^aj-Fn-jf^BTil Lueais^s'u^^^isijj^sdec^fi'^^A'S'r^-'-(((1)
Geology. Chymistry.
I\Ietcorology.
Physics. Sletaphysics.
(u)tf) sri5ssrsis!!rneijs=iT^^yLh
/lOa-)
(u3ss)
$ arL: -3 S
(T
enS s eS iir = IT
fi
^ ia ih
Mathematics. Zoolofy.
Philology. Chronolo-Tv.
u treats'
!T
^STih
(u3*) eiTeo^mjs^ii3'irj=,Tfi^inl.
a..
('aj>su3S3i?G5rCuT^jTrccTr.
lUiEJA^eiriLjil
eSerrS'^^QjD^ir^S J
Lairih,
(a.)
sj IT m- s= ir
^^
ST
ih
(^S -u sot s^ ^
fTia
fi
tL^^^iT'Ji
euira) js
lLjf^
VBSUILjih ^JT
^eOjg
tLflli
e (T L-'SQ/O^IT^ ^ a miTU^.
3'
u>n
ih.
(i)
sotiJiL/LQ
sir
jn.iL'S opsin
(^)
^sujvjSmr loir ^^teCiLi'^Os=rre\)siQp ^'(t ^^s ubnil. s-pss-B=a ^. ^ix La ^siri/umj, sirp^^ ueS, ^sS, Q La&tsj&ar^
Ou
IT
q^s't efi
mr
ej s tar ilj to
^9s^ff>^iL-^ih
(u)J LaesrJ'S^J^^Siij
a]ei)^SeSeS0^^eS!rLiTSp
^eaLVLi ^^^LO^ea^iLjisi^^
s^^
QpjffeSjjSBtSJSte^
(lOfln)
_';;
IT
fcu-,'LD
^&)iS
lLjiEJS(TLL(BSp^irjf^!T LOITLa-
a_.
^^*J3ic.
Chapter
2.
oy^soi^ioT.
&. oS^lsn^acfPrfr Cuiuitactr.
*)
a.)
The
Arts.
(Names
of the
AvU)
e-i^evSis;S ft/B(*<5=^waS^B}^
)
*>)
Sp-^eS^iajg
.ffffj
^J=?eS^e>s>fi
,
Lithography.
Lo^ic.
I^Iedicine.
!5IetaliurfTy.
)
sh)
sr)
j)f)
^rss5 6uaS^ss^
ojir^L^eS^sB/s
Lj^^=Q)i(T.seS^in^
....,,,
....
eu^QeoiriLQiheSfisiofi
jw-rS^6<n^
^)
0) Ois)
^.#aSs^
^SessTmuBfi^iijeS^mfi
(.i)a_)
9^^3 Qcu^eS^iTOjS!
S^ojir^^ojeSi-eiafi
,
Sculpture.
(lOJf)
Music.
BL.
(^GtnailGiifOTCiJTi^sTraBsn",
(^ts>)
& jv u eS ^ eta ^
oEci)
eifS'^^eSItU (?srr[Leai-Rte<riLjiEiSL.LJe\}.osirajiE'
(^j)
^'etOTfTjS/Pew^iL,
(ii,
eSiUiT^&^ieirs
^essruu'S^ j^@p9s>fiiLj^,
Qjsiriu
(ist)
Lj(^s'Qei}(T<S6SJsis<!>^
^liilffOiraiws smiiir;sis)ps;ewsmsar^^e>09j
lUlTil.
(^)
S(!;u(?)fftlLDaS^^
i-
tj Lj
64)
s Ssif
^(^^i^^^sSq^^^
top
()) ^i- 'R eS fi set ^ sr(ip ^G)n/<4*0aJ6DTa/^, Lc /r^^);ra;^', (?\)/r sQededTeu ^1 Qsutl^i-, =#?; Son <* a ^(r^ui)a) &^(T^sS siriEJ^'iFQs'uuiuu
(ifiss>psaujjrQs^(rei}ei}jleip eS ^iSi^iLilTLD,
&^^J Geo^sSsioop
S*fflJfr/^uja9^sw,#
^ ^^
OsfTiLQSpsiafiiUit'
era
^ -.'
ilj
uj
ffL.
^^atuii'.
G^susar.
Chapter
3.
God.
(Definition of
, G^Gii@'UJcs\)Lj G>5'ujT^^.
God)
sw cr Br sw
LJ /_j
LC
(Reasons
for Belief
a..
G^sugusjjiCLOTU^^fD^^^jjLLfr^^u).
in God's Existence.)
i_;ip-!U.Tsii,
^f pS)U^
et-'
(f^
mi estiT ta
s_exr
O ifar ^
Ot&!r^ eSsrlsi^iSe^p^.
(<9fr)
GujirsSiuQfi&rerrui9Sjsifa(sr^La
^Qujsr<s8iLiQf,&rsirLDeiS^ifs(e^
^^
(ct)
^ ld J/ S5> tu o: sw
;flf
Qe(Teo^QpffiTLL&iS(&) ii^
G fioJ^eixsr
na..
G^a-gus5)i-aj ^svil^jsOTKJaBstr.
(Attributes of God.)
^.
C^ai(g^5vjL.j5sn-,'Ej,l0(Ps5rCutr(5STT<!Estr,
(Definitions of God's
Attributes.)
eTeatOpeisrsKps(^LDe:.t!rar
^jie'reir
ff irs^
(iB.)
J^su/f siih^LD
^iie>p^^Q^uu^(^&), ^&:OnJ=
j^iieu^uJlTUSLli
^ ear es) LC
vu s-
iLjeiT err
ojO IT ear u ^ rr ua
Oeu^'^Spa.'Quin'iLj
^ ^ p<ss> fi
^QUu^^S)},
^eL^eton
ufij^^fi
iT
ssr LJ
^ (Tie
m ^U-jSirsti ajQirev fS T LD,
6i) ^'6tiefr
(cS/)
.Si&iiT
,5=
UJ^,
J>ISSiSiJS'uStr^fn-IUITJSJpiiSp^Uieiir^^
errajiT<cTsvrujS
J'
lis.
(lO)
lH
^Q T
ap.
aj^'iETuijb.
Chatter
4.
ix)iBrEi.SGTr.
Religious.
(Names
coripiri,
() ^^j5TaiiTii)Tif <53)ij). (Paganism.) ^^/sis^nir&sLh ^eitlDSir or IL' ^^Sr^Qfi&urQ ear iL^S!x<rt IT l mSj^ ^ci) ld isS fi ^ lu it &J Q^'Jh ^8 !T leuuit
euf^^
jS2e\)Qair6aTi^(T^^^eaLLUJ.<rsC>^ rgU^^tluiTaj^^e-jj
^i^^ j^ ld!Ti1j
^l^^^it
^/^i^irear
usriTucfsh-
^ecuiS !Teinu^ee)^^O.sn
em
e_i)cff^i^
,e!r.
Qjesr^
ut^LJ-irreSseSffi
tL.'Sih,
^Qfislr
s'vOLjiSi
!T
^,^esT S(n)n
,^j^ eiu^t^
(strtUQ^i^fi fieiji_Qeiir
^ jS5vr(n)iLJ^G^
if^iLj^-i'
^O ^LJUi^Oiuevf^,
u IT u
IT
!T evr
^SsTsaesiua
LJS fi!T S '^iSStaJQ^lh (^iBtu'^eSTILj;^ iF ^ ^ O ^tUT U^fSJ (^ill S d- LH IT A O OTSST Geu^^^G60jsiTiujsar^iT&sSG(7rjil. f^fi^iD^ih ^iliO-JiTQp^' ^ffiUfTf
sSEn-iq(^
Qenir -fi^cr(^^iu
jBSi^&^n mis^iLiLhj
Si)/f
^9
lqi
^^
(e_) U-!,3,ii)TTiSaixi- (Judaism.) ^^^uifTiTss(^s-jD7pps^6s>piu 6L'(T55i^_#^<Er5(y;sBr(o sar ^lS !T s nO Lc^ruaj IT irGet) a^etzru-irSLJ
-
O^iras)<s-^:0-ei^ tL<FLh.
GtuQ'SireiiiiOajcit
eirilf
^i2i
uj
t
frj^as^.y
&Q si
^^^llii ifsiff^^sh- eS Sf eu = tli lS it esxr lL s teijs'T ^-e^Qtek^tl^ ^lS)'' ^itssjt iriSs ^-s^'Ji l^ ap ^ eS a QenQ'S
rr
lc> (r
CJ-jCu-
uesiLp'jj
ear
it
iru
it
^sstitu
e fi^iU&j ^
eOU-i^^Q)
Qua csrjais^y
QpibsireO^^QeO
GT (V: s' G eo lS ei
m or
Q^ajT
eiJcpiEj^'ei]^^
eS(^fijSG^fifBr(if,fi&Siu
LupfCS" jrL-mJ(^S
O or eO o IT &jpjs> fit III ta ^uOufTQ^i^il: ^^s^S^^^tOsr, 9^(Ba3 siGeueSer QlcSujit lyLttjO^sw^^ ^/SL'ff (Cffifi^ ei) S .^ ^ fi ^ ^ ih' essr ems! LJ LeurrSiu @^erd j^jstr^ n edemata ^^^ ^^'0(g)(5 Gu^Siuir ^ei^JJicei
i\
'-J
() <i' oOgiiBTir a atii.( Christianity. )@^^LD/rr<ssLC^^nT<F>a' (5 e>^^^:^(gQp SOT Gear tr^^^G ^s'^QG&jSi/Serj^siesiTuaj s frGeuu^ekrL-ir Q ^'^Q'-iiTQf^ ^GirnuLj, iSi i a fr, ixifl AS IT, Si lu IT se&n'^^eifl Qec&i^tl, useSS(^sQ^i,p^. ^Qj/f*(C5,ff(5a7-(?or Ginru^n&r s^G^tr
ITS'
i{\
^il^ (Greek Churcli.) SdfC)ca7^LD,(Roman Q-Ai\\o\ic.)&G n s sQu 4 (eir.TO^ en) #T^3_jgi9r^Lc,( Protestants.) ^ciu ^&ieei&Q;SiSfO ^e^jrrs
(&TjeS)i.
^sutfaeSeb
Girsr Larr^r
s^
^Q ^r eSi&'^& SjS^^&'^^i^^
^'^'^^
uirsT'l)
es& Sp^^svir^'J}Geiif^^e3(^uwes)eiJ<ste(ru:ilT^^!Tu:s0sL:u
coT^iS2isst^^^=^ir'Q^ujS<^'ir'!i'^^s^:^^^J^Get:es!rL-&)0'iiJ^y-^BJ!r
etO^^if &efr QiMiuiuaeBTG ^eu^Qjju
IT
iru b'0^(i^&i(^sGs
^sSiilS^q}
G ^^iT a n'^tesrOj-iuSp^'d:^ u
firr^Gir
e^Gii
IT
ITU
IT
tc^^iUsri^On^lr ^ii,
un o ih-9S)!T&^ jsihurrixeO
^sj/f
^Q^sSs'O^iLJ^ *aS
7ff&p.^i>i)^Ga.i OLLiuujiTtBrG&J^OLcdrjaii^
aS*
aj0ei^J;^Ge\)
iTS^snL^ujeSsieiiiTs-uS
IT
Lcrressriiis Le^oir
^Q^&>(r^s!xnOL-sei
^ily lo^lq
@. ^^aiutxi.
ff^^iuGsu^LD.
s>.
Chapter
5.
The Bible.
\ii3(SiS(lj)iTe'r.
Q&3 fi s^ed
ffi-ili
I'll
tasS fi fii^estLLes>iiJ\Ljm
E-
\(^jSs^^ <S(T lI-i^u3(^& Spsaeu&'icir LJ L-'rrif sheets iiS&), eSsr LfrsLai) S!T ff ~ij:.\u 3 nu S ^leO'jj^^iT^y taeS firr&emrQeJ
u-
^^
u-i^ir
uaauoQem
If
O^hcSilj-^Q^fiGeLaxirQJ::.
G QJ ^ ^ astfi O UJ (ip^ en en
.fitriT-ili.
iS^Qei)er(ipfiL!juLLi^eis>a]OeiTdi-^e3siiEJ:^@ii'P^'. GfiU
e^G (TS(Tei3 ^iiGeoG fine3t(^icei)Q miGs' ^uGuiTcn) fieosai siTeiLle^earT.^'VLh, (^^nr) a'fij
peuifa^LarrnSl^fi^Tasslr.
|QaT?jr^0^ffsOsD(?su(5M7'iii. Sifa;/f *?' i^ ^ ^ p u ^ & ^ ^etr ^'^^ 3 Ejs LaTUj^eO^ ^ a etnrem ^e3is<sk-LLL^ihs^s:^&rQ &GjS@fiir
.cSj sir
^ssiSiufr^^'e9iaje'istruQu!nuaf>LDOiuar^QjFiT^S^Sp^pSi-dSei)tQ).
CT-LO
^ !T{TQ&)^Q^sS<FQ:S'tUUJUUtl.LOjS^^
eS SIT 1^ -^
8 p^
>ir
Gsu^^0p
]S
Qs=!TedsSiiiS(i^sQp
0i'^s^^s=6iiimieGtr
^^
(g)G eo STQ^fiU-iiLL^Q-sSdrpQ^eiT^sSsniij^
e}rp^.
effliO
L-LpiLj g-
_i /r
L. ip- feO
^G JS&^
G'S^lL,
iT
li'rSS ^ fi^esr
LQiTlu Qfietf
em ^isS Jt-S
0jri^
uG~'^ stss! u^iT&tmTiLjLh ^sri LLiGsL&i s'^^^ uj;T ir3 u ^ iSiues) TiL-Lh,fF s^n fS^'F^^ 0iijj ff crSdjerGfiiruSssremrru-jLL^ enei^^evir ai fir ueijoaTiLjiL^ ^ ,G eos est 1 11^1!:^ ^i^G^, lj n l3 7 tO J ^^r
lt^^lLj
if
rr
il, tun
oiQ^'Sp^'.
(. GuhtG'F.
<fir>
E-. a_OT.
<s, St.
e. GixinGe'- -pSt^
.
u>.
ff>.
GloiGm^.
e_.Sc.,
SL..S9., <S5>.
Q fiG si^JuiT.
Q =
IT lu IT
iiis , lOs'.
srG^'iSiuir.
(0.ff.
lO.) Qfi^ecat'(ss)<susGetr.
ic.--Q
;>Si(reu!riuLJ lSs'
e-fi/riT-Lo.
^hieir
S-ecs^^p
enifisrSa
^il, s-GiTresiLD
^liiT^ifi.hJ
ysirs^i^SBiUj ueas, (^GiriT ^il, &J'iS !T its Qujisj^ (iFf^a-Loirtar ^sarr^psvQfiih^ e" fsi iki i i^9 iuj ^ei)s3iaiTcr<s^9aiiu a^eSirQu(T^sau:iu^:^
.
<i^ff(T<s--Siu^^sir
^^
Osq^^_^ ^6De
&: if
sir
ff
e^GiTtretaui
'^
JT
it
J'
S lu ^ ^ jsi u^
a eS )ii lEJ fb sS LD IT oh e eS
eju ^1
Gues>^a
&Pi efiiisi
uJ-ii)
\sjifs,^s^
^^
fisiisci Lj eo'^iissr
s 0&!T@p^^Qec
^^
Ser t e\)%ssr il^sei & it (i <^thQiu p ^^Q<s iT^^'slpeuir&eS _jS^sx) Qej^^^pOs=iTed3S\i3(V,^epui^ ^ajif&eir QfieksarQ Lcuiroj^^p;^ =^'9'
^0
euuG ^^ ^^em lS !T ld eesr ^ ^ p (^ LDfar<s= ^ ^G /S trei^LCin uiis Sih UUeimflQpS^GeO ^' saPeyr^eSS^ ^uitSuuiB^ ^ ^^^pj s pp rfl
Lj'i
it
cRt.
sj^a
11
ixi.=Ch after 6.
iSn5'T0^suii46563)uuj5)?*GUTa-LJLS'jijD.Te53Tii).
The
Christian's
Articles of Faith.
1. S;i5n)jE(to/r(rdi<5(7u3U-.a)sivraj6b, esixjreauiujrreaTLCiirn
ssihGojOcaysi"'
jfih ^eOZsjjQiusw-^ h 'Sa-^^^eSiiSld;^eii^eS(^Gei> s^eesri^TTSsU'-i lLl~ lj 6<d Lp tu S iu g m'-in-Qu. SO! ^.^^ s^A^uGoj^i-^^^-B^^Gei -flf^^
Lj
^(T5S;2)O.T57-^i-C,
(ip&i(2)iM
L.
ih
s^ifa^eSuiTus it
s^^&j^ires tlQpfieSiu
f s^9&is^a!ULisu(^
fOiTejpeap'jLjOiUes)'.^^
J5
i^^
^(^@paj(T^LDTii3(T^sS(n)On'e>)r j;pLDf
:sa
p uj
IT 's-
^eunaJiuek ^ Gsu ^G ^ &jif ^ieirujiTls ^d^ lunO ^n'(2)eSie@ ff e e^ ih & ^qj^ &ras),T(UiTS^Li:Ajeixnsjss/S'''' G^ear ^lc^
eiJiTsar
4. Q-uGstTGUiT
^^.TfisoiiiJsj(TeeiriTe
^S^ih
^sjir&rsr
^ ^ih
jtia^
ir
.F.TLJ^^J; jc'rar.TiTir^
hifT'tQ^TsQisiTeur
5-
LD^^^
/f iSJSdTT
^ 5,
TTLJ
^LO^'
^ ^ ^ l^'-J lL L-lSl SW
Lj rr aj
uS
IT IT
iL.
B^&^^Lhue^ ^p/iliL-ii^
^l fi thsst
^ fi n Q ld
ueSitSSsiJ
<
Qt etn u
Qfi'-h
^il-Lib-itl-^
O ^ ojeS&Qf-'ih
S ^eftaj La
tSi
^jf}UfiiBJ ifsiiJ^O^
^Sf^^ireo! Qlj!T fi
(i?jlLO La
Ljcsssreiwfl,
St emsr
lu^, LDaSfi(T^s<aL-.uj^^VLDriQLC>iTL-j=&est{rQujp^ s fi9s> fiLjQ -in ^^^ ^ (J ^en l^Q ear jsu:eiaLiepi2,u 3'
eiirs,^jl:QuirQ^u-Q<ff-
^0&)^es>jDu.^0ssrS
^ n tliLJL-iLJ!Ts
t3iflTiuJ=Ss>^Lh
^ ^ ^ Si
JSlh^
LJnoj^^pl & pp
^<saL-.iLSQe\}
Q fi&j ^Ju^ih
ij^sS fi<(V,&'^ih
b^Q n La^^ujcLe^^
),
^soTQriLrjBiTQr e_iiJl/?^Q^(T^^^',
^lo jf t iL'^oi^/fli^^dJsiaJeiJ/r^
tc^^ei^ STQp^fiQeS^
^bSilS*
sj s
iki
'1
/SiiissiLO
eSj^ajrr&s^Spajifa^s^u
jf ear ss>
u^s>^^
iariLj ld
Lapp
iS^ireSiOJlL^mufl
if
^^
LC.SB'
(2J(2)OfTW ^fEi,
tOiT0Lb ^&i9oiT
ppdiOu ^'Sp^ p:^ @t_LQ e_cwri_/TtLS(5^^'(^ Shuir&i^^&^ui^ eT&) p j}isQ SIT or eS (i^ lj u l^ &) ev ^ (J^ ^ es> aSleO, C^^ajeor
<sir
rr
fS
^eu/fsj^e fiua^ SiueS^'Se)} jBjG fan es>T ^ Q jS S^^Q'S,irei^$', (gU ufis^jSfi ^ffiSsWiLJ fpJs^QTitB jgiriSJaeiT U ITsS SOT a^ (^S 3Q (Tr)0 La eSsi-aiir QlsQpfi eSrjji e^eaerrf^^ ^essiCjuL- ^Giusf&Q^eW^eaeu
IT
P
u^iu
^Q^errOs^ajSpj^Lae^eoiTLCffi),
s;
peuifeetrirtu
p jjiSiO
it
esn
^eun^so loit lu ^^rr&'iis<ri,(^ ^ptap B-eos ^^Qeo J)/ajrre^^(^(SajexT e_i)^^^C G ldit il..F^es>fitLjLh ^&Q 3's
(Si
^^^
i)
linjefsr^DiSi'^Q.Teiir ^ik'^
S. (^6ssTLjLjil-&S^sii)^esieti tSsheuir Sl^Sp&Jifsetr iSTa)a)/r(5LC(C5/r6' aijSfTfanlQ'ipjt, ^Q^<s^ s^oauiiSlGeoQ s^n ^js&^i iifn3&T^)s .sten tijUae^iT ^or
^^
etijsnii3tLhO-'pCjueisr<sis<!r\
^'^v.eS^^^ifi
^ ^'-leS&Qp&in js^lditiIj
Q^ew
LD
JiIlj
uip-QiULapp
sauuLJ'-iiTiT
LaiT^ifi
9-
i^^^sjif&'tsii^QfuSly^-uSlQiTiTL^Qi^s&p&jif'e^st
a>
(T
iq EJ
*. il ip-
^sesi
Gs^rr fi ^sOsiTessT(B^ (J
z_ .r^f a; /f^
&Tt^uGuii(S&-'iTOiTea'
^LL
eSs^aiiT
S<sSlG(2)^'
CT.
^^*!T3ii).
Chapter
7.
A'|i'^,Sl5!5U3TlT*Gtr
^#aFGiUUJTf54i'Ll_
cpigijgj^^LLwaoir.
Church Members.
e^QinriLir
^seo fSsQ
/f
'7
&IT a
IT
^"IsfTsa'u
tS
* &f lu
i7
sj
^
I
LD'SiS fiesiTiu n
eu^
-* (S5
u.
p'2lQ^w-^es>piuiTeo
sl/l^lj
t_n"LC^LE',
,^ aj if jc (cm s
(J jf IT
uj
(? .s /r
aS 60
(55 Lj
G Lj
ff
.ffi ff"
IX ,)M-0,
s i_esr
w-
i3&i^e<rCi(i lj
^^
Qajen irexr
u>Qfifie<Sujemaj'Safi> {unQ^ir^^s'iisj'^e'iar^
V<a^'ff(5<
O S" lu tu
rr
LD )]} lL,
;^ s>_i_6srLJt_n'u3 jjj/lc, iSi.^aS(?.fi^6i^!', esi^eS'J^^A^ih, jSiS^^s^rreri^ ir lo =eV(S'S5''' (Ejs'.ewLJLjTfl'ff LQ ji2/'-D aSilS), S-ihseSi^^ ^Qeo s= fl) dr
pQ
OstTe^i!Til.L-Ui-i<mreisS&0^tT(^^i}i
CT
O-iiTQp^, s=iT^eS^^tuir^LhuiT
^etruQi-JirGa)
teir&
iTLCi^il,
p (J^
IT
^ ^^
epijQajr
(mai^iw
6au:itLjS>a!UjajiT.seiriTiu
aJUJeviBjtsir<sQ^ u
0X17
iToj^
ld
p ^eir sir uj O fi
it
it
(^ jb n iM^.es>^-Q<s ij eier
en
IT
Lcfiujn
euirs.
(ifi
m^*5ca/rjffl
j)i/;_o,(?aj26v)
'^Fiuuj^iLh&iiT ^'ui^Qf^sb^ir
i
^ms^ih
e^iEJielr e^ (Tps^iT
B-S)}
ff
!T
pf iT(i^h
uj(^O^ff(5
e,st;(sa;2s>>
fflJ
ODiUS^Qs'iLJ U(T
LDBjlit}^,
f (ijLflUiTLO J0LC,
Liiaij::^e^eosfi^ssff^ug^s^,safi&iiT&iuiTLCiSli'-^-,Gs^i^tlujsi^^i^'''s
^fi^LCiSlTlf\li-&i.ZeiTlJ-jLh
G LLIT lLs=SIT^iUEIA%Sir\L^^^IUir
^ar
ei-iasetr
s^
fi
Qp ^,t
it
^ j^ iG
^<bSs/S
^^_^^(*i)k., JJ
Oe^'-ii^emsisS
^^ ^eS
im^iu ^^iPu.SiT'diiirTs.
fisseLjLhleuesn-i^uj^.
Qear e^ eai
i9
!T
il.it
fi
tr
Ssiriere^LJ
LL.<FLO/ruj^i_
^@
(it)
LOiTstsTS&T !_/s!iflaSB)
SiTD^sd
^ ^ii^ih
c~r
i-jlissiai
^enrrs^e-^
^swlo
Lutesr eS
s J!r
u(^Si^(T^<i(g
tl,9ajj.
eStet lu rT
lLQss
(T
^'lL G&it
fS9^rr uj/rO^T(5
0siTv^ujQffiu9Si&&^'0ff\LiiUU'-iLiv0p<scT^ih^
^uuip-uuil-i Os^iusaas^eirJ'
GuiTLn'_,i^Qs=iuujLl-LJL-.nO^
ear
Qs^iuiuLjutiTOpesr^isj,
SQ^^i^^^
^tL,
tU a
=ekrsai, &^Guj!Tes)iT Q ^(^^-(^^kO Qp p ev (T m es> aj & sir fT tSI (T^<S a LJ -J L- (T O ^ ^ ^li l-j^^Oj=,T&}^QG(n)Li.
letr
S-sirstr
err
BpjSlsaTUUuir L-s'ieffuLji^iun Ld^iit GunTSeSsirffLcirernGs^iLeai u eSfr (^ lc li tS{ 0- pGs pp Si^ii^EJff(&f)S^uGurreiTLD^.h &,-& ^QppeSu eStetri'-!(TLL{B<^ ^l1jGljIT.s IT^iiLh '^Q^U ^^Laeir ^^ egeL/Qa-fl"
jst^^eijtl: eS'-J-PiTS\tuT^9CsOcO!TLceO
GsjO([r)(^'^pp^^<ss ira
^h^
ux
uOueisr^ssir jS
jgiu>,
_f srrsfflttSiL
LD^Ousissr^em'eSajir'SiliLje&TestsTUuL-frO^sjT
^!r ^^^seou'nrear
ffS4Q.^UJ(i_6i^LC,
fflrayrf^
e_/aS_.er6wra,iLC,
OuiTQs'r eaaj^s ^iikiQ&irfSss&jil, Q&n-'itraisO eSppe^Ge\) Oljitiu Os'n eOeoeiju:;, ^^^fieO ^eir^^ed (y:.fieojeiir Ji^sneaoja eSei a.'(^^,say
OFUJiuyL,
(^^(Lp^e^'MjO^/ri_S^iS
ueArssDTSij'.h
Ge^c^tnO'dsr,^
pJsoajLO,
^aj^(2)iuuQ'-J'ajdi^
lS/dssitlj
oj ^'^gkt&s b^'j>^
<^.
G etJesriirOi-LSST ^'(^Qs=aeOei)G6L(S!xri^aj lun Q ^!r(T^(^ pp ^ est^&i- eisr i_it ^ehQun^ih Lt>^S-(j^&&^Q fin'S^Qs'i^ eOsoQexiem^BOuitdi' ^ili'-^^
(jeysKLcO.ff'uJiL
eij'-C
G &jeizr!SeUj$!T lu ^(i^s&^ p ^.
^O^ LJui^Qujesr
^ pp^6s>)S ^
Qa.e&r(SLh.
oj
Laevr
^srrmBjff e (&},LLn lu
^(5*
eorrairLDLLQiIi __#;QjiayLb(?aJ6wr(ii.
ear
^^sjd-jS, eS G s^ a^ lo ir s ^tue))ajrr grr eu ^ (&r, ^ G &ei]Lj ^ili'^'Sit ain &ririufiia<sGeuea!r(B!OLDohp ^(^{Lu^G ^t ^ojirs^s-v^u i-j^^
LSJir^eirseir
to
p ^istr
ir
Q=ne:>eS
Q&'^sem^ ^j&eS^^
^jSL'ifs
^asirs
Gsjsar'S/sdufssravfl
^C3-:i^Giu G ^&' ^eaiiu LoSaaLc^sn rk^LbuL^ Q^etC^ lotit es'h U S^ iM'^G^<^OLces! p ^eaj^d-jOTaTsuiTS efrmu fits sG euesyriBLb. (?Loj)J/'-C, G oj^^Oi'ir ei ejij'Spw^Gtu ^se\i u^^Q^tki^ii: ^(^ fisOiO (ipp iSiiT ^S^esiiuesiT L-i^. cSyeufr* ^cSgsrrffar Q^eif^s'^siD^ uG uirGeo
iS a
IT
S iLjih or ^G lu s^ js ^
,
rr
ir
as'SfT.
^.
54|^3.TriLfi.
CuAPTEn
8.
ifieaP^&OTigpS^^ffCifTsos^iugj.
S-,
Of Man.
laeS ^QeoriSseit:^ &eOir
Uireir
G ^eu ^sstL-.ujQifiisiaiuSEiriLifTeLijv/Sleiiiu^
^QlULDfTsw^cir.
(
^au^p^^
J L^IT^ jg=f
(ip'j^y
J Qfr^^' &pil
Qpg ^u'l:^
i_j<fi=rf0a3iLyLC, e^eesririSijbyrsfrLa^TTr
z_(ruJ)(T5!50^i_.'i9_uj,TeO,
^euQjF^j^&ee^gptih (eUXD/reur
iLj If:,
eesT
L- ITS V)Lh.
fr
(c^.^
^ ^ <r&x>T(B^'S3reB>Laiun'e!ir6u&'}
uf^SsssSa-i^iu^tl,
Qcsrps3r.
IT
!T
essr lL
^ituim
m-iQ/jerreir^Lr^
&-'
ir
fi
^h^^
ipiiUtT
jurih^&JsSsessr'S^ erodes
<*.
QJgJ.
gJ^^LDT.
!T IT
(The Soul
^^^tfliTsurfflj^
!_/
!T
6L eri
^ eS
isr
jFtriueOirsetjih^
(^ppiBsH
tosisf?
i_ (Trf Q
fiiT
tl_
cTihO pjoTosips^di
^L^jjiT LDeS(i^s;9jLtajerO^Q&i.
&^^sSp^il Giurr&eQp^di^
^^(^Geo^irQsir.
^s^
lj^^u-j(^
G LcirtLs' s^sa^iLjLh^
^^
&^^^
p^
lit
11^^0(2)00! eopO&i
ei^LjLjOii'^^'-c,
^fflsi;(y)^6U/rfi)r
LajspiliOuirfTFi^s;^ iS^^
'^J'sD^iS'^AOefTeQpsuep}^i.
^^G
^^ &
lu
ir
3_.
oj^.
ffl?!]ii.
(The Body.)
^^^LoraS^w^ ei3!TS=efO fieoLn!Tii3(V,sQ.X!i p ^. K. <f /pJaifreu jT, eSiirear^ u ed sj ffs) e u ^ LL u~ Qun- Q^firs eS(^p s u^iLJ'-ja]^Q Ljn 90 ue>)K.^-Jir(S0f!(^'7ei) e^sixitl-tsslju [Li^(^s@iwp^. ^ rp J iMiT^
^eaaj
ct ja'^-Ct-^j
^0^0^^
Uj,
S'eu^, ^e>a=,
^ea^ jsfrir, ^ ff lL S tu
it
ear
^ZbOiljisj^ estSiLjiw^
siriiih,
^Lisi'^ih.
^&jQsuiT&jQ&j
sjTj^'Rir
upU-JVi^s'ietriLjLh,
^SLJu^^a'iisff
^ ^ ^. ^'^
aaiA^ili'iuiT iMirs
tt)
s>.
^^lusuiii.
a-ai^-Stdsy} (The
Qp'if
iSsiiTLI/DQfiLLf
LC!nSliTiluv^xj/r&
^Q^USSQpiL,
.seKT,
B "W
t_/riL505fe'6W'pBBr.
<SIT^,
LailJIT (If
fieSlLiQ /DjiSeh
^^s= ^tUlbirair
Qpirpp^eafiiLjlh ^aip^^i'CifS&tULSirQuJiT^eicihJ^'ietriLi'hLjrn^
^^s
gy^tstr.
ir
eira LCilTii3(^^^
Qpuut^^uu^th
Qd.oip%siT.
(^-su^'.)
(jo
I-j
iB
rr
eor
G'Lci
t>err eai
(a_-a'^
S^^iresr
(aB-aj^.)
js
^ O ^ sw
lS sw
^Q^
O fiiT($^^(V^jSeh p j^.
(^ifis^p^.
LjeOssrse'iT
B ihl^aji^un tu
^tarQ luiri^sa^^^
^^ ^
rs
^, gpsy,
^''effiiSsS
LC .gp/
firrar^Qpfi gOJear
Qljw fi
e^
^iQ ear
^ss>S= ^^(^sissp
p^,
a^
^ LO.
^Jf!
s^
JV^^y ^wi-C,t6w^.
i6l(i^seu^ilLj-kseSp S^^iL9(r^^(^'-h
/FiTSSn^Opsj ^'J:
g^tarr
O^ir L^^stetrvLjlli
i^sSiu^p
Qpuj p&iu!rseLJLj(BSsr.p^\
^^etrQtun i^vsiS'Jb^
g/>?eiriLSs>S(25^(?^
^/SojiSlpiSp^.
js.T'h
STUL-if-OiL/wfei),
ei
!T
^^^leo
O^eSajiriu ^ '2esT s s &j ix, QujirQ &6^!klSk.<Sll. 0lf:^tstrQs=^U^!TtS<^ l3 ST ,S&'?esnUp^u(i UItQQ (2)iJi. S^^ (Jldit ^^_^euLnir{iSQ:fS6irp^. a_-a;^ -6!nB ^ ^ oip^jar liSavr
er^^ U'^i^^Qs^^dJui^iiTejgLh
^a/Qaj.T^sw-FiLj^,
G jSne!r^^eiiiuu.s6>c~i
QfiLp
(The Feet)
^a pjS^
^JiT ^suf^ilji^iTiulJ {3S\isLJ ^U-t^(^S@ p ^. 9st s & (T eS far e_iI-Lj(5^ .TjBrJii^, ^oae fi IT if ffi J i:Lj,S- S^ilTp ^ eSiuiiSieLis (Jen
U ^ ih ST sar
(T
a_.
Sllco,
(The
sr
Neck)
GT ^lLuiI^
^(Jfi&ih
eu!r&j^^iTj^<s^if:>m'.S.
a_-6i^-ici
TL_)
(The Breast)
^^^
OicsosSiuGfiiTeO^ e-KKT
6w
ffi-aj^-6UUJ9J (The
aiejsn"wr
Abdomen)
^^P5
^sTuenuiLiiE.',
(^L-(T^is, FFff^ih^
i'^/LC,
uj/r.Bisffujsgji',
sifl
lj
-*
&
xj ix ,
sraTUftSsiiiiy^,
4d?sw
u-jif,
eSaji;^*iL(x-Louj^
'e&Jilll.
^7.,
&\^it>isiij.
Chai'tek
9.
U)6P^2soTa.5n^^Si<ffC<g=TGOs>S*aj^.
Of Man. Continued.
(Digestion.)
OeuireSiLjoreir
I&-.
GUgj.
gi.<s33r3q#!i?33rLC7^GO.
^estTileia'-JiiSei
^(^eS ^ ^r S-exr.
ff iTesafliJ'iffit.^p
@^
OiicOaJtfJ
Lj ^rrif
^!EJ i^^eftLjr^
^ ^ ^ aJ Q^&r
sir
@LJLjLf.#
<ap.
Gu^.
(t^
s>.^3{x).
(Blood.)
^^^eS)T
eSiu
&i tT
O u Q a u- i^'i3 sS js ^ Setrrraj ^irSuj sris>isreisSp^^Ouii ejniEiQ ms ^0^ lu^^p Q-s^iT^ QnBip^Qet-mirs e&sur
r'
Jit
jy^'OL^if *^(5
L_^5 VfUGL-fTlLJ
J5IT(^Si6l3ITQs pSJITlLjeU'Q^VSeCi^Jp
|^/T^n-^oS c^b ^<^*ct 5 i_J*i;g -!/(? LJ/rgfJr/D.^. ^^jd ai ir ir (ipeir sir Lj(^fi^ir^swr G Ui^'.h'2 LdSiih <5Qj/feSil QineOs^JU L?oJ7S5;) G &i^G -ilTa>n S ^J',sf<S^ i^ p LJ(^^S ^' sir sir <Bi-aJir^^^j^ :^Qpi^iS(^sSsBrpear. ^ajvu^jjntu ^suQ&jn (^K-^ ^^aj%sO\ufi jSrrui
O&jeyr^piLh
'^
f;
P'-j(B<si^Lju'^@-^2-pj^i.
^ ea i S u-i iTiu
^J^^^T^swr
eeixr^GeO
eir
(if-arsir
^
s^e
Cf
^f^mlLjO
j^pLciTnS(t^'S'Sp
s^^ff^^ss^
iLJiF
^(Sfi^^^PS
G ^ns^Qp^irdr.^ ^!f&
<Bii-{^uQun'(^^^Gujir
^(^fiit-iSi^jrr^
^ ^ i!T
Seaiu
^&]-:
^ G^ oj^^
/f Jp'-tis:
s=fiQ-sSp&}^>irs:^m
(_,(5^^ ^i^^'o-ii^&^pj:.
e_e5n-3_/6!?r.'ai3r
^'^^e-^ffil
Qfiiup
luu
m^
e-e&TLiTQt'.p^'.
^'S^^
fliwl
G'iiT'SLJ
.01 sm sj
s eS
^p
u(B@"V p .s^-
aesSTi^i^sJiT
SJ^IUITiLjiEl
S-
if
La IT for
fiLC ^iff
^ S ^_Si^
^ajOsij,T(^-j(^
Qsli pujr.
^ jvldtilS(J^^^j
tSapS^vfii^..
^(^^iu^^s^&j a^
^^eS^^^
liH-^
L^S^nssi
ajiT\Li9S)&j
^sbiO^ e^tSn^
^s^^O^&)itiLj->stx>Tsisr
e_^
JaJi7ffiy_J^.T^
^^sa^ ld ^ui^
(?
0p^ ^s LJUensr-^pSi^p^.
e_^ J lq
,t
*w
^(SA"-'^
su /r
iiS0s8wrp_^<, ^ sir &j uj ^ rr far 6^06Li^arar ^ ^ lL, E-jj/- '^(2)^^^ ^9apjSfi}:SpprriiSQs&) .ft-^o) @(5'^4'-^.> * ^^-^^
^PS
@.
aji.
ai^uLj. (Secretions.)
(jLjiob^^KOT, ^ssiaj
B-^ a Latrear
ed ej^jsaS
iS p ^i?J^iit!i^ajefrif<sQp^p^(JajeixfrL^(UUjfreis>eiiiLjLh ^^eS(Tfj^O^(Sl.aS
^iTnir
'^
e-^ii^&s(^i^eiisQaT&[r ,^
ay-#^iu/Tu5^Lj(fL.
^(Sfi^u^
e^Ss^LLQsireidrSGi-irajeSQSsi-.pesr. s i^^(^{ei(^ tfifO^ e_jif3;*(5Pffl) IP j}j i^ J: S^ tea ill Glj IT fO L0^piffl^^i__*^6b 6^ej36i;.T(5tJ^^iLS ja/i-O spuJlT
e^(^ajea&G=ir^Sp
s^ajQai/r-tj'
^ar&j^^&jriliLD jf&iee>s
s'fiajirjsti.f^Lh-
^O^iT L^puL-i^(^^es>siiS6)
^;^
eeiT ff Ir jT ^
^ ^i^ sn O
f ih
i^> it
Qff&T
epui
llsOuht ^^^^esiL&d'
pQ fi&i wssff
^^sar.^essr^Q ^iTpj^iil, i^s;s^ihJ^ i-^3serTM ^jieaiQsirsriTLn cJ^iriBl e&r OfiiTi^puiSdi^i^f^e^ ^Q^^iaQajch-i^uu^p^ uSiS' eu' it eau fins'
^(Sj^ eS jS fi
i-i
FT =
LD
iT
UJ
.5W7LJfe'^
6p (^ sS
^ IX
ff"
xr
Lj
IT IT
^ ^ k-aa ^
^1 lLQ S(s<f,er
svi&i :^(S u.
iSi
ea'JJ
<3Rt.
er^
*^J^LQ
Q&rp_;j.
i-j
s_
LJL,'araT^0jeir>
^jBi-i
ill '-J
m 3 ai S
(^
SL-Ouurr
Si-
s^
p /S p G
<B=
S p en ^ .^
eir
gmsTLb. ^(TjLOfisf^ww-
eirH^^ei
up-un irsSeO
(^q^^Q ^eiTi_js;^(aj
.Jifsasj
^ fiiTQj^^
C^
a/o?-
^ais^s ^^90
erear LjU'in
rr^
^ LOT tu ^iEi;^GLJiresr ^1
T^
CT. GUgi.
ij
Q ix.p(e(rij^e(^LeinL^Quj
eSsr
upbear
s.&i
ia piSi
p -ifin ^ ^ u^iriiSI ^^ ^,
LJest!r.^piQs^
u.TO-jLC,
p^.
'U^sas'iuiTu.fUi,
tX ,
s.q^
fesi)LCi-ST^6IJjfi^LQiTU.jL0,
O iS
7 fi
^ r ^f 60
LD
JT (L,
S IT L-(S, iQ S (T
eip iei ; letriji
^lLlSo'stOs'Qs^ ^u^
ajessrG LiiS
e (^LD ^JS fi
^ lf^(^'S eveudrr
e^imn isi ^lljU(^iiS(^^^ih^ G ^ireSliW^^pr^ (^^.iU ^saLiu S sQ^iT c^0ajL^iLS@'y es) s aS (g) i)i ! Qsu jt'-inGl^oDL-Si^ p^. ^^jilfldr ^p^VD-SLOirp^i'llQuTQiiir p^-.
^^
^^^
^\. Gu^i.
f ajsaf 3s\J.
Ssi),r
^ sm f
ill
u p jS
Uja
LcirnS
^ih
m^^sO
er
jffu.^ eSsn lEJiLJumretareSeiceo- ^ su ^ 2eO st ei: ear u f^ s Tctr ts-essru-ir tSQ^.^^fT^^S'ifi ^^s^Q^ajfTiEidS^ ^entLeSiuiriSI/ ^Q^'iSdrpj^. ^- fi u ixLj ^ ifl^^ ^ es) e li '-J IT jS ih ^^^<sueO(^ O<Fuj0/)^/r d,
^ ^
S&
iC.
<g^.
^^aijil.
Guft'.
Chapter
]0.
i\j
sir
s eS
^r str eS
Su
rr
^ oj^^ear ^
^^ ^
ij. IT
ijS(^
^S^ih
^'sirsi,S
^ ^ ss fi !T<i3
(ff^S^La. L^ fiff&jeasrii'S'SsSeoitj
&eiiri'EJ-&e'r^j:T
iiS
eijS:^LliQuiT^&jLL ^fsu.s^
bvQ^sil
ijl5(17:
I?
jg
Lc,
ei'
eS ^.
lEj
(B
s G:r
^ueLj6tit>n7
a&ato.T LDr-psaeu^tetLJuiriTS SI
)l!ih
e-sssTQ^Slii'
^c!Tc(Tf.^^Os^l!^pls^'P^. JS U-UI^IUITSSt UirtlLj ^ ^S iDp^ii^ s'p'ihj^Qstr^<'''i'^s;^iEJ Qs&tsS ^^^'T0 il^eOLgO' u ifiO un l3 ^ eq:si jSjJiruj .jjit eO(Tp Os'eSI L-Qilun ilujQLJirQeOsrca^p
ih OJiTit
i)/r
^^
uJ](15^s^-^j5.'.
SLLi-jsa^^r
h^
aSV/E/,:^/r^.? 6)f)
tcsfffl^
wf^ii;
aSoi
iL'*^/r^<s
lS;'^
^iLorew
es:Sii
e<f'
isj
scssi^ii.^
iC.
CU3)].
ei9iij.T^acTr. (Disease?.)
G^ojo^ ^^ixizS^^^xj
SIT
^? rruisrer uajIssiiFSQ^'-Li^spQurnh^
s^
'J
^csi
Q^ioTeSjjir^iLjLO,
es>u.
S' T
Qfi lL
s3 J-! IT
^^ ^
^^jsn&TcuSiaiTiL^La^^j(ifes>'^uj'^^^ij{;niunw(i^-hLj.ieSaetriT'jrut^iiS
^g
!T
^^ As lLQ,
<^
'I
i.^iliOuQ^SAil,^
Qu^y
^oeoQ J5f^&^^
ji^ ir
QpJFeSajesiaj
LCt
riri^iesi
tui^^
&iiTeSuiT&Qr^
iSisftLfih
^ &)p^
ill t-j
^ JJ'T
ff
ih^^ea
inil}'^
p^i ^^^lUQ^si
c}
e!T(^il,
^Q~,T
^0 easrsstLSsiressrSuQ'-jr
Si.'
il,.
_#^lq ^(jj
&QpQ^<r^^'lniTULJiT{^Sij^>LL')ssiSLu3^^iu^sT,^)iLhOi_iiTn^j5 ^'s^
LJeo(y-Li^<^
!J
(5 tjL uj ff sw
fflj
saf ;S SBT
O&nsssr'Sl
rr Rifl
iL
fa
<5 2sir
a.
euL^uiriu
QP^
^ssi^
^ ^esL-uSl^'^
c^sIt
&>(TiEi^@p
g.iMsh^i^^^^ 1 ^ ^ mis^^^
LDpp^ T ^ ^ ^
S'Q ff ill Sp^eO ?<?;.
Q<s=[r^^,G'-Jrr(^Lhui^
eS
!T [Tear
^^ a ^^
Bte))j^
s.sap-
'ieOs^i-'G'-JiT(Bs'pG ^f
eia6misj&Q-e!r(^ffGfi3tl>
iFen^.^eOiiBeu^^Qss
^OjS uui^^O^ ^iLjQLDasf*^), esieen'U Qeu aS G lu <or'l>!c;^'I:Q -u Qp ^ ^^'.vO^^s ^ a s^L&Q^ iSpG ^nO&Ti^'F ^ J ^ ^ i^cn&SpG ^nl O^O (^jS" '^ s: l (m&& p^^ ld ^L^i^eos ssiiu Q&i^ ^ ifledsmeii^ ^ Ljunrr^s;^^^;^s ^ o ^^ sss>/ J;0 is n ewr i^'j^^^ ^'p G ^ n '^.O ^s= ^ J ^ f ^a ^ &Q s J COST j^ a^i.s p'l / irl jxB s ^rr^ ^ ^'Ha^
IT
.
^ 7 ^jSmjis^^^'GuiTiLJeS'BLh.
^^^ i
ssi
"f
ii3
sS (jh
tr
e,Q s
Ui
IT
rreSsrio.Qhi'^'i
nil
^lj LJi^.GtLi^cen
iS
^o^
{^QiS
rr
exTL^.Q^J'aG &-6xr(B
lEJ'
(l
^^^ ^ ^^ f
tsO^^Q I-JPT^S
Geuexr'BLD &e\>^
^S6i;l?g0 ^iSn^^s-ei;fi'^^e3i-.G&-e&r(Bd:-,SiiiE:sC'e=^e!ir
^eajs
LJ -tppliLjil
^^&ehSi-&iT
(T^soiuju(f^^eiDjiU-ip;Siu-;^^L^ij^QrS
c
&t ^iL&e^
s) ibj
j?Sfrir0(_(/OT e_iK/4srri-fl0^^p_/E;
si)
j^j^^^siJeD^. srihi
b'r
fCfpi^ JS cO^ ST m ^ Os'nedepj'S:(rr)l&(i,r. ^iJ <i s^.G /^^J'fi n qA ^lL ep(J eS ^ f rF G iJi'-Uih /S^-aei'^<;oi ^lS *=^^ eOaS LO/f ^iij 6p ^ se: i3 ^ ILlzlr ^IKIT ^&G fiev ^(Tr)i,'S^ i' IT ^SSi ^ ^h U LO iUSOeu ^ ^ (TrU U ^ p^QP^^
ft 1^
ta q^ ^s J^
eii
-c
-'
iff
,T
,5-0ff
c5
t*.
Lo T
cX
.
off;
siS iiie
2eirc5=Q^/ri'
Q,T.
jiaaa
')^2i)v
e,{! i!
(b 6L ewT- (i)
(a-)
a.'
S'lrsOsaiEJjSis
luirxSQji ihGeL&xr'SJ:.
(>_)
^f/tJld
^s
LCS^ ili'-JiQ
oSS! Ci/ii'.
\x)s,.
^^iT3ii.
Chapter
(Of
11.
LDaiP^263T3&^[D'^3J*GtSTGv;B^uj}.
Man continued.)
GUT^LJuaJIl aGolfl! G ^aJU ^8iL< iTT SIT fSira^j^^ a IT J' IT &j IT ear eueo' ^ ear ^eaiiuQjr iuss>s .s'ieir ^estL\us^!J^^e^i^str ^ai'JJaji5J^j'Jh oj n O e cs: ear ^i ^! &r ^finQoj jsirear iQLh-j/jlSeSeuesrl^fiO^'ITaD^
^^
fT
i3 a
L^is^ fi'SS
^J=^
tPiUjua" lu eL.eesrtiTSS(l'U
LLc(Wf^eO e^ileaui^
^^&QQ peiP'.
^iW^U-jX,
U.I
^ Jar6)L0i|iEJiTSKTLS^fi<>'ip jP.
.
th
B'ieii
iJh
s^
^ L La n
(^s
-aj^^oLpZee uurr
i^ ijj n
ei)
^^
i
LB!T li^LJ Q^: fiCllJLtT LasSQf)&^lh-lS^&(^<^^<^^IJU ^9S>LIUSn iiSaS UiiTLDeS0,s:^Ui-ii^S^^, G ffireS^Si'WLnidiP^Sllil ^9Beii&<xr^i_u UL-i^ra)S'Ss!ijDiar. (^e--eu^ sem^'Or ^lS eeijiL Q ji tr fi lj aj en) eu tor
^^
,r
O 61' u- es> oj ^rr ept_n-^i_yi^ &it ^_^s.Q rrSr^ (^J-eu^) @sLO(ar J5<Tili ^^^^M^^eaLD\ui'L.&eSei) QajeS i--s=!Sis'2eaULJlT a iTLCeO Qfi^<sQsa<srraT&ji^^ S'^G ^ ^ ei^LDiTiLj^^TiEjs&jf^ O S" luS si- JD ear. (^@-&j^)jSiTiltuiTfifTiS^LLjF(^,e^ ^ei)eo fsp fii^ir
fT
Q^.psjr.
far
u ^trn ^fiikiitsns^ 'irilji3u.!rLLeS-^s<^ihL^t^i.^ Qfisirear j^ eLHT[Ls ^ fiirLjGurrei eaBJ-^iSUu lLi^^'^Qop JD^. (^Sh--tuj^') u s= ld evr
iP
it
^^
S'foOuiij^il ^iu!Ti3^^(^fi fiiT ^'1^ lS J ^rreai LLr iLJ eS so&eS ^s^.ii3 ^ix, S-srsiTihJSiTeSsii'J:, e&STe!^ ^il, ^(T^Ji8s5rp^. (sr-aj^) sir^<S (gij^l'J <siT^S(^efr turrO^'':0 y#'^.'SBit^iu/7-Lc jiitx, JH^sCfunO^iTQ^ G u. ITS' lL&j IT 3 llS^uSq^ (^11:1-1^ e^ir ^^,Qen en i^Qeb fl^\[^ ai^)
rr
e_^ UeuSeij^fiir^&seir G e p u.es)L-^^ iT&)0'-ji{^!i-:^Ljrruj(i/:si^i_ir(Vu:. ^ear fiTeo S s (S, s: si ^ fi ^ ^T ^:S err CT jot ow Gir ar ^ J u sff
lSI
i_<
<ir
ff
ei)
it
^iTBrLarTiLJSS>euSU^LLi^nT,SJpior. &-^iTS=Qj^eceijSi^ it
^^sm
.ji/Si
^^eoireb
.
^eaeueerr
epeuQaJiTQFiS
OsueSuueai^iurr
ir
(^sh-&J
^)
sS ^ix.
fbi(S'->0
_^^T^06wi-jS^eir@. ^^jQa^dri^ear
pirih
^si ^li-Qt-iiTnn^^^
e^cp-
^^Qsawr ^
Ljj^^^^jeb
^ ^Q ljit^u^,
j
cp (ij
S)aj
!_* torrCsi;^/F
Lcrrem
^lS e<&j'l:
^a's^fiiLiu.iren' eS
fi?
J Lhep(]5SS!!:i^nJ.SiTffes:,
^^^Lcrrsf (Tjsr^LOffcar, it
ear&jiv
s^ffSihjx^Pfi^ it^eiaresS p'^^^(^'luiSi ^kjS'LiT ^i^xJirixcOsTSB; O^jOTCm^rcfj u3(3 = @J)- ^^^^r ^neOjBii ih-iiesi^ ili-p^^ aj^u^^Tsr:aiifeetnriS^^QaJe^(}>Lh. ^^^umeaeLULj p^iS
^^^t-an 6^0
^i.
uj
(T
^rrirj^ir
G(U ^uSsar^Gfi^n^'-iu'^J'Os'iuu^n-LLp:, jsailsicleBr^n djiSSGeuu ily (^i^-uG'-jirtl, e-^Q unQLo.ar ^^&eSQruLjLi:irvu,G & L-&(n)( ear. ^in^^eB a iM mS>; i^^^G Lj n i^ilQun nr:^', ^^^UjIT e: isiGmGuit(^ Quboh jp ^ojiTseiT eSeiT f!^ tSajLi:LairLLi.^ij IT &&T. ^^u^^GiuijI i-{^^ iLK^eV- ^Qil.u.n^^jrLLn<3 Ouaetni^u sr easr^eis)^ e^Q^&d^eSGeOsste.^.^
QP
jB
jgi.
NOVEMBER,
A
1844.
No.
6.
SKETCH OF
BY THE REV.
H. R.
NDU
M
S M.
HOISIXGTON,
A.
is a vast and complicated system. To give it in would require volumes. In this paper I shall attempt nothing more than a brief view of a few of the fundamental
ITi.NDrisM
detail
principles of
Hindu mystic
points,
some popular
I.
The
Pancii.vciiara.
u^:Firils=!Tu).
One
lar
system
These
surr,
letters, whicli
as
w ill be seen
in the course of
my
ld, se,
ya^
lurr.
They
are
A
is
full
of the whole
Hindu
universe.
It is so essential a part of
the
system,
ledge of
so interwoven
part, that a
know-
it is
many
writings.
It is this
to the
number
A'ofe.
The
of
tlie
words, though
name
thus indicated
is
the
him
No.
in every case. R.
Edts.
Nn
282
A SKl'TCH OF HINDUISM.
or hicroglypliics;
as, also, to
many
of
unircne
twixix in
classes of fives,
is,
all
which
on the principle
their books,
or as described in
from
who
qniesccnl,
and
vnconsciuns
of any thing
without himself.
<f^^, or
fpIialUJ; the
all
j^'tr
divine wea-
pons
the Jive
;
elenienls,
from which
material
forms are
educed
human
soul.
Hence,
character of
i\\e
in man and in the monkey tribe, of the Jive clcifvs of the rat and of the sacred tortoise, &c. AW these, Avith many others,
are considered
iivc-fold mystic
power of
on
deity.
its
Hence
on the
er, called
It i^
These mystic letters combined, constitute ix formula of praymantra, ld^^slL, which is used in incantations, &c.
the most important
and powerful of the "seventy millions all of which are simple emana-
as really so, as
is
man.
or as
The
Jirsi
is
t/iird.
the
is
represented, in
its
succes-
In this work
is
.subtile to
the
ultitc,
blad,;
ivil,
ivid colour,
and Kievn.
13U.
A SKETCH OF HlXDUlsM.
OQ-^
from the
more
{^mss,
to the material,
iinibiljle
is
to the visiblo.
Hence,
to
no
efficient
cause,
is.
by which the
through the
organized beings
same
eternal essence.
The panchachara.
in its three states of
i-JitfS'iTtljFtrii, is
development, and
func-
u(^s'm^,F!rJ:,
is
of a highly
ethereal nature.
It is stated, that
"the
letters.
waiiha"
soul, in its
It is
is^^u:!, can
neither he
state,
written
nor ppolicn.
The
high religious
clared, that
them.
Hence,
dein
they
who pretend
follows.
R^iY ingi
in the
hcarculij stale
is
briefly as
pure
*ether.
tjsnl:
ethereal
Param,
a/ivi,
uinxtl,
and
interpreted
to
mean
ences
5
tlie
Then
from Parani,
as.
Paror-lefcaui, LJSfQ^^
and Paror-sivani, uaLLS^&.d, the archetypes include the jualerial and efficient cause) of
deities, in this their
ce<-s
would and
bodies,
souls,
heavenly stage.
of
development, this
is
whole
Jonuatiou' ff the
universe
2.
produced.
i-i,%is-iT lL
The
spiritual pancliaclun a,
s'lil^ is
of a less ethe-
real nature.
The symbols
in this case
;
may be
11.
eSjs^, ual/taui,
^.TjiBu:.
'Ihese
evolved
in
the
follov.ing
;
order
i ,i
:if
tial/unii,
^j^I.
tiutii,
ficni
natham. ^rr^u
a.
)^
(i,
from
^iiitu,
s^,s
u.
& from
ui,
li
and
^, from
u. e_.
284
A SKEICH OF HlXiaii^M
is ef-
Here, as
caf;e,
these
almost
all
innunierahle
are
numher of
in
of uhich
described
the
arise
great
minuteness.
From
j
tliese
the
;
five superior
gods,
Salhasivain,
Siva, Sevsv
e^^rrSeuu-
Espara,
j
froOsLiT"^
liiiJra,
ustll!:
Q^^sn^, or
;
FisJoiu, eS&^il,^iJ
and Brahma,
and
also
Here it may be in place to remark a proininent principle in Hindu system, viz. that man is a viiniatmc imivcrse comHere the five superior gods have their abodes, with all plete.
the
tlieir
proper accompaniments.
spiritual
:
by the
panchachara
as follows
a, ,;, designates, (in the sacred books, and in the and ceremonies, when used in this connection), the portion This is the dominion of the body from the poclcx to the navel. of Brahma, ojixit, the generator, who is seated in the genitalia. The symbol , &-, marks the portion from the navel to the
rites
The symbol
heart.
This
is
who
is
The symbol
neck.
to
the
This
is
or Siva, ^eu^^
the regenerator,
who
viiit/i,
The symbol
the obscurer,
to the eyebrows.
a?^^, denotes the region from the neck This is the dominion of Esparan, ffer^euireaj^
is
who
The symbol
eyebrows
the eyes.
?uitlia7)i,
from the
between
to the
This
is
the dominion of
scat
is
Satha^ivam,
.f^.T.fffi.J;,
who*e
they complete
the developintellectual
ment of his members, organs, and powers. and moral powers of man arc strictly parts
of the soul, as
The
of the organis?n
live senses.
much
so as the
powers of the
The
1044.
A SKETCH OF HINDUISM.
285
Their development'
itself,
is
intellectual
effected
manner
a, ^,,
action.
u. a-,
evolves
BIiull'i.,
common
sense.
tl,
Rudra,
QfliTc^,
by the power w,
Siltni77,
dccisiion
the
w'lll
in
a modified sense.
e^jSirSeul,
Salhdsivam^
by the power Kal/nvn, ^j^ih, evolves all the powers and organs.
When
have thus evolved and established the soul with the intellectual
powers, the
first
lowing forms:
^^J'^iTs^^^,
fFenlajrreor,
/cAcA-5flc/i,
;
and
Power of Passion
Esparan,
as the
Power of Action ; Sathdsioam, s^^aPsjl, takes the form of Gnana-sacti, i^n&rs'^^, and exists as the Power of
Wisdom,
or of Spiritual Ill/intination.
By
successive
(TFj-jreor^
is
ex-
panded into
t/irce
gJsi^lI^',
and
Brahma,
uffmrr,
is
who
In this
is
denominated the fvc diiine operations. These are, generation, by Brahma, ujucn- preservation, by Vishnu, eSa^iL^ ; regeneralaid in
full
way, there
man, a
tion,
hy
Siya, Scuih
-^
obscuration, by Esparan,
fl^a^ajj^ar,
(which
is elfected
soul's
organism); and
by Sathasivam, s^^nSeuih.
five
caused-
c?/i'/;re-operative
deities.
Thus
is
3.
We
come now
to
corporeal piinchdchara,
human
characters, wliicli
28G
tlioiigli
A SKI' CCri OF
HINDI
ISM'
Nu.emUr
very sacretl,
way
7>ni.
liy
those
who
arise
;
life.
I'hese
^,
ix, si,
&, va,
su/r,
ija,
\jurr.
They
and
as follows
is
From
impure
evolved
uj!t,
tL^^sril, is
evolved an
ethereal
this
less refined
than
sidtaniai/ci,
^i^-.^isiiresnu,')
substance,
v/7,
called
ujit^
assiitanuri/ei,
^si^AS:uQiTesiiu.
From
;
;
from
si,
j/,
arises va,
;
from
ra, air,
springs
,.
.v/,
from
comes
lua, LL
and from
7ria, lc,
comes va,
They
ya, ^LcSeuiruu^T.
orientalists, as constituting
in a sense correct,
though
mystic
peculiar
of, by name of God; which is, meaning has not been hi-
therto
known.
these
five
By
first
the
They
efiected.
as arc
From
five
Tiitwas,^^^
e^il, \\z.
and of
or-
the five organs of action, viz. the mouth, the feet, the
;
and the
gans of the Jour intellectual powers, and lijr. i\nd from these From arise the one hundred and twenty-five Tat was, ;S^j-^%nl.
these
spring, according
to the
language of
liie
books, 'words'
'tertian/
Thus
is
produced the
This pauchuchara,
jril, is
u(^r,FiTtl-s=!ru
regarded as a
>ita)itra^
ui^
sin,
is,
and
the
,
soul
or
is
from
tiie iiifhience
of
its
sive
organism.
The
most ceremonial
to a degree,
services,
lamp
k-tlt-r
is
embodies its power ; so that the use of the sacred a form of jiraycr or ino;intafion. In this emblem the
na,
is
r<'preseuted
by
(iu-
\ i
^i^cl
ma.
lc,
bv the ^hee
A SKr:Tcn or iiixduigm.
287
\>y tlic
(ineltctl
rrt, a>T,
l)H(t(.'r
used instead
;
ut'
oil)
si,
S.
fue oi licat
by the wick
nnjstic
and
ya,
ujit^
by the
light.
Tbese
writings,
or
employed
;is
in the sacied
and
in various
forms of worship,
the representatives
symbols of the
and
in-
Hence
the necessity of a
knowledge of
nies.
understand
much
ol'
those
many
These, ^fite
;jo'c;-.v
five senses, or
move
all
the other
powers, classconstitute
ed in
fives as
They
all
controling
who
arc ini-
chiefly
this
of the Brah-
mans and
aright,
j)riests.
awful power
As
being
number
all
divine emanations.
They
are
for
some some
evil
for
various interests
in
life
and
for various
good and
far
purposes;
and some
which are
more
potent than their medicines, though they are prescribed according to rules given by divine revelation.
This paiichachara,
the form of the
usE^sriLs'rr'l., is the
human
This
idols.
is,
also, the
The image
is
deitif.
or goldsmith,
must be established in Every god, the image, with sacti, -f/^, suite and equipage. thus constituted; combines in himself some portion or attribute
tuled a
The
'presence of deity'
288
?KETCH OF HINPUISM.
Norembei
His
sacti^
^^^,
also,
em-
some portion or quahty of each of the J/re great sactis, i/F^^-Lf.r. Both these are required in a complete deity. Now, these parts are collected and combined into one Avhole god by means of this mysterious five-fold power, the corporeal patuhaIn this work of making gods, the letter na, jf, its proper ceremonies accompanying, 'cizrr?c5 tjp and Jixes in the /wa<re,' successively, all the parts required from Brahma, LJintir, and his
dominion.
The
letter
ma,
ld,
'brings in
and
establishes'
si,
what
is is
S, all that
all
eurr,
required
re-
from Esparan,
i^mieLfrd-.
The
is
letter
all
the parts
=fiiT9.&jil.
was A^hen incarnate Avlicn he and acted in the world. The form and character of every deity are determined by the nature of the service he comes to perforin. It is a fundamental principle in Hindu theogany, that
it
bears, as he
human
soul,
action
and
or
in order to in form, to
the
work
end in view.
Hence
parts or
Such
is
Avhich are
Hence
is,
Siva's
head
heaiL of
Such
it
also,
the fact in
Gancsa,
.sG'jssr^cJr,
the
elder son
proboscis,
curved as
usually
is
an emblem or
be described below.
The
is
six-
Skanda, erOs^^cs
divine
Siva's
the
of the
armies, are
eml)lems of
divine
powers.'
In the worship of an
sists
service con-
in celebrating
by rehearsing the
many
cases,
by acting over in
mimic representation
his
Hence, what-
A SKKTCII OF IIIKDUISM.
289
works anJ sports of
tlie
reitenitecl to the
worshipping multitudes
thus
in-
may
And it of man
Fur anas, (historical works,) of multiThus we see, how the higher and more of Hinduism come in to the support of popular
its
abominations.
^yc may
also learn
from
this part
of our subject,
s=(ren:^!B,
the
is
learned
IJindu,
how to unwhen he
avows, as he often
will, Ifial
he
nol
an
idolater, claiming to
Having passed through the course of popular idolatry, he has come to understand the origin and nature of the gods \ and now sees, that the mere
be a worshipper of the one great God.
external image
is
^nothing.'
He
all
bi'ings,
and
The
Sactis, s^^^sir, op
the Gods.
The doctrine of Sacti, s^^^, involves an important principle, and constitutes a prominent part in Hindu mystic science. Sacti, <F/S^, is an organized condition or emanation of the fcIt is a law of divine existence, that deity male cncrgij of dciiif. operates only by the co-operatioir of his two energies, the male and the fenralc. All thingT?, all beings animate and inanimate,
both "come and go," as they express it, by the same process ; matured, re-formed, and finally resolvi. r. they are evolved,
ed,
viz.,
by the co-opera-
deity.
Hence
Sacti,
^fi^, is an essential part of every acting god or organized deity, whether in his original incarnation, or as constituted in the idol.
III.
The Linga.
q5?,e;<sld.
The
nidst
common and
is
deity in operation
substantially the
tlie
same
west.
The Linga
No.
6,
is,
in form,
llic
sexual or-
290
A SKETCH OF HINDUISM.
NoTemtei
gans combined for natural action. As eacli of the five superior gods operates on this principle, each has his Liiiga, Ileiicc the five great Lingas so celebrated in India. The action of the Linga is, in every case, a divine operation. The result is generation, whether it be a being complete, or an
attribute, or
or Avhatever
be in matter or
spirit,
^vhether
human
or divine.
adopted form.
It is this
Now Brahma
operation
is
is
distinctively the
generator.
form
regarded by those
who
the mysteis
This
the rea-
was because he told a lie," that he has no temples, and no distinct form of exIn one point of view, all Linga temples and ternal worshipson, in despite of the popular legend, "that
worship arc
the matter.
his,
though
is,
common
acceptation of
Brahma
Brahmans and
vine operations
Brahman means,
Vedas,
Gsu^sih,
The Avord
supposed, a disciple or
worshipper of Brahma.
The
Icrs.
/ivc great
in the
Shds-
This
ha.s
part of fo-
reigners,
partially
mystic system.
gas,
is
by the
five elements,
which has
its
man.
Tiie
The
five
bodies
soul, are
:
earthy
body
finer substance,
from the
element
^fire;
The
Jive
Lingas of the
five superior
fire, air
and
etlier
Hence
these
names of Linga of
earth,
Linga of
A SKETCH OF HINDUISM,
29
have
giA'en
water,
Sfc.
S,-c.
These merely
distinetive nppellations
Hindus worship the elcnienls, ProfcRsor Wilson, of Oxford, England, says, "Images of the deiThe fact is, that the ^fied elciiienis are even now innvorsl/ipped." while the Lingn reelements, as such, never Avere worshipped
rise to the criofieous idea that the
;
is
S3'stera,
under-
as
mere indices
through which
final beatitude
ab-
to
each
of these
jeveram,
at
Chillumbrum^
Of
ran,
named
above, the
first
two, Espa-
ff^tnieu tr^,
and
Hindus. The three others, and Brahma, iLhtllit, are the superior visible, or strictly incarnate gods, and constitute the Hindu Triad. Of these Siva and Vishnu are the superior objects of woi-cquall}' to all classes of
They belong
Siva,
Sl&jear,
Fishnu,
The minor
deities are
gene-
some manifestations of
have long
felt it
tlicse
two gods, or of
their Sactis,
manifest from
The
who
is
is
the crea-
fest errors.
verse,
and the
last
developed of these
deities.
This
is
The
tnir
292
tloctilne in
tliis
SKETCH OF HINDUISM.
case
is general!}-
dus
to
be
still
a profound secret
to see such
commonly held
respecting
Brahma
among Europeans.
may
this point,
Inrge
from the Tattra Prahasmn, ^^jifSLf^nAirs^u:, a very and popular polemical work of the Siiivas :
Tishnu the preserver But since Siva is the desfroi/rr (or re-former) of the world, generated and preserved by them, and also of their bodies, he is indeed god. As Brahma and Yisliiiu have their existence by emanation from Siva,
is
"Because Brahma
may
them gods.
who
modes
(or agotis) of
divine operation.
As
Brahma and
of
A^ishnu,
who
to
withstand
it,
are,
and
as often
portion
oj"
Siva
no one can
all
To
illustrate
in the habit of
the
fish
the
body of the
(some
assume.
of Vishnu's incarnations)
tb.e
and
the head of
Brahma,
forms which
V. Hindu Skcts.
The Hindus
that
denominated
Siva
is
the
superior
J'isi'inaivas
the superior.
minor
sects,
are as
many
schools,
and
is
as
much freedom
among
the west.
Yet
few,
if
tlie
fiiudatnental principles of
Hinduism.
sects
diU'ci
A'ishnaiva
fVom
each
other
A SKETCH OF HINDUISM.
293
diftcreiice respects
chiefly
tlio
on hvo poinls.
The
/irsl point of
tlie
source of organized
l)eings.
The Sairas
cxislences,
Esxculial
intimately
these In'o
witli essential
ileili/
that
same
in
essence.
They
Great
but
human
hut
essence.
On
is
all beings
are evolved,
souls are
/7o/7/o,y
This difference
course
they substantially
agree
as,
in
the
mode and
five
to
on the doctrine and service of the Linga, on the character and office-work of Brahma, on all these points, and many
others, they are perfectly agreed.
These two
their system.
ly aflVct the
on
all
each
The
points
on which they
do not materiala
Divine Generator, Preserver, Destroyer or Regenerator, (Obscurer, and Illuminator, are essential elements in the system of Hinduism, in the view of both parties.
Among
the Saivas,
rather
ment of
tain
tences
energy of deity.
that
God,
is
Sotl, and
3Iatteu.
matter
in this particular.
an emanation from Sacii. agree with the Vishnaivas Again, the rishiiaivas are divided on the
294
cjuestion,
rent^
A SKETCH OF HINDUISM.
Xovembct
ivuce
it (///
just
what
it
as iLLiTSiox.
There are four great stages in religious life stages of study and observance, -which result in a^/iflh stage, or rather condition,
in Avliich the soul has nothing to
do but
its
to
These four stages of action or progress are denominated SariYogam, Qiuitsld^ and Gnanam, thei, <e=iPi<s>Dfi, Krikei^ Qieaiu^
(Cjn-JBTLD-,
and the final stage, Mahu Gndnam, Lnstr^n-^u:.. Each of the fonr active .stages has a four-fcdd division, the parts of which correspond, in some respects, with the four great The divisions of tlie first stances, and are named accordingly.
sta^e
are Sarilhei of Sarithci,
Saritltci,
and Gndnam of
There are
Sarithei.
the whole.
and
rigid
rules
to
guide the
to
rules
which extend
every particular in
life,
rising in the
morning, cleaning the teeth, &c., up to the most sacred duties. A due obInto these particulars we cannot enter at this time.
servance of these rules through the successive steps in any one
of the great stages, will bring the soul to one of the heavens of the oods.
s^nGeoirsil,
c.
ivitli
God
Krikei,
SiPetauj,
ends in Sdrupani,
^r^wh,
i.
e.
of God ;
i
Yu<j;u7n, QujtsiI,
nearness
e.
to
God;
Gndnani lends
i.
conducts
Sdmecpam,
s'itlSwI,
i.
e.
to
Saj/tickchiani, Frra-iJ^Siuil,
I
1.
proceed
Sauittiei, s^iB^^,
Histoiy.
meaning as Piiranam, LjUfrasbril, Hence this stage may be denominated the Puranic,' or Historic course. The eighteen They great Puranas are the books of direction in this stage.
contain the histories of the principal incarnate goHs, ascriptions
of praise, &c. &c. all of Avhich are in high and finished poetr>-.
A SKETCH OF IlINnri8M.
295
and the worthe popular
common temple
ot"
service,
It
is
the idols
the country.
idolatry of India.
When
of
his
hodij
man
is
is
of sense.
He
is
common men.
If a
is
in
this
state, it
needs the
man
four inlcriul bodies pass off and the man, though he may be awhile ''with
to at least
god,"
these
is
doomed
to
seven births.
What
his
he shall be in
births
"will
previous actions.
According
the universal
men may
aquatic
is
be born.
creatures,
amounting in
part or
to
8,400,000.
Fale, mIucIi
a constituent
power
of
in the
It will, in despite of
man
to eat
the
ivholc fruit
his actions
of births
2.
till
this
be accomplished.
e.
Kkikei,
fiifl<naLj, i.
This
is
where the
Linga,
of divine operation.
eS.asil, this
As
symbol
to
properly
denominated
course, are
the
this
the
some Puraiias.
The
services of "dancing
women"
all
be-
of the
women
called
The
body
;
soul of a
its
man
in this stngc
bodij,
fluence of
second
Linga Sarccraui,
Ijy
and he now needs the helps furnished observances of the Linga course. This is the
29G
3.
A SKKTCJI OF HINDUISM.
November
Yog AM,
Qujitsld^
i.
e.
Meditation.
This
is
the ascetic
stage.
It is characterized
ditaliou!;,
and hence
i,
called
Yoga
course.
The
Yogi's,
QiufrSaefT,
c.
stcigcx,
and
particularly
those of
Avhich
Ill
tliis
nho
we
read.
this stage
hod'/.,
the soul
is
chiefly
its
third
called
c.
soul-
mode
stage.
The
aids of the
Yoga
is
in darkness
and yet
it
has attained
it.
light desired,
;
and struggles
for
Ilcnce
mendicant course of
\vill
life,
&c.
(Sec.
be born a rajah
with
royal
dignity
4.
Gnanam,
(cj/roBTLD,
i.
e.
JVisdom.
This
Gndnam
at
is
the
once indicates
the influence
The
soul
is
now under
is
of the fourth hodij, having escaped from the entanglements of the three exterior bodies.
This body
body.
This
is
ligious condition,
is
and
is
cvn-
service.
The
object
Deity in the
wdiich he
is
is
or object of
worship.
Gndua
posed
to be
to view, in the
mystic terms
the
through which he
worshii)ped.
SKKICH oV UIM.IISM
297
ijiiain, in his
meditation,
is
composed of
U(pjS'fri^^!Til, a. u,
When
service,
the '-wise
man" engages
in this high
and mysterious
tiger's skin, or
some
other sacred seat, and must so employ his feet and hands as to
close all the orifices of the hody.
all
he then
is
nostril.
This breath
is
retained as long as
it
and by practice he
able to retain
an almost inis
thus floating
the soul
of
dcilij.
is
engaged in intense
When
to
the
breath
nostril
is
when
that
is
meditate on the
is
Thus,
for
hours at a time,
this
process of inhaling and exhaling, with anxious desire and meditation^ carried on
by the Gnani, or
rather,
Guana
course.
At length
deity
is
the
lig/it
breaks in
the
vision
is
obtained.
The
with an intensely bright spot, or luminous ring, in the centre The man has now passed into the light, and sees things as
He hears a divine sound, sees the Jive mystic letters, they are. with their powers as they are in their three states of development, and receives a consciousness of the essential union betvreeu
his soul
and god,
that they
now
separated
Break
TCTj/reafl,
man,"
having
light.
life,
pure
He
tites,
tual powers.
ness,
Xo.
0".
and passions; and even from the influence of his intellecLet his hodij do what it will let it revel in selfishHe still inhabits fraud and lust yet his soul sins nut.
rp
298
tlie
A SKETCH OF HINDUISM.
it
at pleasure
influence in return.
I once charged
upon a man of
this class,
and demanded the ground on which he claimed to be divine. He replied, perfectly composed, and without the least apparent disposition to deny the charges, "Sz;, is the sun polluted hi) his
raj/s falling on
a dunghill?"
die in this stage, or pass into the condition of
u^sirsi^ir'smtl^
man may
Malta Gnanam,
this stage
or great
wisdom.
If he dies in
In
Maha Gnanam,
body,
is
its
most
refined ethereal
Maha Atma
or the
great-soul-body.
Here the
He
is
now a
god.
He
waits
when
the
Vir.
castes
Castes.
Hindus are represented as springTlxQ four from different parts of Brahma's body j and conseoriglnall}' ing (jucntly, as possessing real physical differences which forbid
amalgamation.
This, however,
is
among
which are
to
to
be revealed only
this paper, will
to
the initiated.
brought
view in
throw light on
The circumstances
plains
of
the representation
castes
proceeding
from his
body
and
;
their proceeding
from
The four
d( scribed
life
above
the the
plain;
yet
it
is
impossible to
we
cannot
know
all the
The Soodras,
lowest caste,
fourth and
which
A SKETCH OF HINDUISM.
299
mechan-
foot.
ics,
This caste, in
its
many
servile labourers
they are
is
servants to the
other castes.
If one dies in the Ptiranic stage, the highest birth that of a Soodra, i^^s^iresr.
he can hope
The
third,
or
the
P'aisi/ri,
eaeuSiun-.
Liuga
stage,
this
next birth.
This caste
represented as springing
is
One
in this caste
of a higher
One dying a
trii/a,
Yogi, GturrQ,
may hope
;
to
which
represented as
vii/itarjj class;
This
is
the
but
common
from
The
to
Gitani, or "wise
man,"
may hope
and
is
be a Bralimau.
The Brahman
caste is the
highest,
represented
as springing
The
Brahman, as his name implies, is the divine. He may learn and teach the Vcdas, and all the divine Shasters. Such are the outlines of the doctrine of caste, which is practically one of the most important and obstinate points in Hinduism.
Though many
life
pass through
all
ous
becomes an outcast
Its
below
is
all castes.
Caste
people
is
hold on the
very strong
it is
READING LESSONS,
ARRANGED FOR
rKEOLOOy ASTRONOMY GEOGRAPHY MINERALOGY METEOROLOGV PHISIOLOGY NATURAL HISTORY, (WITH CUTS.)
SELECTIO.NS
FROM
T
THE
C U R A L N A L A D E Y A
R M
H E R I N A N N E R I
IL-
HISTORICAL FACTS CONCERNING INDIA AND ENGLAND ANECDOTES LUSTRATIVE OF MORAL AND RELIGIOUS DUTIES VOCABULARY OF ENGLISH ADJECTIVES FABLES AND A VARIETY OF OTHER MISCELLANEOUS MATTER.
6!5T
Uh
nSl
<otfT
A S
Ub,
QtufiirirA^'Tii'^
ojirear^rrA^iTLij
ueu&iT^iTs^iriMf
Srff&S
^Os^iTfij^sr LL.(l<setT^
S'srrQ^if^^-,
CaJjB/LO
^Q^srs
QfitkSusn'iBujrEi
euQ^L^^QQeo
Qujiraj'Tl^i^Q^
fin^
MADRAS:
PRINTED AT THE AMERICAN M1G3I0N PBE3S.
J8i4.
^L^Q^<5tTSiJIT
ih^^.
^5Ofi_^i_3oicG03sj5<3rz_y/fl(^(aJ/r
lU
(F^^lUp^iQ^ ^ ,,,
(?^(?r/flaj_^i&orLD^Q9srrJ<5LCi/r^G'^<5U,
........^
,
.Gew
Giu
^La^ff'iTOSsr
..
,,,
...;?
*
...<^
&{rQLjnh<smsiisQQ pm-<STp^^^{oST<3i}!Tm^(^
Q<g=s^^Q<smrn-Qjrri^i5iiLan^siJ.
,
(^
,u/
c/r/rLD(^iS!^/9J^^^s5f)6^c^(^(^/r6cr(2'LD/ri-(i2/.
di
<SpL^Qj5jB(^ILin-IEJ'SiSljUJfLp^^Q/5jB(c^l^'S(Sll
<B(mQ'Sd!rn'LOQf.m^ihG(Sii
.fi;
t.'i'
it;
&{r^^Q^srQi(mc^-LjQ<S'iu^!T&r[Qi^^p{iF)(srij
!(m^o5tsrQiu<5rLSi^Qi-jn'0, <Ff
Qerr.
PREFACE.
The
by the
or
So conscious
is
the compiler of the defects that pages, that he can with confiIt is
critical
eye
may
detect in
little else
its
dence recommend
attractive
not a finishfar
more
and
useful.
It requires
facts, arguments, and Could he have foreseen the amount of labour that such a journey and collation were to require, he Avould have shrunk from the task. As the work
he was compelled
time be the
to
furnish
his
matter,
whatever might
nature of his
at the
state of
health or the
to
other engagements.
He
time encou-
raged
to
doing good.
Were it desirable to revise the volume and give it a permanent form, articles now inserted might be supplied matter more satisfactory and the style of others made simple and popular. But it now appears as when it
from
the
press,
more
with
more came
think
and
his
only
hope
is
that
some person of
to,
qualifications superior to
it
may
worth
it,
their
time and
feels
to
perfect
the
plan and
render
what he
assured
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
January.
1.
their
di-
2.
(an
in-
Mind its
fore
it
phenomena.
constant activity, and the importance of keeping beright subjects.
3.
Sun
its
4.
mena. Atheism
folly illustrated
bv
a fact.
5. 6.
Naladeyar
rotundity illustrated by
with explanations.
Earth
its
7.
Continents, Islands, and Seas defined and named. Gold its properties, uses, &c.
Ocean its saltness. Cnral with explanations. "/ never knew a man lost on a
straight road,'" explained and applied. Government of the tongue. Elephant (with a cut.)
10.
11.
Curat with explanations. Brief Memoir of iMohammed. Just King a Persian Anecdote.
Lio described
Journey
12.
13.
Languages now
14. India
5.
(with a extant.
cut.)
divi-
an instructive Anecdote. India its history continued. African and Australian races of
its
boundaries and
men.
sions.
Relations and duties of life. 1 6. '''Great ejects from little causes,'''' explained and enforced. 17. Rules for reading a book with
1
Covetousness its folly illustrated by a Parable. Earth, Mars, and the Asteroids their dimensions, distances,
protit.
1
8.
Wise Choice
dote.
an instructive A nec-
Power
defined
and prac-
tically applied.
19.
Heavenly
divisions.
20.
Prinwry
ters,
&c.
21. Divine Attributes named and defined. their names, 22. Geographical lines definitions and uses. an 23. Generosity and Gratitude
with explanations. Divisions of water on the Globe. Silver its nature and uses. Meteorology, Philosophy, Metaphysics, Natural History, and
Naladeyar
Chronology defined. Cural with explanations. Ocean its depth. India its rivers.
cut.)
its
25. Cural with explanations. Christ and Mohammed contrasted. 26. 27. Dervise and Raven a Persian
Story. 28. 29.
human
race.
March.
Practical rules of life twelve. Jupiter, Saturn and Herschel, their dimensions, distances and other
Jitst
Tiger {w-iih
European
nued.)
(to
be conti-
31.
an instruc-
tive Anecdote.
God''s
Power
February.
Time
its
plated.
its
rapidity illustrated
and
Naladeyar
right
improvement enforced.
with
practically contem-
VI
Contejits.
Copper.
tlieir
Miller
Important Counsel
school.
to
youth
in
(v.ith
cut.)
its
Tamil of
Historical,
several parts.
with explanations. Mlstroom near NorAvay described. Asia languages, productions, &c. Fox (with a cut.) Air Pump explained. Sandwich Islands a recently ocCurat Ocean
its
Princes.
rivers,
of Christianity, defined.
These evidences
familiar stance.
illustrated
by
but
appropriate
in-
Races nf men
differences.
the origin of
their
curred fact concerning them. continued with an English translation of both. Ingratitude, reproved and punished, (a Story.) Comets, explained (to be con-
The same
and
illus-
trated the blessings derivable through Christ the Saviour of the world. 18 Secondary Planets or Ifoons, their
and punishment
in
hand,''''
icalk
hand
20,
explained and
of the
truth
to
illustrated.
fact illustrative
that
light.
tvich'edness will
come
&c. Lead nature and uses. Thermometer explained. Curat with explanations. Rules for reading the Bible with profit (1) Bear in mind that
tries, cities,
its
it
21
Asia
its
boundaries,
countries,
illus-
&c.
22. God''s
Wisdom
defined and
Pray
for
youth
in
trated.
23. 24,
26. 27.
Naladeyar
its
its
with explanations. nature and uses. nature and phenomena. with explanations.
causes, &c.
fea-
Modes
May.
Flattery and an unguarded use of the tongue reproved, (two Stories.)
Comets
their
Europe
iEsop's Fable of the Milkmaid, adapted to the Tamil mind. that of the Sun, the 2. Eclipses Moon, and other planets explained. their cause illustrated 3. Eclipses by a familiar instance, with an appeal to the reader on the inutility of special fasts and ablutions at the time.
1.
number,
size,
its
boundaries,
&c. coun-
tries, islands. &c. History defined, and the different modes in which ancient events have been transmitted to us. History of England first era, that of the ancient Britons or Aborigines (to be continued.) Naladeyar wi t h ex planat ions.
4.
Vocabulary
names
Barometer explained. Tin its nature and uses. Different forms of government
of
the vari-
ous Artists stated. 5. Naladeyar with explanations. Proverbs with English 6. Tamil
in
translations.
Contents.
18.
vu
reading the Bible with 14. Rules for reading the Bible with profit. 7th Rule Read with a SdRule Read the Biwilling and an obedient mind. ble with care and sell-denial. The Infidel rebuked a Story. 4th Rule Read it with unbrokCustom a rigid and blind adheren attention. ence to it unwise, as shown 14. Brief Account of Alexander the by a story. Great. Words of advice useful to all. 15. The sme continued. Great Britain its boundaries, 6. Conduct and not Parentage the true Standard of excellence, countries, &c. History the events that occur(a Story.) red during the 6th, 7th and 8th 17. IVise and remarkable sayings of
Rnles
for
profit.
eminent men.
18. 19.
North America
History
periods.
its
boundaries,
Naladeyar
countries, &c.
Naladeyar with explanations. 21. History of England second era. its na22. Mercury or Quicksilver
20.
History of England brief account of King Alfred. Platinum its nature, uses, &c. liain its cause, phenomena, &c.
with explanations.
its
Curat
with explanations.
Madras
tory.
geography and
his-
ture, uses,
&c.
Meditations on sickness. Ibex (with a cut.) Rules for reading the Bible with
26. Excellence of the Bible, by Rev. J. Wesley, a. .m. (with a cut.) 27. Dog 28. Important Counsel to youth in
Rule Self-apply all that you read. The universality of Christianity. Vocabulary of English adjectives with their opposites.
profit. 8th
schools.
July.
(continu-
29.
30.
Forms of Government,
ed.)
Rules
profit.
5th Rule
thing
God's justice
all
31.
History of England. Historical Anecdotes of King Canute and King Xerxes. Metals briefly reviewed.
June.
True Riches
rative.
an instructive Narto
all,
Curat
with explanations.
its
Bombay
tory.
geography and
his-
Rules
South America
its
boundaries,
countries. &;c.
History the events that occurred during the 3d, 4th and 5th pe-
Rule 9th Seek to have your affections stirred up while you read. Rule Uith Setapart a special time for devoprofit.
tional rea<Jing.
Naladeyar
riods.
Snow
The
its
Kangaroo
its
(with a cut.)
era.
his-
tory.
Loadstone its nature, uses, &c. Curat with explanations. Fever causes and kind."* of thiailment and European mode of
15,
its
cure.
to
excellency of Christianity power to benefit the characters of ail who embrace it. Vocabulary of English adjectives with their opposites. The Jetvs a singular fact concerning them. The Thunder-storm find the oak
Important Counsel
schools.
youth
in
Derv
its
cause and
phenomena
Walrus
(with a cut.)
se-
Via
Contents.
Man
in
general
and the
soul 29,
Naladeyar
History of England
its
with explanations. (continued. Fox and the Crow a Fable. nature, &c. Diamond Cural with explanations. Fox and the Grapes a Fable,
for reading the Bible with
profit.
defined.
Elements of Christian doctrine and duty. Vocabulary of English adjectives. Horse and Laden Ass a Fable.
September.
Rules
Kule 11th
Keep
the
Fox and Wolf a Fable. Words of advice useful to Man the human blood. Same continued.
all.
Lord Jesus in view in all you Rule 12th Read "thi read. Bible more than an_y thing else Advantages oi Education.
Horse. Vocabulary of English adjectives, Proverbs by King Solomon,
AlUJUST.
Naladeyar
with explanations.
of rejecting good advice, illustrated by a fact concerning Darius, King of Persia, Same continued.
God's truth
History of England. Moothoory with explanations. Rules for reading the Bible with profit. Rule 17th Read for yourself impartially and without prejudice. Rule 18th In
Man
every passage try to have before your mind the whole scene and all the circumstances. Rule 19th Compare passage with
History of England. Fox and the Goat a Fable. History events during the tenth and last period, and the periods
of memorable events before the birth of Christ. Curat with explanations. Rules for reading the Bible with profit. Rule 18th Read the Bible daily. Rule 1 9th Read the Bible in regular course. Hail the phenomena explained. Elk (with a cut.) Aphorisms on temperance. Continuation of the same. Vocalnilary of English adjectives.
passage. Electricity, lightning, and thunder, explained. Ostrich (with a cut.) .Tesus Christ both God and Man. Horse and the Ass a Fable. Vocabulary of English adjectives.
Shepherd Boy
a Fable.
Words of advice
useful to all.
Omnipresence
defined,
with explanations. Moothoory with explanations. Rules for reading the Bible with Rule ^Uth make a judicious use of Commentaries. Rule21st Read the textabunNaladeyar
History of England. (with a cut.) Cleanliness Good deduced from evil.
profit.
dantly.
26. proved, and illustrated. Man digestion explained, &c. Naladeyar with explanations. History of England. Wind and the Sun a Fable. Good from evil, or the text, "The wrath of man shall praise thee
Parable illustrative of man's position in this world, his relation to the next, and the light
thrown upon the world beyond the grave by the Bible, left as a legacy by our Lord Jesus
Christ.
O God" illustrated.
25. Moolhoory with explanations. 26. Rules for reading the Bible with
profit.
Same Owl
continued.
(with a cut.)
Rule loth
be
1
Let
of
your proper
for
6th Read
October.
Father's advice
to hi-t
Son.
Conte7its.
Parable with
tion.
IX
;i
Naladcyar
with explanations.
Tindal, the
History of England.
Rules for reading the Bible wit^i profit. Rule 26th Make what you read the subject of meditation. Rule 27th Frequently converse about what you have
been reading. Vocabulary of English adjectives. Alan and his Goose a Fable. Condor. Vocabulary of English adjectives. Judaism its history and creed. Scripture Texts in proof of the Divine attributes and the du-
A fad
concerning
and illustrated. Moothoory with explanations. Rules for reading the Bible with profit. Rule 2-d Kemcmbcr
that this Book is to be the study of your whole life. Rule 23il Cherisli ardent love for the Scriptures. 11. Early piety illustrated and en
ties men owe to their Creator, Barren Fig Tree a Parable. Dates of some important Inven-
tions.
forced.
12.
A Story
Same
continued.
instructive fable?.
13.
14.
Two
r<ame continued.
Naladi yar with explanations. History of England. Same continued. tives. Nanneri with explanation?. 16. Tv/o Anecdotes illustrating, 1st the power of a kind reproof, 26, Rules for reading the Bible with projii. Rule 28th Commit cud 2d, tlie encouragement de
15.
adjec
rivable from God's knowledge of all that passes at all times. Wonderful preservation of the
to
memory
Scripture
29th
Bible. 18. Co .'isf/ profitable to all. 19. Human body colour of the skin
prayer.
cut.)
21. Same continued. wilh explanations. 22. Naladeyar 23. History of England. 24. Doe witli one eye a Fable. 25. Love of God defined, proved and
December.
26.
27.
illustrated. Monthoory with explanations. Rules for reading the Bible with Rule 24 Charge your memory with that you read. Rule 25th Commit to me
profit.
The
th
all
wisdom. Five different ways of acquiring knowledge. Thieves and the Cock a Fable. Injurious influence of bad company a Storj'.
portion of Scrij;ture every dav. Boy and the Thief n Fable. 29. Opossum (with a cut.) a<t. Vocabulary of English Adjectives. 31. Paganism its history, creed, and oJiousness in the sight of God.
mory some
Same
History of England.
Same continued. Nanneri with explanations. Divine wisdom and goodness, illustrated in the human body. Tgnora?ice and superstition an
12
November,
Five rules for conversation. Counsel profitable to all. Human body the .'metises.
historical Anecdote. Rules for reading the Bible with Rule 30th In all your profit.
Pattern for pupils at school. Same continued. Naladeyar with explanations. History of England (continued.) Account of the Spanish Armada. Same continued. Moothoory with e.xplanations.
reading remember that it is for the salvation of your soul. Vocabulary of English adjectives. .4i-.s(with a cut.)
ble.
Natural
sions.
History
its
four
divi-
Contents.
19. Minerals, metals,
20.
Vocabulary of English adjectives. and vegetables The true religion the question found in Asia. which is it ? Examined. Same in Europe, Africa, North Pupils their duty while in the and South America. school- room (with a cut.) Xaladeyar with explanations. Vocabulary of English adjec29. History of England. tives. Continued reign of Victoria. iVhale. Nanneri with explanations. Ebenes^ar. Christmas,
^
etn^LCT^ir.
IB,
.'
siBd^.
L/lS.
(l_/:_U).)
(^ei)^^ irirn'mSTsirs'siinTiwa&r.
(^(fliL/^jLc, .j)/^jw 6utp-eiJ .^'r
tkid.
&JihsuQu!TQT,Sir:S.i::
er.
=a ^^ffiEJseS^
Quits i^iJ:',
QpS@iiJ(Lp>Ji.
^emsuseSoir OurrQfjSrjii^il.
C^iTsmLDiurresr
S'^so^Qstrssn
OuiTQ^^TSI^IJi,
u).
LDSLb^eSsr <eQ^ssLD!re3r
^rf)
un'!rurr^es>L^ujjjS^iLjLh.
^/reiJif-oj/Tif.
OuIToSt.
(0 55.
eysar.
QiMeOiTCSr 61J!TQtU!x.
ID'SiS oj <s ^
J aw Lc,
OuiPiu
7/fl
iO
IDS'.
'jiiputsi/DS Sir.
11)
s*.
eSi
s ^umrremtTe>D^.
LLeS^^n'jB&^
GU
,0 5r.
iT QTi SIT
i^:Q iTX
essr(xp li.
eT-s-
G^
ail
1^ QojjjiSsi)
Q jjiQ
stn
i^iu ^sssr.hs&r.
G_a_. u^LoiuuL^SQisv
srrsssiuu'S
d^
iO<So.
!^lrgix.LJlUlTll.(S,
(jtT^^-S-ih.
^^lii.
.i-U).
cffloBT
.
g-^.TiJSOTiEJigja;.
OaL'StreS.'
srflw
uuj^iJi,
iLa-
^'L
-suassBr'.
e_sr.
QsiT^iu,
(i-jitc,)
IBS.
.^^eaT^Q<Fei eiiSisn
irssr.
^SOTTLCT^UJ,
6u
oS^T
^eisressTsestSili
_/ fo
0<fitAsSIuj^.
irjsrLQ.
fiireoi^iuiriT.
ihSlTSiEJS %s<r;^ii^^.
<?Q^LbuuareiS<^iBk.L-^jS.'u
lSc't
jp.
'r^lTe\)IS^UJn IT.
6T.
O^ihuj,
S^j&l-c'r, OsuexTseOiL.
^SiLitrsseSfTL-il,
rO/B.
aJ/TiijtF^ffiXL?.
(_ iti.)
(0.
uufi>^iL.QsuirQ^cse!!)^.,(^(ipp
^Lhsia^iu(l^^<s= Os'tTei)eo&
STir^iLj'i:.)
(Oiffr.
eSsTi
iTsoi
eu^^n' t^&s&T.
J^l^.JSrrtLSss'r.
lOoT.
.0.
Q^enl^LciTiTSjs^^iSt Qui^s^
isSsTL^irear
u)j>/
fi^&n
Qur(^blTS%siri:^p ^ ^\
u}iB.
(057.
S7"j3.
J
a_u).
no
J3
Quj
al<5.
fTIUtl.
,)
e_Lj'SjTSIEJS'^:i')
JijeOsO^
S-""-
^Q^ir&^L^exTLC^SQf^cS.
e_iO.
(GKLC,
Q^^jSLBsem^
^euif(sneiDtiu 0jjiu
.
CHITS'
iLu^p^
iS'^.r
^(T^LLLJusiTeS'ff s<i-i^
^^Lj
'istrs^Asj&^'^i^ii'
Lj3-^<3.eir.
e_e_
es>us.)
e_OT.
,
g^if
tFiioi
eSuj!TSn3-v<ses>/S.
S-Sa.
fistTLJirLiEJAliKinLjisj
^ji^^
U!fJ^IT.^I.
j
OfilTt^^SOTt
^lLl-suSszot.
u)^>
Srr.
er
s iTmfiSssO,
Sh-.
/Birei^u^iuiT T^
(^j::sy SL'eSiLjjjis
(I).
^^)
CT.
eUTiLjjS ^S'^IK:Q^3S.
*3.
L-ieoeLiensujiret!r,FeBriEiS(sth.f/^<^T
(^ LQ' (5 J" (^ LD J
<ff^
/r
il
P (T^ on/r
lSct?
U)7,.
(O*
^ Q^ LL LJ LJ
jBiTiU',
e!r
eS i h. L-
^ ^ LJ
fi^:^^,e SflLJ%ST&6lT.
ei L^ Cj Lj rr ,F fr jTil,
lOviT.
iOa_.
(uiil.)
G?r.
jBrreoi^tU(Tff,
(^^a/,
Sswufiiar
SWLO.)
e_a.
a_ffB.
<S
LDe6)Lp.
eiS>TL-!Ti5.'sn'eVLJLj'<s^^.)
e-<sr.
s:^eO.
^T ^ i^ esi La
iLi
/7f.(0.
Qs'irjb^jjiLfS-
e_iR.
sirp^.
^36Uajsi5.
.
9-.
e_.ffii
QsiijSiTSLh(BLD<iiies>ici,
^^luGu^iusirtl.
Si.
Gsaj^.
e_^.
(RiO.
L/oi?ajss)<suj/rcDr^6BrEJS(^jf(gs.r
eiflQ^s^i2i!T<FrrLLS npemjD.
QsLi^iTsia^es)^ eijirSC-Ufirn^
Oi-niL-iiliuir,^SiULh.
^suQiUir^'^esTssfr,
a)<fl='
.C3D Sassr.
Oa-. e_cs),T^ff;^a3S!p.
U}B.
/()*f.
!L)g).
dJHihA
La.
i0.9i,.
iS
iT icfi
'iSF,
isij
(iii
S /5l sn) ^ m^ G
Ui'Tii ee>
e_iO.
lU ^1.
Q^'trp^i'Ti^Q.
lO^. ^Ss>s>(r&(^jS^jB\
(0^.
(^(}pro?ei>iLjee)LUJ
e-s.
^rreoi^iLirriT.
iL^n ^ fiihi
UJ_:;7;.
&r.
e_ff
fi(r&)uf-uj!r[r.
^^ .Uohjl,
^Si.,
(LJt_LD.)
iBi
e_a_ .^(EsSsi)n-^,SLiG^JFJrfi^^iTisi.
vi. flS.
^ Sh'^ LD^^^
*(75<S LD f7eB^
(^f.Tsfr^iBiLjil^
frsesi<su-jih.
e_,ff<
eLi3iiss:6\>.
(J5^sr.
IBiO.
a-@
e_,ifc
Ms.
^ ^ na
IT
lLj(e^,
RSSiLdGli-IITi^Q^i'
L|1L.LIT^UDT3,LC.
(^moTjBff^ii-fil, G-srr(^iLji}>.
a_.fisi.
'^^emrr.
a_. ^eoQuJiTs^'^asTsisiT.
S^irGsOirGl-CilT
S'.
n' fi fT e\) i^iLi IT ,
IBS.
(^iTcVreulTf^QlU
(af^oS.)
iSQ^sO
^GeOiTS^^esTismaJ^'fi^em
^6US33puaT3ilXl.
cr.
TeiJa)
^G
e\)
ITS' lest
0S)\u^
^-ar
fiedGiufTS^'faisiserr.
G JS&J<F S^t'-Uih.
Si,.
(0.
jfT 63)/r.
GaUtStT-SLDS'S^/S
eiUjSuU^p(^
l^MS=!T nili.
<^IBiQeO!T^^G^'B^S=^^i.'B!nh.
iOa_,
-*/
S^^^^J
gj/Do'r.
^^3Lj.
(^U^GceojrfiriSJ
C1?S
e_L_6B!LJT.
lO.
O^lTpjSiHl^(^ ifijO,Fir^e0S^o<puiuei.
fisoGujrrs=''^-ii>it<i:T.
.0.
G
Oj ST.
LQTsa. lSsitiT-
CuL-ih')
(Tea, LJ^i'.
jSfTiu
^Sifjueiir
iSiiTissiTr
^m)^S\
(0.
^ihi
6WL0.
^^
e.T.
^
u).@.
^lLl-^j^sssf.
^ cS (?
e_OT.
Uj' /r <f=
'Esn >a Jr
u.6D5OTfcr.
(FA)
u
& &
feir et/?
O i5
or Setr
LO f
/fl
eS<2efrujp^i^iOstr6!X}Tt^(Ti)
jr
<^e(i>^!reStu&A'LJuppsir(Lp;i<cL!
^enl>uireafiijLJup/Ssir(ipjl:i:,,
lO.
^^
^
esar,
^'^/B^spLj%sa&i.r,
^HJajr
Qs^lToietsrU^^,
u)a_.
5?(5 LQSS^,^L,
_j.
&.' IT
tl.
iSp
Bh.
QalJ^SL,T,^iSlL.'tEJSSlT.
U
^"ieiri^saTu^^.
ja_=S.
ei^jS Theirs
A (areiTcai
ezn^ jEireS
0Si->u(SeuiTOeareBip^.
"ff(Jf@-
2_a_.
ie_ia.
,B IT eo i^uj IT a
lO.
Os^fTfi/SnTU-Q.
^hS&XT^^Q/S'iF^
!?ii^!Til.
^^<Sk^
GjSfTeSiur^ Spth.
spu'ieejs^.
0<s=rTppiijLL(S.
lOSh>
e-^
srTeat-.,
fuiih
e_/R.
e_.
e_sr.
cS
si aS (ij^ a97
Clc sw 6in LD
^pl<sijweirjTJ=Os'UjiLjLcU'i))sS'/S
^luG^fTLpeSiLULD^^jSfb.
e^uQuiT.B'il.
(lj:_(x)
^luG^tTLp^SiLLLC^pfiS-i,
prei)i^iu{r:T.
0<Frrp^jTil.(S.
^wS>)r^^,G<s<if=fi^^!i'Jb.
Lcir.eixirQpLb.
fit-'cT'Oem jS
LLeS^G^s^^ei^etrikiQiU GfS
sv le^irsmQpih, jSccTStsi wiLjih.
d)^
c^L .L^ei
Qj'-c,
fFOj/raoLo.)
(0.
),ffii-,
/r
jffi
^uSihse\)ih.
st(?ljjdt, 57.5=/?
e-u).
^Qirrruurr,
^t3iBi;<ssrr,
^uaU^.
Jftinuary 1#.
'
'/
/^
I
Samuel,
vii.
12.
'^^^^
home on a journey to a distant country. custom when reaching the summit of a mountain \o^-^^^^':^C^^^( pause and look back as far as his eye could extend upou the/(;;2^c|^Jf^/;y^ way he had passed over, and forward over the road that lay still before him. A survey of the dangers he had escaped, and a recollection of the protection he had enjoyed, encouraged him to continue his journey with new vigour, courageous to meet any. obstacle that might oppose his progress, and careful to avoio what he had found from experience to be wrong and injurious. ^-^ v all men are travellers. At the period of birth ^^^f:<f laife is a journey this journey is commenced, nor will it terminate until at the moment of death, the soul leaves the body and enters the eterThe first day of the year is like the mountain summit nal world. On that summit we now stand. Let us pause and alluded to. In the first place how many seriously reflect on the past year. Life reason are the blessings we have enjoyed friends and an abundance of other temporal favours but above all these a knowledge of Him who is the Saviour of the soul. Again, how many sins we have committed In thought, word, and deed we have transgressed the laws of our Heavenly Father and King. For our mercies, we should be gralefid ; for our sins, We should resolve that, by God's assistance, we will penitentduring this year speak and act with better motives, and holier desires than we have done during the time past. Such thoughts and resolutions are appropriate to the first day of the yeartraveller left his
his
It
was
Count not thy days tliat have idly flown, The years that were vainly spent. Nor speak of the hours thou must blush to own.
When
To account
thy spirit stands before the throne. for the talents lent.
sin.
But number the hours, redeemed from The moments employed for heaven
:
Thy
evil thy daj"s life, a toilsome but wortldess scene. For a nobler purpose given.
have been.
Life's
waning hours,
As they
Oh, rouse thee and live nor deem tliat man's age Stands in the length of his pilgrimage, But in days that are truly wise.
Jfanttury %d,
'Whatsoever thy hand findeth to do, do
it
Ecdesiastes, ix.lO.
AN ESTATE,
Hflf?
^^
AN ESTATE
certain
power
to cultivate
amount
possessor of a landed estate, with the as he willed, and to derive from it any of revenue his ingenuity or labour might obtain ; 3'et
it
man became
that an enemy vvas entitled to take away with this condition a certain portion of it every day, until the whole was gone. What, think you, were the thoughts, and what the conduct of Did he not endeavour to this man concerning his property ? discover by what means he could put it to the best account Reflecting that each day before it should pass out of his hands ? it was becoming less, and that the smaller its extent, the smaller would be the return it might make, did he not till, and soav it, and use every possible exertion for gaining from it the greatest amount of advantage. "If a wise man, such was his course,"
Time is that estate. You are its you exclaim. Now listen It is constantly being taken from you. Soon all present ownerImprove it now. "Fear God and keep His comwnll be gonemandments-" Do this, and when the last instant of time is seized away, an eternity of joy will open before you.
!
is the most subtle but the most insatiable of depredaand by appearing to take nothing is permitted to take all. Time is the cradle of hope but the grave of ambition is the
Time
tors,
they dread to the one and all they desire to the other. Like Cassandra, it warns us with a voice that even the sagest discredit too long, and the silliest believe too late. AVisdom walks before it, opportunity with it, and repentance behind it. He that has made it his friend will have little to fear from his enemies; but he that has made it his enemy will have little to hope from his friends.
all
Be wise to-day,
'tis
madness to
defer.
Afatt/uir,
v. 45.
Though the sun is the centre of a vast number of revolving spheres it is itself ever moving ; first, round the common centre of all bodies belonging to our system : second, on its axis: third, towards the constellation Hercules.
That science which treats of the forms, distances, and appearances of the heavenly bodies, is called astronomi:/ It is a noble, for it treats of the most very noble and useful science magnificent of the Creator's works itsefid, for it assists the mariner when voyaging upon the sea, the traveller when traversing
.
foreign and unknown countries, and the historian in ascertaining the dates of events that are past. The sciences of geograph}-, chronology, and navigation are intimately connected with astro-
nomy.
their
profit.
We
would commend
attention.
They
will
this science to all who can give it derive from it both plcasxn-e and
is
mad."
JTanttitry 4f/i.
"The
fool liath said in his heart there is
no God."
Psalm,
xiv. 1.
An astronomer had a friend who denied the existence of a God. Notwithstanding the philosopher's repeated and cogent arguments, his friend was unconvinced. At length he devised a plan that would, he hoped, carry conviction to the skeptic's mind. He constructed a miniature celestial globe, and placed it on his table. When his friend called at his house, he asked the astronomer, "where he got his globe, and who made it ?" "1 got it no where, no one made it," was the reply. "No one made it what can you mean ? Surely you must have obtained it from some one," said the friend. The philosopher looking seriously at his erring companion, said, "can you deny that this little ball made itself, and yet can you say that the sun, the moon, the planets, and this earth came by chance V The skeptic saw his dilemraa, confessed himself coiivinced, and acknowledged that there must be a God who created and sustains all things. Reader you, without doubt, believe that there is Are you performing the duties you owe to Him ? These a God. duties are to "worship Him in spirit and in truth" "to love Him with all your heart," "to fear Him and keep His commandments." These things do, and He will be thy friend for!
ever
God is termhaye said that astronomy is a noble and useful science, but far more noble and more profitable is that of theology, for it treats not of the most splendid of created
The
science that treats of the attributes, &c. of
ed theology.
We
It is a science more usethan all others, because it pertains to the eternal interests of each member of the human family. He who has not the time, opportunity, or inclination to study the other sciences, may yet be a good man, but that person is not prepared to dwell in God's presence after death, who will not, while he lives, study His
Acquaint thee,
O mortal! acquaint thee with God, joy, like the sunsliine, shall beam on the road. peace like the dew drop, shall fall on thy head. sleep like an angel, shall visit thy bed. O
mortal, acquaint thee with God,
Acquaint thee,
And He shall lie with thee when fears are abroad. Thy safeguard in danger that threatens thy path. Thy joy in the valley and shadow of death.
'^Tlie
Lord God
is
Psalm, Ixxxiv.
1 1.
Who
can look at
tlie
and acknowledging the power and goodness of God. AVhat power less than that of Omnipotence could have created, and through so many ages have sustained a hody of such dimensions and capahilities. The sun displays not only the power but the goodness of the Creator. IIow great the pleasure and benefit we derive from light and heat and colour but of these the sun is the fountain. Surely He who created the sun, and who through it grants us so many and valuable blessings, is worthy of owx worship, and our grateful praise and love. But many in every age have fallen into a serious eiTor upon this point the error is that of supposing, that not only is the Being who created the sun to be reverenced, but a certain amount of homage is due to the orb That is a dangerous mistake. It is worshipping the creaitself. ture which is idolatry and was the earliest form in which that Let us careprevalent and fatal sin showed itself in our worldfully avoid this and all other forms of creature Avorship, for they place an insmmountable barrier between our souls and heaven. But let us re"Idolaters cannot enter the kingdom of God." member the words of Moses addressed to the Jews, "Take ye therefore good heed unto yourselves lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when thou seest the sun, moon, and stars, even all the hosts of heaven, should be driven to worship them and serve them." (Deut. iv- 19.) Let our conduct while on earth be such, that when death removes us hence, Ave may enter that Avorld where "the righteous shine forth as the sun in the
!
kingdom of
their Father."
The planets and other heavenly bodies, also the aerial and meteorological phenomena, will in future numbers of our paper be treated scientifically and practically their philosophy stated, and tlieir bearings upon man's relation to his Creator, and consequent duties specified. Such an examination cannot but be interesting to all who are at all desirous of seeing God as He displays Himself in His varied and impressive works. These are thy glorious works. Parent of good.
Almighty, Thine this universal frame. Thus wondrous fair Thyself how wondrous then. Unspeakable, who sittest above the heavens To us invisible or dimly seen In these Thy lowest works, yet these declare Thy goodness beyond thouglit and power divine. Tliou Sun of this great world, both eye and soul Acknowledge Him thy greater, sound His praise, On thy eternal course both when thou climbest. And when high noon has gained, and when thou fallesi.
:
"
"Oh
Loi'd
it
abideth."
Psalm, cxix.
90,
As the earth moves round the sun, sometimes one part is This is turned towards that orb and sometimes another part. All the time that a certain place the cause of day and night. is nest to the sun, to the inhabitants of that place it is dai/, when by the earth's motion it is turned away from that place it is 7iighf. The length of day and night is difterent in difi"erent The cause parts of the j'ear, and different parts of the world.
of this phenomena and other things pertaining to the earth will explain at another time.
we
as also of the
science that treats of the nature and form of the earth, various countries, seas, &c. upon its surface, is termed geography. It is a science which the young should study with great care, for without a knowledge of geography, books
that treat of other nations can be read with but little interest or profit. It is our intention to present our readers with consecWith this we shall utive articles on this important subject.
The
An opportunity will thus be connect history and chronology. afforded of bringing to the notice of our readers a greater number of facts relative to the events of all ages and countries which will be found, we trust, interesting and instructive-
Jfiinuavy Hth,
'Happy
is
the
man
tliat gettetli
understanding."
Proverbs,
iii.
13.
USES.
liira
blesses
Who
it
giA'es
to kno^vledge it is different, for owner's losing possession of it, this gift may be By constantly giving away freely imparted and yet not lost. gold and silver, the stock is diminished but by giving away learning it so far from being reduced, is rather the more increased. Learning cannot, like riches, in any way be lost, or squandered away, or stoleu. Like a good counsellor, learning teaches us to beware of approaching evil, and shows us its consequences and if, unfortunately, trouble should at any time overtake us, it then gives us good advice. Learning is the associate and intimate
in respect
"without the
companion of the
possessor.
torch gives light in darkness, so amongst men does the light of learning. Again, as when you light a candle from
so by communicating another, the latter is not extinguished information, the darkness of another blind man is removed, and there is no loss to the person who enlightens him.
",
Asa
He who
by
ability.
it
according to
Let the young remember these important truths- T^"e are not sure that we have acquired a knowledge of any subject until we attempt its communication to others. What we can give we
know
that we have got. The memory, like the body, is strengthened by exercise. Each time that a pupil recites his lesson to his teacher, he has increased assurance that he has acquired that lesson, and the recitation of it has fastened it more deeply in his
own memory.
There are some persons who seek to get knowledge but are They only listen, but never unwilling to impart it to others. speak. In the following significant stanza the poet compares such persons to the sand on (he sea-shore
Some
Say
act
upon
this
prudent plan.
little and hear all you can; Safe principle hut hateful. So barren sands imbibe the shower. But yielding neither fruit nor flower, Unpleasant and ungrateful. Cowper,
Jfanuttry ^th^
"Worship Ilim that made the
sea,"
Revelation, xiv.
7.
PHENOMENA OF THE
SEA.
About two-thirds of the surface of the earth is covered A\ith This water is congregated sometimes in large and somewater. times in small portions. The large bodies of Avater are called oceans the smaller ones are called seas, gulfs, lakes, rivers, ^-c There are five oceans the Atlantic, Pacific, Indian, Northern and Southern. There are several phenomena connected with the ocean worthy of our notice. These are its extent, its strength, its restlessness, its taste, its colour, its un variableness, its depth, its tides, its currents, its phosphorescence, its inhabitants and its utility. will briefly notice each of these phenomena.
We
can look across the the aid of a magnifying glass we can see across many lakes and bays ; but though we ascend the highest mountains and have the assistance of the most powerful telescopes, we cannot see across the ocean- The Atlantic Ocean is 2,300 miles broad. The Pacific Ocean is'l 0,000 The Indian Ocean is 4,000 miles broad. These miles wide. oceans are also many thousand miles in length.
First
The
extent
of the Ocean.
We
By
Second Phenomenon The strength of the Ocean- When a is on the land it requires all the strength of many strong men and beasts even to stir it, but when launched into the ocean it sits like a bird on the surface of the water, and is tossed up and down with perfect ease. The ocean can hold up all the ships, and those most heavily laden that can be placed upon it. Besides this, if a ship after being finished must be taken to pieces, it requires the labour of many persons for a long time to do it; but the ocean can in a few hours break to pieces the strongest How great is the power and strength of the ocean! ships.
ship
Third Phenomenon The restlessness of the Ocean. Whoever saw the water of the ocean for an instant still. Its movements are different in degree at different times, but they always existThe Prophet Isaiah compares the heart of a wicked man to the sea, because it is never peaceful never happy. (Ivii- 20.)
The
bers of
other
oui-
phenomena
of the sea
we
intend in future
num-
paper to consider.
10
"Attend
to
know understanding."
Proverbs,
iv, 1.
'As the
letter
is
the
first
of
all
so the eternal
2.
God
is first
in the universe.
to those
What
is
profit is
knowledge
who worship
not Ilim
who
3.
pure Intelligence.
inefiable Jehovah.
ThC' great (in spirit) will alone attempt to do those ways difficult to be done. The mean (those who are deficient in mental energy) will not attempt those things which require energy and perseverance.
4.
which are
5.
To the
full
extent of your
abilitj' (at
all
times and in
all
ways) practise
6.
virtue.
at
Say not we will make choice of a virtuous course of life some future period. Be virtuous now; in the hour of death she will be to you an undying help.
"The Cural of TiravuUavur is held in the highest veneration by the Tamil people- The writer of it is deemed an incarnation of wisdom. It is called the first of works, from which Avhether for thought or language, there is no appeal. The author's style is in general dignified, though he at times descends to puerilities." (Rev. J. Drew.) From this work we intend to select consecutively the most important maxims, and those that bear most directly on the relative duties of life. It should be remarked, that it is impossible to give in English the energy and elegance to a Tamil poem that it has in the original- The translations we shall present, are from the pen of that ripe scholar, the Rev. J. Drew, who has given an English dress to 24 chapters of the work, and intends to issue a second volume should his health allow of a return to India.
,
free
for
late Mr. Ellis published some portions of the Cural with and elegant (poetic) translations- Both works will repay a careful reading. The energy of a strong mind and the necessity
The
a Divine Revelation will equally manifest themselves in every chapter of this classical production-
11
*llHHti*y
"Many
false
lOth,
Mat/hew, xxiv. IL
him His Prophet. His wife was at first increduand several of his servants became his In the year 622 his uncle died, and the protection disciples. afforded by his power as the Chief Magistrate of Mecca being withdrawn, the people so persecuted him that he was obliged to
and
to appoint
This event is called the Hejira, and from it flee to Medina. the Mohammedans reckon their time- The people of Mecca received him joyfull}', and great numbers became his disciples. He placed weapons of war in their hands and led them against and after many battles he compelled all the Arabs his enemies He died to submit to his authority and embrace his religion. Multitudes flock to his at Mecca in the 63d year of his age. sepulchre annually.
;
This pilgrimage is so necessary a point of practice that, according to a tradition of Mohammed, he who dies without performThe same is exing it may as well die a Jew or a Christian. pressly commanded in the Koran.
In succeeding numbers we propose to consider the inconsisteucy, the ambition^ the crafdness, the sensvality, and the cruelty of Mohammed, as opposed to the consistency.^ the hitmilily^ the frankness-, the ijurity^ and the benevolence of Christ. Then will follow comparative views of the Scriptures and the Koran and the effects of the two religions on the intellects, the morals, and the happiness of mankind. It is our wish and purpose to treat the whole subject with simplicity, candour and kindness.
12
JfanuaTy
'Bles-iii'^s
S 1 th.
are
Proverbs, x.
6.
There are many peoj)le who do not think it worth while to attend to what they are doing except upon great an! important occasions forgetting tliat ha]i})iiiess and virtue consists in those ^ trifiiiig occurrences of which human life is made up.
;
ought to desire that every one with whom we are in any connected, should enjoy all the ri<ihtsi privileges, and advantages of everv kin w hich tiiey are f lirl y entitled to; and we ouuht to avoid doing ourselves, and to discouraiie others from
We
way
doing any wrong whatever to any one. especially to the weak It is one of the Divine attriand defenceless. Thisis /tf.v//ce. butes, and whoever would be like th; t perfect and glorious being, must be just in all the relations he sustains both to God and to If it is unjtist to disrejian! the claims that our his fellow-men. fellow-men have upon us, how much greater is the injustice of which they are f;uiltv, who fail to perlbrm the duties they owe to their Heavenly Father, Benefactor and King
<Jnntiary
"The
\^tli.
goeth about seeking
whom
he
1
may
I
devour.'
etir. V. 8.
A LION.
l^^MmdWki^
LION,
The lion was c^nsMereil In' the ancients and is hy the moderns as the king of be 1 si.1 Tiiis r;iiik it holils hy reason of its majestic :i[)pi-;nanc(' anl }:i;;!iiitic strength 'I'he lion and lioness
diffr-r sonievviiaf in appe.iranc<' :>nil <Iispositif>n.
'I'he lion
though
the
stroiiifest
and most
7
t"erocii>us
of
lieasts is
measurement of
to the nos*' as
is
a lull sfrown
feet. an<l its
tlie
tail
society of
men,
They now inliahit Africa, :ind dov\n they decrease in numh rare at times to he found in tht' des-rts of Fersi:-, In ia, and They prt^y on horses and hirjio quadrupeds and when Japan pressed hy huntjer on men. They are afraid of the flame, therefore travellers protect themselvi s on tht ir journies hy keeping biirnin;,' around them at niglit a hir^^e fire 'I'he roar of the lion and friorjitcns all \vho hear it. .\s most animals fear is terrifi and avoi'l the lion, !k; seizes upon his prey stealthily, creeping towards them like a <'at. and then leapin;j: u])on them with a IreWlien we carcfu'Iy consider t'les'^ characteristic int-n lous liound features and habits of tlie lion, we are not .surorised that the wise used this animal as an appropriate emiilem of the devil. Let us he as watchful of tiie cue as we >iould he of the other.
mm
It is intended to present to
all
of the
most important of the animal creatitm -heasis, birds, fishes and ins -cts. with a description of their forms, disposition-, habits, places of residence, and other peculiarities. F>ach sketch, so far as our means will allow, will he accompanied hy a cut that may aid the reader in forming a more distinct idea of the animal about which he is reading.
14
"The
wliole earth
was
of one language
Genesis, xi.
1.
LANGUAGES.
created man He gave to him not only the poAver of speech, (thus distinguishing him from and elevating him above the dumb brutes) but also a language in which to express his thoughts and feelings. The language thus divinely bestowed is supposed to have been the Hehreiv. During the
articulate
When God
2,000 years
mankind conversed
at
in that tongue.
different!
There are
present
80
different
great number of associated dialects in use among the inhabitants of our world. If we are desirous of learning the origin of this remarkable change, we must turn to the Scripture
Uistory as given by Closes, and there we learn that when the Ancients incurred the Divine displeasure by attempting to erect a tower that their name might not be forgotten, God punished them by confounding their language, so that they could not understand each other's speech, (see Genesis xi- 1 Hence the 9.) change we now behold. In Asia, and the adjoining islands, the principal languages are Syriac, Arabic, Sanscrit, Tartarian, Chinese, Boli, Malay, Tamil, &c. &c. On the continent of Europe, they are English, French, Spanish, German, Italian, Portuguese, &c. &c. In America^ the English, Spanish, and India (or those of the aboriginal tribes). In Africa, the Berba i\Iandingo, Amina, Congo, Caffree.
Concerning these languages we remark two circumstances (1) Those most extensively in use are the English, French, Chinese and German. (2) The Old Testament Scriptures were written in Hebrew, and the New Testament in Greek. (3) In all languages the first letter of the alphabet is AHence the couplet of the Tamil sage Tiruvalluvar. is the "As the letter first of all letters, so God is the highest being in the universe."
'
There are other important respects in which the inhabitants of the several continents and countries differ from each other such as colour, figure, religion, modes of domestic life, forms of government, &c. These we intend to point out and illustrate in future numbers of our paper-
15
nFunutry
\-1tth,
Psalm,
Ixxii. 11.
name
desh, (2) Gondwana, (3) Berar, (4) Orissa, (5) Aurungabad, (6) Beder, (7) Hyderabad, (8) Northern Circars, (9) Bejapoor. Fourth Division, South India which is subdivided into, (I)
Dooab, (2) The Ceded Districts, (3) Northern Carnatic, (4) Kanara, (5) Mysore, (6) BaramahaJ, (7) Salem, (8) Central Carnatic, (9) Malabar, (10) Koorg,(ll) Coimbatoor, (12) Southern Carnatic, (13) Travancore. The Rivers of India are the Indus, the Sutledge, the Jumna, the Ganges, the Brahmapootra, the Nurbudda, the Tuptee, the Muhanuddee, the Godavary, the Kistna, the Toombudra, the Pennary, the Palar, the Cavery. N. B. Of these rivers the Brahmapootra is the longest. In the year 1 822 this river overflowed its banks, and 37,000 men and women were destroyed by In the river i\Iuhanuddee, diamonds of good quality the flood. The Ganges is considered sacred by the Natives of are found. this country, who visit it in multitudes annually to bathe in its
waters.
(To be continued)
it
We deem
of
first
that our readers should be well acquainted with their own country, its geography, histor}', commerce, resources, and relations to "India," therefore, in some of its relations, will other lands.
form a place in each number of our periodical- It may not be untimely to mention in this connection that a small volume entitled "An Introduction to the Gebgraphij and History of India," compiled with great labour and care by an oflicer of the Madras Army, and edited by the Rev. A. R. Symonds, M. A., has lately We would been issued from the American Mission Press. strongly recommend the work to all Instructors of Native youth.
They
Avill
find
it
a valuable assistant,
16
Jfanuary
1.5th,
tlie higlier
powers."
Romatis,
xiii. 1.
LIFE.
Each individual of the human race sustains certain relations God and to his fellow-men. Connected with and emanating from these relations are many important duties to know and The highest practically regard, which is his first obligation.
relation man sustains is to God., and this is the relation of a creature to his Creator, of a subject to his king, of a beneficiary All men live, and move, and have their being to his benefactor. in Him, their Heavenly Father. He is King over the whole earth. From Him cometh down every good and every perfect
gift.
As
shalt love
to
all
Him
affection
"Thou
thy heart,
mind, and
King all owe to Him loi/al atlachment. owe to Him grateful praise. These They are duties spring out of the relations men stand to God. related likewise to their fellow-men. All are children, some are husbands, some are wives, some are masters, some are servants, some are rulers, some are subjects. These relations give rise to many duties. Thus children must honour their parents. Parents
strength."
As
their
As
should instruct and discipline their children. Masters should be to their servants. Servants should be faithful to their masters. Rulers should be just to their subjects. Subjects should be loyal to their rulers. Thus all should be faithful to each other.
kind
Of these duties, especially those due by the Hindus to their rulers, we will speak more fully at another time. In the mean time
lay these things to heart.
introductory to a series of articles on the relations and Hindus to their Rulers from the Queen, through all ranks of their Governors, to the lowest Native oflicer to whom they are directly amenablegentleman in the Civil Service of the Presidency has kindly prepared for us an able article on this subject, which with the assistance of published works at our command -will enable us to he full and correct on this important subject. Much of the unhappy oppression that now exists in agricultural districts would be removed were the community better informed in their relations and privileges ns citizens of an enlightened Christian government. Their ignorance is in this and other respects, their ruin.
This
is
duties of the
"Beliold
how
great a matter
:i
little fire
kindlcth."
James,
iii,
5.
How small a thing is a spark of fire but of what injurious consequences may it be the cause For example Here is a viUage of closely located thatched houses. A spark of fire falls upon the roof of one of them it is soon consumed, together with others to which it is attached and all the eflects they contain. -Again, here is a fort fully garrisoned. In the centre stands the magazine-house stored with powder. A spark of fire is com!
municated to a grain of that po^vder the whole is instantly ignited the fort is blown to pieces and hundreds of lives are in a moment destroyed. The seed of the oak and the banyan are very small, but how large are the trees that spring from them. There are important subjects of a practical kind to which these illustrations may be applied. How great harm may arise from wrong words. For example A ship is returning from a long voyage. It is passing a dangerous reef of rocks. The man who is watching on the bow calls to the helmsman, "steer to the east." It was a mistake- He should have said, "steer to the west." But it is too late', the error is committed. The ship strikes upon the rock, and a multitude of immortal beings sink to rise no more. Be careful of your words a sentence not uttered as it should be may do great harm; it may inflict a wound upon the friend you dearly love, and may greatly injure your character and long disturb your peace. Said a wise man of old, "I will take heed to my ways Again that I sin not with my tongue j" an important resolution A man went to an be careful of your actions ! For example The druggist took down a apothecary's shop to obtain medicine. It was by bottle, poured out the liquid and gave it to him. Be careful mistake poison. The man drank it and died. what you do as well as what you say- Remember that great Remember the important efi'ects spring from trifling causes.
we must,
all for
in the last day, render a strict our words and actions while on
This
is
the
first
of a series of IMaxims
we
propose
to
consider
in this illustrative
and
practical
way, such as
Honest}'
is
Be
They
that honour God will He honour, (todliness is profitable unto all things. The fear of the Lord is the beginning of wisdom.
Do
as
bv, &c.
15
SONG-SOrPHAISE,
BY WESLEY ABllAHAM,
A NATIVE POET, FORMERLY CALLED ARUMUGA TAMBIRAN, SOMETIME OVERSEER OF TARMAPUEAM, NEAR TANJORE, WHO, AFTER BEINO ENGAGED FIFTY YEARS IN VISITING HOLY PLACES, AND IN
INSTRUCTING DISCIPLES,
WAS PUBLICLY
BAPTIZED IN THE WESLEYAN CHAPEL, MADRAS, ON THE FIRST SUNDAY IN AUGUST, 1836.
ISAIAH XII. 1, 2.
And in that day thou shalt say, O Lord. I will praise thee though thou wast angry with me, thine anger is turned away, and tliou comfortedst rae. Behold, God is my salvation ; I will trust, and not be afraid for the Lord is my strength and wy song ; he also is become my salvation.
:
JEHOVAH
(Lp^ecn-LCiuij(^.
PART
I.
SIXTH EDITION.
1836.
S!'
<f ir IL!
tr
IT
s^
iPs'earLCi.
^ ml & LJ lS
Ljj
iTLjiTCcr^
iai
LJ fr n LJueisT, ^fr^^oiJ(Ss:frjBu::iSiliLJUJLJUi^ir^(mLJ
^euQsr
(oreorfirg
^jiL^LJLJ/ieorQjQ/rsojCoLjeor.
<.
....
^uGuT
a_.
f P-io
&n ^ ^
^rreSiLjih^ ^iEi'Siars<sajeisiifl^^^Giin'(^LhGurr(i^LL
'//rto
^iZGurr
*.
^Giu^pu.eaLDs:eKruf-!i LLSlLljuea)^uuiT(i^tlurr(^u:>
^iT^^iEi<sisirfri^^S&jrroujiluiriTSi^^Gijn'0diGuir0Lh
^ilGurr
*.
^dGuir
@.
^ilGuir
r.
^(c^te^rsfiojirQ ^'ieo^.^^S\fi^^Gutr(i^ii,GuiTQfih
^uGurr
G^L-iEiselry^essr(BOai^'-ifreLi(rt0^tL's:^Gurr(!iLiiGi-.ir(f^m
GiOfOiTfUT
^uGuir
<Sbi.
GuiuGurrei'leo m^L9ssrtlGufTf'S'iJ^^^G'-ifr(T^LhG'-jrr(J^Lh
OLjeDLOfreor J^Cettj* jSLdeaLDLiG'- tmn} H isii^Ljeias- l-,ljIT((^iX:ljit(^lci
^uQur
tO,
ar-iuGun ^/SiiP^.^jFfGLj^aO'ijirew
iT/rsi-i^ei'
/o^iGun-n^LcGi-'fTQrLi
^uGuir
"J*.
^GiljSt fi llssiu:
OL^rriLiOiTto}(^^Oi^'a'('Ke>o>Ler'0'FtLif^Gun'Q^u:iGun'(f^u:i
^uGutr
, .
UA tsOi-ijl/D
u)e_,
i^Gurrc^ilGufr(i^Lh
^uGuir
PRAISE, IN
JESU&.
And ill that day thou shalt say, O Lord, I will praise thee though thou wast angry with me, thine anger is turned away, and thou comfortedst rae. Behold, God is my salvation I will trust, and not be afraid for the Lord JEHOVAH is my strength and my song he also is become my salvation. Isaiah xii. 1, 2.
: ;
:
as a free translation convenng the sense of the original, without attempting any thing like a corresponding measure of words and syllables in poetry.]
High Places ascending^ sitting painfully cross-legged as a Yogee and meditating Enough Enough : Behold ye Behold ye. Now The Majestic Jesus who came to save me 2 The sacred sadi, with entangled hair, Ruttracham ~ necklaces and beads Enough Enough :
1
NowJesus
things
body, in
who
delivers
me from
trusting in such
Behold ye
in Yellow robes
Behold ye.
ye.
:
S Dressing
the
who saw me and saved me.... 4 Bathing in holy-waters, and visiting Siva temples. ... Now Jesus the God of gods who sought me and savedme 5 Wandering to holy places and bowing to images Now -The Divine Jesus loho discovered and saved
abundance
Behold ye
ye.
EnoughEnough foot sore Jesus who governs me by Now The grace Behold yeBehold waves of 8 Tossing about in heathen doubts troubled Sea Enough Enough mercy of most NowEmbraced firmly by Jesus Behold ye Behold 9 Being fashioned as a heathen, great was my against God, of which Enough Enough: Now The exalted Jesus revealed me, and ruling over my heart Behold ye Behold an and corrupting as a dead 10 Foaming corpse..~--~~~~~~~~~-~~~.w~_- EnoughEnough Now The Mighty loving Jesus saving and .. ing me Behold yeBehold craving appetites 11 Wandering about a and agitated a Jackall. --,~ EnoughEnough Now That good Jesus who catne save and soul -,.-w^~ -. Behold yeBehold fy murder, revenge, and 12 Following habits of drunkenness EnoughEnough praised, pardoning NowJesus, who worthy ,. Behold ye Behold my sins and saving me~. Enough Enough and 13 Carefully performing prayers, loving Jesus, which, he Now The salvation of Behold yeBehold ye has
6 Offeast days
S^ following
Behold ye Behold ye. Cars through the Streets Enough Enough : Now Jesus, the Lord of worlds, who powerfully saves me Behold ye Behold ye. 7 Wearied with long pilgrimages to Casi, fainting and
idol
:
me
excellent
his
ye.
like the
the
the
the
excellent
ye.
siyi
to
ye.
like
evil spirit
deliver-.
,
-.-
,,.
yc.
to satisfy
like
dog,
like
to
to satis-
the
~.~-~~.
ye.
lying,
is
to be
~
ye.
rites
sacrifices...
the
to
called Miv.r,r-.rw<~.c-v,~r~^*.-~~,r,^^,^^^
LJ
IT LSin'eir
lO^.
S'tPea^ QSleanjOiw^^
^ ^La!TjSl^^S\fi^^QuiT(!^LhQu!T(^:Lh
^uQuir
...
iO@.
^uQurr
lOs^,
Ginsoiresr
^ilG'-irr
u3ir,
=LDiuuGuujrr&Giu ^teoiLjeniuLl-L^Guir(i^LhGu(r(j^Lh ^iT^^ar ^(?uj<ff jSlc SB ill* ^ (uiaSjrL.fi i_/lj(S^lj [_/(r (5 iii:_j/r (5 i-c
tSu^ir!r=^^iurr^ Geu&^ih'S&rGumLi.^GurrQ^tlGun-Qj^ui
^t-jQurr
lOj/.
^uGuir
u)<Si.
G LDisieaLDdJiTLh ^Gajsh
m&^^n'eBr
^Lh&s>LaOLDuljuuiruj'SUjs^iT&reiJs>o^Ljun'0LhuirQLh.
. .
tOGtpG)uuj^^ewr68fefr e>jQ^^ir^^OLaeirp_^G:-iir(^ihQu!T(i^ih.
^GiLisi-jBfr^ir 6u J (^n'esren3jsrr<sar^^ei>ajir(i^i}>euir(^LD
^uGutr
e_u)-
^ ^GurrQ'l>Gurr(r^iM
. .
^uGuir
a_<s.
G S^Siekri^LBenS ^tTSfr fiO ^(t^QpL^sSiL-U-^Gun (j^UlGufT^l^iJl Gfieu^il '^GiUi- fi!r fin' Os'uG fiiTfi^ff ^^eei'leiajn'Q^LL'SiJiTQ^iJb
Guifieis>'S jSfTs;
^i^GutT
a.a_.
.
.
&iTLhOu0;^s=iEi<S(ip cr;aaiE]S&rGuir(i^tlGujQ^Lh
^ilGuir
a-*.
Ou^fiirear ^GujSi-j5iTfi(TQuQ^^Gfifr^^^fi^stmeOeuir((^Lb^frQ^Lh
A-fifitn^ieasfiil.t:^s(^u^LStLeSqp^fi^Guir(^u}Qu!r(T^La
@(5aj/rsr ^GtuSrfiiTfin'
^iliGurr
e_<9'.
^uGuiT
e_@.
^uGuir
_;.
O ufTeS'ieu
IT
esr
^Giu^jBfTjSiT Lj-SLp^Gfiirfi^^jS^s^^eurrQ^meurrQ^il
aj/r.sBrLD(CT*^Lo eu(i^Gfi(^(i^<S'SLLi&)Gufr(%LhGun'(r^Lh
^uGurr
S-sr.
&i(i^(er-s-eSGs^ff'f'^^:eOaijrr(f^LheutrnKLh
jSrrSG'S6S;easiLj(^<FfkSfiiEjG'Stl.i^^niiGurr(t^iliGufr(j^Lh
fiTuSiuird^ ^Gtu-s-firrfiir
^ilGur
e-^.
...
^^^luGeusfi^s^ebeufTQ^LheuirmLh
OufrEJ<s&)=i}!U(ri3t(B L]si^uuLLeLi<smL-^earjD0i)Qurr(j^il.Gu(r(j^Ll
^uGuir
e_<Sa.
usn^di
ST!rCiGiJn'=esnlt[-iiessr6ssruL^eSiGiun'GiTeu!T(i^'Ui&irrQ^ili
^(BLSL^6i!sr^^eiisr(BGsfrei)<B=s^^^'S(s!r0s'tLJ^&>Guir(i^tLGun'Q^d>.
G-sar^'eO&iir ^GujSr^iTfiiT;^eTLQrriLj5jXi'S(^?eisiiruS&ieij[r(^u:>6ijir(i^ili
^ilGuiT
u).
Ujfr<EiE)arO<FUJ^/ri-lLDfrLosyi)^^carff3^(?u/r0LD(?ufl"(5LQ
^uGurr
m>.
^ilGuir
iRe_.
GLieOirm ^Guj,B^j5irJsaOLDiuJ='^^ajGsufifi^^eLi(r0ilaj(r(t^u)
tAGeO(refifi(^(^iTesruOurriuui^.^^^j!SsreSiuutr(i^iluir(i^t}>
S)uGuir
s
14 Gathering sncredfowers, and plueking the leaves of Enough Enough : the vilvum to perform worship to the idol iX^otf The sweet salvation of the Supreme Jesus-^^ Behold ye Behold ye. 15 Jnto.vicated with heathen worship^ and staggering among thetales,historicsandvile works of vain gods. Enough Enough : A^ow Saved by the favor of the meek and lowly Behold ye. - Behold ye Jesus. IS Secretly whispering in the ears of disciples to extort Enough Enough : money from them ... Now The merciful Jesus who sought me, and ~ Behold ye Behold ye. reigneth over me~ 17 Fashioned as a lascivious devil in the garb of hea-
^/ien^yw-----^,,,,,,,-,,.,.,.-.^--- Enough Enough Now The exalted Jesus who husteth deliver us,^ Behold yeBehold EnoughEnough 18 Racking the brain with disputes a sectarian NowJesus, the self existing God, icho embraces Behold yeBehold and saves me^ 19 Adultery committed under the cloke of sanyasi sant'^aY?/-^-,.^--,.,-,,.-,.,^,.,, -_~~ Enough Enough A'^ow The excellent Jesus, who verily appeared, reigneth over me.~j~~~~~~~~^~~~~~^.~~~~~~~ Behold ye Behold ye.
to
ye.
like
devil.
ye.
20 The rain which fell from the clouds transforming it into Holy water^. ~-^ ,-,,~ Enough
the baptism of the Blajestic Jesus~~~~~ 21 Dropping holy gee, (oil) into the sacred fire ; then
Now To
Come ye
Enough Come
ye.
whispering unintelligible Mantras in the ears of deluded disciples Now To the pure baptism of Jesus who fills all 22 Cymbals, brass plates and bells sounding in every
Enough Enough Now To prayers and praises of God Jesus.. Come ye Come S3 Drums Enoxigh Enough trumpets and chanks sounding Now To High praises of Co7ne ye Come great Jesus 24 Dancing beforeidols,hands clapping, and prostrations Enough Enough N'ow To rightly instituted worship of High Priest Jesus Come ye Come 25 Beating cheeks force unnatural tears false god Eriough Enough Now Tothe gracious adoration of adorableJesus. Come ye Come 26 Adorning with garlands, heathen vestments and gold neck ornaments Enough Enough Now To High Praises of Heavenly Jesus... Come ye Come 27 The heathen splendour of placing on image of palanquin, and Enough Enough Car Now To preached Gospel of themanifcsted Jesus. Come ye Come
street the
the
ye.
:
beating,
the
the
ye.
:
the
the
ye.
the
to
to
the
the
ye.
the
the
ye.
the idol
the
the
ye.
:
28 The dancing, and the songs, of the prostitutes of the Temple Now To the Songs of Zion and the true Word of the Lord Jesus 29 Eating rice and cakes &;c., vainly before the idol Now To the sacred supper of the Lord Jesus 30 Wearing the bramin string and saying daily man-
Enough
the Holy Sacrament of the spotless Jesus.. 51 Eatingfiesh, of the sheep, roasted in the fire to obtain purifi,cacion and supposed merit Now To the Holy symbols of f the slain Lamb that taketh away sin) the Lord Jesus 32 Studying the vethams and shastars to obtain sal-
Now To
ye.
ye.
of the exalted Jesus 33 To leave worldly, lying heathenism Now To the Scriptural doctrines taught by the true Ministers of God's Holy Word
the true Gospel
Now To
vation
Enough Enough Come ye Come ye. Strive ye Strive ye. Come ye Come ye.
:
6
(6j /r
w ^
erf)
/r
6W La
Q u
ro
L^i
ear
Lj
tr
Lo.
OJ
^ essr L^eiserirs^Sl&!r
^iorQ^'Ei
iT
O-sfTeir'^S'SfrjJ 0u:i
jt
rru JT
Siuu
.
^ u u i^il u l- l^oj
<s/r
iriu
fi
t JS
^
IT
eir
^U
^p;sB)^_aJcg^aS(LS.?>J/E/<Ba^ajULJL_(i)ui uitl<si-fis;Lt[r<s<s:uuiut^^La(r6sr<sefrfTS
<suijiL&Qfj'&isl:^!T'Seir.
Qs-tS^^&O'STeesrQ L-Qesrsi-JBrr
Qs:gS^^0'SlT6X!rQ t_
it
QemGear
G ^s^ ^ ^eO(^(^n'ssru^T[Tssisj<sG(sirm-^
^tSsQsirc^^^ensr ^iueOeoir&iGeu/il
^ujuuGear ^luiuGetn
6u_'(?B3r
Can
2r)
OldujiuCbst... .,.
G'FeS..
.
.
<e
tiTUJajcD<c^^*iLDcwr(SOT)S<fl=0LjeB5r|Cm)
es^
aJiriui<e(^LhOun'ok^S!SiS^ LajS(^e)si<FOiLi&ieOfrLheSi^
eO
GLaaJuJ'!rujresrs';ffujG&j^^^
Ou:ttueui^iUiT(^&eSIGs=ei^^esi^uup/l
^iriL.is'n^G'Sus^ir
,
Guj
a_.
^^^^ireSiurrQ
^rt\
^^
La
^jri/'SjefnBJ-feS)Qpi^<s^i^s:^
Wi^^iT'ionsjSfr'^LneO
G ss^OLoebeorri^rSi-p
^
dt
^eaLpjsiruJGuiuG'-jirG&)QuJEjO<siij(^G LQUp^
Qutriu'S^fi^JTUJT
OiaiuGuirp^LheuinLiir
G'FeS...,
/JR.
^'sOiiJ^s^pjSi
^eo^eS(i^fis;^
to
^lEK^sir^u^'ss)^ GrikiQaiiji^LLurriT^^^
LDirtetiSeruil-iireaL^GiM&jemlsexTL^ -
la
'-^
infps,^(^eS^!T(Lppj}i(^G^eS^^^
ta
Gs=eS
*'
7
SUNG AFTER THE BAPTISM.
1 Cor. vi. 9, 10, 11.
ye not that the unrighteous shall not inherit the kingdom of God Be not deceived neither fornicators, nor idolaters, nor adulterers, nor efteminate, nor abusers of themselves with mankind. Nor thieves, nor covetous, nor drunkards, nor re\ ilers, nor And such were extortioners, shall inherit the kingdom of God. some of you but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are justified in the name of the Lord Jesus, andby the Spirit of our
''
Know
God.
1
worship the
Lord Jesus,
I worship
Priest
to
!0
Holy
!0
is
Mighty
!0
!
Truth,
!
Help
my
soul
there
I
2 Worldly wisdom
Avarice
I worship
worldly desiressensuality^
J
reject.
the true
way
in the Gospel
received,
Of the
Word
/ have
the
!0
Righteous King
I worship
8 Born
Lord Jesus !
I
Walking
Although
worship
like
Even
all the
I see f
Oh Holy God J
Truth proceedeth
I
4 Encircling
the
Temple
and
tears^
In
I saw
the
And
I
!
slavishly served,
liberating
!
Lord God
all
gracious Teacher
O Triune Deity
!
Thou
who graciously
receiveth
me
at thy feet
WORSHIP
'^puj(2su^^^6snMrrn-s&s^<S!j)^f''LjQunGeC3J(^
'ff'cr
(G15
pn(&f)^
/f
<ffr^^OT(sS(DS=(d!^LOn'^S<S^6lj)pLJLJir^<SB.-G'jn'
^<5a0
bor
^QiU<BT&Q^efb^(cSi
^(^miLniL\l-lQ^-ffpQ^pj^lS^
e^oo(oBiTJ(^i^!resrpss)fiLairp^(^,
,
^IJ5^
S'p&iiu,
Sf^^isi^n u:>
^'(sS (C5/r6orsn)^/r6sr^^(fo(T
p
Glo&>!i q
Q&'[rei>StLJ^(sSiSm'(oiU!rL-(BiJS
LJ^^uS(6S^pLJ!T j^^iU(^LninT?esr
LJK5af);?^z_(Lp^^'55)aJ<ffiff'L_@tjo
u
^ljGuit
Qp^^^jSd
^(^(^n&jrs'Sj5^tesr^(Ej8
,
G)s;isSLJ!ru::(smri.&)-&} <Bh,i^(BLCi
,.
Qjf oSrLDLJLJSUi;ceSte(rar/rL_(iiLci
jt/Hlq
&pS^iu.
Q^^reSeCsusssr&Qsi^erri^^i^Q
r<ffjeopui(BuQL-Jn<aiTLap-:^^trQ^Ln
^
GldjjI'lq
l3
m[r<oSlr?c^pGuiLJ^;S^^^!i^(SU)^ui-jeOLa
5"<ffi^^/lrs^,^a^Ui/)LJ/r0LD.
^uCoLJtr
ii
Ljp^rqQ ^QLs^iuenL^\G&=n^'<-c.
Ljir^LDt-J^oul J5^il(cUtr(T^LSi.,
su6Ss:^s\)iTSij'TF)^^GarT(Ssr'2ue<ssrK!Q
^Giu<3f
ff-^^iu.
<9=
Q ^(!^<:mrQ}Qun 'SinsifSh.^i^
^ljGljit
^1^/5
G IM'SljLOU T U
(T
or dTSr
(S.(m'^iS^^^u^;d^^LJs\(Bui
/stmS^Q-'ioV
n;fr(^LQ
^jGtU'SreSlioGrj5frLSi^e!j)^LjGunp
/8
J3<SOU:^rr(m(o)'S'U^^?'iSlSrjSil(BLB
^btsjr^jLcQuiUsQsffeO&ifrGLotrQLa
fi-LDSS^LQ
S'-p^iu,
9
PAllT SECOND.
f Written
Timothy
ii.
3, 4.
For
this is
good
God
our Saviour
the
AVho
men
and
to
come unto
knowledge of
the truth.
I.
Is
there
any Religion in
the
n-orld
worthy
to
engage the
attention
of
the incomparable
and an-
hy
Jesus Christ;
and
Gospel will
S;c.
2.
Through
may
will
the baptism
of the Holy
Spirit,
sin will
be
abolished,
and
that
that
Love of
the
we
That Spirit
affections
dry
up
the
sources of Sin,
last
Heathen
shining
of
the heart:
and
at
receive
the
Heaven, from
whence
ij.
idol
tem-
expose not
to
Devils:
any Religion,
S;c.
S^c.
4.
Do
of
lifeless idols,
sing
praises
:
of God,
then all
diligentthe tempt-
ly attend to prayer,
and worship
name of Jesus
ing,
Devils,
and
10
jSirdrsnrihQ^fri^iULCi.
^tresr
s^LDj^ eS
IT
eieSesr SiPgaiuiuirQuj
Si-LDCif-esiiUJ
ajrr6sriE3*?ru-/L9
^IT
jS ^jSst S
p _ fl
''^
ld
ll
si?>
^naLiu (g^iTJear
^iT
^uQurroD^
sn^s^ir epQ^Qioss^Geo
^piaQ
^wQx
^suetsr (Qiair<7s=)
if ^
SF
^r-^/f?
-!j
iLj'
'^/j
SF ar
ST iT
u Q onr isr ^
IJ
^su^h.^(W)ir.
essr(B(^LaLSli_Gi_Q<:6r ljjituj
iSe6ar(B(^La'^i~Gu.(Dei^ ^^asrjBQ^ajpi
essr^(^LnLSliQi-.(Diisr
'-^
,
^
e\)
&ir^)iQr^sOa^^
^[r(^LJu!r[rLJ3'i^(^wsL-.eLjdsn'
^
*'
Q^nessn^n- = 'S(TKoLJ{rf\g?u^j5;l<g'^^iiuQ<in^
rit(WjLiiLJn'QeueSQiLifEJ(^(^<BfsQeii!r
icfH
6r/s:'@LQ/9<52P^^^^LD <o7aLJirirLJ
J'
ew"
lq
, .
SDT
<s/ii@^LQCoL_/Q/r/rGiflujff(syLQ/5ir0u5
p[rQ>ocrLJoC^i^^ffn'Gsu<STSuj?esr(ciu
<e53r(3.
^^QiuiS^iTS'SfpQssnTLjfl^^^iT
e9
s,
eor
S'^^iluQsii^ ^SGi^QlUtEJt^Qui&b'SnS-^a
S&srQu:in LBiun&s^&lrQiau^^jesr^ioGrfear
LJ^sjiT(^3Lainiuir(Sif!L_s ^i(Sifi
^
Quj
c^
&^
(Lpsos
&^pLJLJpf)i'^PP<SF^S'iuQ^SLiZsar<s
.......
^
agsst'S'
II
FOl'RTH SONG OF PRAISE.
Psalm
viii. 3, 4.
When
the
moon and
What
mindful of him
that
thou
visitest
him
Exodus xxxiv.
o,
6.
And And
and stood
^vith
him
(3Ioses)
there,
1.
the all-creating
God;
daily.
this visible world,
all
I saw
his
works,
God, in
through the
deep-
true Christians
I saw and
2.
worshipped,
S^c.
the
only God,
He is,
the
He created
appointed a
the
Clouds,
Creatures.
He made
day
and
all
time.
He
Heaven of
happiness,
the souls
I saw and
3.
worshipped,
S^c.
the triune
and
Spirit,
wlw
The Word,
atone for
to his
the
in order
might
man, and
every
where; and
the
salvation,
and
scatter the
Earth.
I saw and
worshipped,
S^r,
12
^eO/SrE(W5^S5)(3=U(XpE/ CD<5/r9^JLC-.^^a)d5(Cffi
QcsneisQr(BSi^S5)ius6(rir/iQSsL)(^LoSL/Bei'L8e))a'sQ'SiTSoi)iuirnj:i5fi Ljaijsus
,
,,,
/i/
err
,
jSu&r'sD^n'^^(^Q^iLJ^jBT&p^(in!S^!nj^, ...
UeiiJS
^
i-0
. .
.
'5Q^(^<S=pQ,UjQ^ ;5<9=i!^Q<5'io^
Ljnn-^^:[h^(SfT(^.(^frioGrLli(oLjQ[Usii&)fTQLaiTi..,
eueO^^i^t^QiXiiL-iiLjoSitr en ir lu /s irCo ;5 en
6ii[J
,
(?a/
Ssjsr
i^^Riiij0ssr:hjQL-(oijeLi^Zosr^rr^QLB
&es3i(al.
e_.
^Qldit^.Q fi-,
<,
lO.
(0^.
Quit fi&(Q)S
ear.
Bit).
^iEi'SO(streC&).T(i^
(sri'JTsSi^^eoaJiTQ^iEisefn
jBireur
&_iEiS(a^s;(^
^^^eoQs^iuGeaesr.
s^irjsSLairtu ld LD^^^fiiri^eaujiuiTiLjL^Q^diQfiui^iiS^^La,
^iretsr
^.tsst
siSt^Oi-C'^euiTiLiLD
jsiresr
^jD^S/o
s^oaui
'^Geos'iriLjLarf^sQfiui^iiS^ej^iLD^
<srsur<si^L-^^p
MrBSstr
sreis!
&p^s
Olbsstj), ^GuJSi-s3^6{i)^fiir^rOs=ireOesiSQr)iT.
^CDlU<BTS!jiSiJ3'G<F(T^lhs^&)CoSIT..
^iQiu<rCij)<SiJff-Q<3=(T^ihs
IT
err
^(oiUiefSij)<allffQs'(Th!E]&(SftloGrLJi^LS^[rS=Sr^
eOT
sj^iiTi<3r^^ireSQuj6{sr^jPLp:i3sr^QLJifr(5cran>
lo
cr^
Lairs'ppL^^^ifri^sGsii'S&sr
u:miune{\\t_^Q,eou^i^j.'iliai}pir!j(^Qs'
lu
(^nssrjBf^Q^LciT^ emrGorp^sL^Co'S'ir
^
^CoaJ<ffi-(525)aJ,
^i^^^LD^^iL/ffLO
IS
4.
the
true God
Heathen
that
you
may
and
bloody sacrifices.
to
mighty God, who became man, who sewordfaileth not for ever,
and
the sins
God.
I saw and
worshipped,
S;c.
In
toJeaus,''''
Baptism.
2 Timothy
i.
10,
11,
But
is now made manifest by the appearing of our Saviour Jesus Christ, wh hath abolished death, and hath brought life and immortality to
Whereunto
am
of the Gentiles.
Matthew
Come
you
imto me,
rest.
all
give
Take
my
for I
am meek and
lowly
in heart
and ye
is
unto yom*
souls.
For
my
yoke
easy,
and
my
burden
is light.
1.
Come Come
to
to
Jesus,
O ye people
is
to
Jesus!
Jesus, who]
Father, Son, and Holy Spirit; and who became man, and was born of the
Virgin
Mary
He was
God.
He
men of God's
existence
and
attributes He
shines in Heaven,
and he
i endless
Come
to
Jesus,
S^c.
14
L^(sssrmiI(:iLjQLC^iueiiL^<sii!rQ,tU!iil-e's
/f
LdLSiiSlstsr<ssGasm-<3='<oiT^^^rr[rf^Q
Qtu
LC
(cl<^SSl61^lU(y::ULJ^nLD^(otSSri^n}isSlQs'<2^
er iSJ (^ LosS en EjQp&)ioSlGGri-ju::,^LJ (-1^3
(o2J
err
<3=
LJisscr.^'LQu/5"<?/H^^^
o"o)G's\)
j3/(^(CTa<525ns
Lj IT enthJa, en ^iwQLJLJjTLCiioSsrL-0C(^(Js'
Q.FLUtLjLB(T^iSnQLJ[r^(SOr
I3S)<51J tL'
JS 10 S 1^ LJ n
5r
^jQiu<eT^s)<3ii,
.*........
eO
(B
sj,wQSQL_j5^SeGStU(cU)n
pQ ^3p
,
jBS^jflLlUCiir&LCilTl^^SLin^LCi&DLCilLj,
i-Q
/r
GjsQ^^iiSlfr^n^ili ^'fL-i^tEjGsL^L^<^
LJiLtS'Lo^n
iL!(Qijn'Qui6ieci
U6s>eu^^
.
.
/_/
LjnL^ULJsaSfB^L^eOLjj&^^eor&^i
(?<9=/r^^/5J:5;f^^/f LDSor6J3)^LJLJ/r/f^^Lo^^^
.
(d)
^(e^(^si<o<srLoQLjn-^^(B(ehapp!Tnili
^Qiusr*
e^or
/r
^/5 0^Q<9'n^:ULSlj'&n<5=Q0'ir^ffjU
^u^L-jeS(oiU[rn'S(^'jSlir^j5^^ujtr
eor
feor
i^ir^^^LCiiJiisr^a'eSLULSjs^'^
j5<sssr,^}](^'8rQ^^<seii(D&)iL^eOisues)tTjS^eu
ij[riosriDiirrLuni(oiJS)iriiSp:LSjDJ5^eii
eur
feor
,
Lasar^iiSniaiJir
L^LnjT^QiSpjS^^
J5iJ5
eor
.
ettJiT/5^nh(^&<o\)eGr <si_(i6orCoLceO
^Qun ^<B!^eO
'^<SS)U^&S)jr)p^Qs'lEjQ&[r&)^LC>
^Quusi,
eor
IS, sr rsi
.BiTiSssr
^^js^Osir
15
2.
Come
to
Jesus.
The
excellent
urns
called a
Gospel
sa-
he cleansed
from
in
He
the earth is
the yiver
Heaven.
Come
to
Jesus,
S^c.
3.
Come
and
to
Jesus, who
is
a true Saviour,
and who
to
!
came
into
the
world,
and gave
life
the dead.
Of
the
his
wonderful
ye Heathen
He being
long
and
is able
to extirpate
sin
rooted
daily, he
in
mind:
if
his
praises
will receive
you
Kingdom.
Come
to
JesKs,
Sjc.
4.
Come
life
to
Jesus
whose person
loere written
is
as the splendour
life
of the sun.
instituted the
:
For
the
he
Holy Sa~
born in
on
the
crament, his
the country
Laws
on the
tables
of stone
he
was
died
He
who
is the
and whose
Come
to
Jesus,
Sjc.
My
you
will
he
convinced
Gods but
true
mankind.
Not
and
in
therefore
humbly advise
in the
you
to obtain,
way
de-
lowers of the
myself.
WESLEY ABRAHAM.
OF
VOLUME
IN TAMIL,
PRACTICAL EXPOSITIONS
s^iiiBiisiais
iii]iinsc^
AND OF THE
BRIEFER SIMILES,
EMPLOYED BY THE DIVINE TEACHER, IN ILLUSTRATI>'G
MADRAS
AMERICAN MISSION
J844.
PRESS.
3 5 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Parables.
Page.
P.ge.
The Marriage Feast, The Unmerciful Servant, The Two Sons, The Pharisee and Publican, The Rich Man and Lazarus, The Talents, The Hid Treasure and Pearl
of Great Price,
3
5 6
7
The Unjust Steward, The Good Samaritan, The Mustard Seed &. Loaven, The Lost Sheep, Lost Money, and Prodigal Son,
16
18
10 12
12
Ten Virgins, ] 9 Wheat and the Tares, 20 Good Shepherd, 21 AVicked Husbandmen, 22
Two
Foundations,
22
Illustrations.
The The The The
24
24
Trees,
25
The Strong Man Armed, The Obedient Servant, The Single Eye, The Blind Leading the
Blind,
27
27
27
Corn,
25
25
26
28
Cloth,
Bottles,
The Little Child, The Happy Servant, The Different Gates and
Ways,
New
and Old
28
2(j
ANAX.irSXS or PASlASZiSS
PARABLE
FIRST.
IG 21.
a brief statement of the circumstances under which the parable was spoken, undue attachment to worldly possessions is shown to be foolish and dangerous: (!) foolish, for it does not secure that which all men seek, peace and happiness, but the reverse. Instances, Solomon's experience as detailed in the book of Eccles. iii. 4 11. Allusion is also made to the ancient king who at his feasts fancied he saw a sword suspended by a hair above his head, and ready at any moment to fall and deprive him of life (2) dangerous^ for it is adirect violation of many explicit commands: (Col. iii. 2; Matt. vi. 83; 1 John ii. 15 ; &c.) and it often leads to the use of unjustifiable means for obtaining wealth. Instances, Achan, Gehazi, Judas Iscariot, Ananias and Sapphira, &c.
Those of the readers who have property are enjoined to employ it in the Lord's service, and those who are poor are
exiiorted to be "content with such things as they have while to all is commended the injunction, "Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth."
;"
PARABLE SECOND.
The Marriage
Matthew
xxii.
Feast.
xiv.
14
*,
and Luke
16
24.
After a brief notice of the historical events connected with the original delivery of this parable, and the subjects
4
it
PARABLES.
was
1.
deduced.
important and valuable are the blessings offered to mankind through the gospel of Christ They pertain to this world and the next to soul and body, the prophet i.saiah compared them to "a feast of fat things, of wine on the lees, of fat things full of marrow, of wine on the lees Avell refined." Is, xxv. 6.
!
How
2.
By
God has done all that is requisite for man's salvation. the death of Christ His Son, the law has been satisfied,
sanctified,
yea made honourable, and by His Spirit the heart may be and prepared for an abode in a holy heaven. As He said of the Jews in the days of Isaiah, so He can say of the whole world, "What could have been done more that I have not done." All thing's are now ready.
o. It is
both irrational and dangerous to reject the blessand to revile His ministers. Such conduct deprived the Israelites of the Divine favour, and brought upon them the curse of God ; and like conduct now will be attended by like results. (Heb. x. 28, 29.)
ings
God
offers,
4. They who are finally lost will condemn themselves only. They alone are to blame. They will experience foe ever the truth of the strong language recorded in the book of Prov. i. 2427.
5. We must be careful lest worldly cares and business draw away our minds from an attention to the soul. It
did so in the case of the persons mentioned in the parable. One went to his farm, another to his merchandise, &c. The
danger still threatens, "What shall we eat, what shall we drink, wherewithal shall we be clothed?" engage the attention; while God, and the soul and eternity are lightly esteemed, if not quite forgotten. 6. Inasmuch as some are members of the Christian church on earth who are not true Christians, it becomes all to examine themselves in the light of God's word. There was one at the feast who had not the wedding garment. So there are many now who "have a name to live yet are
dead."
The readers are earnestly entreated in view of the fact that all things are ready, to believe on the qord Jesus Christ, and to do it 7ww.
Hymn by
ye
Newton, "Sinner
page.
why
will
PARABLES,
PARABLE THIRD.
23
35.
Tlie occasion on which this parable was spoken having; been stated, the duty of cherishing a forgiving spirit is il-
lustrated
1.
by
in
six considerations.
ciii. 8; Ex. xxxiv. 6. accordance with the revealed will of God.
It is It
is
God-like. Psalm
2.
Mark
'>.
xi.
25; Luke
vi.
xvii.
3; 1 Thess.
v.
15.
It is a
James
ii.
13; Luke
4. It is
reasonable.
;
We
err
those
An
unfor-
we
are to
remem-
(1) It must be from the heart. Our states this at the conclusion of the parable.
Lord explicitly
(2) It must not be withheld because of the number of the Peter was commanded to forgive offences committed. "seventy times seven," t. e. numberless faults.
(3) It must not be withheld because of the mngnitude of What crimes were inflicted upon the offences committed. Christ and upon His servant Stephen and yet both forgave their enemies in the hour of their greatest suffering. Luke
!
xxiii.
34; Acts
vii.
60.
(4) It must not be withheld because of the causelessness of the wrongs done. Here, too, we have the example of Christ and His disciples. John xix. 34. (5)
It
like spirit
must not be withheld because of the absence of a on the part of the offender. We must not allow
duty to be an excuse
for
his negligence of
our remissness.
not to be understood that this dut}' of forgiveness precludes us from a right to see that gross offenders against our character, person or property, are punished by the legal authorities. The two duties do not clash.
It is
N. B.
who
PARABLES.
are, in conclusion, counselled to cultivate and exhibit a spirit of foro^iveness at all times after the example of Christ, in accordance \Yith what every renewed heart cannot but feel is right, and in compliance with the reiterated exhortation of the apostles, especially of the apostle Paul in his Epistle to the Colossians iii. 8 J 3.
PARABLE FOURTH.
Tlie
Two
xxi,
Sons.
Matthew
2831.
After a brief introduction explanatory of the circumstances that occasioned the delivery of the parable and after a statement of the several similitudes introduced into tlie narrative, the following five lessons of instruction are brousrht to the reader's view.
1. God, the Father of all mankind, has placed each individual of the human family in the vineyard of this world, and has given him a work. The nature of that work mav be gathered from the following among a multitude of like commands. Eccles. xii. 13 ; ]\Iatt. iv. 10; Rom. vi. 13; 1 Cor. vi. 20 ; Gal. vi. 10 ; John i. 36.
2. It is
mankind
3. The language and conduct of the elder son "I m;i7/ not go^ but afterwards repented and went" find their parallel in the thoughts, feelings and conduct of all true
Christians.
Examples,
iv. 9,
59. 60.)
Mn-
nasseh, (2 Chron.
Paul, (Gal.
i.
1323.)
here see the nature of true repentance. N. B. It consists in reflection, 9^'^^A ^"^^ forsaking of sin. ''I go 4. The languao-e and conduct of the 3'ounger son answers to that of many members of sir, but went not" They are always promising but never the family of man.
We
performing.
The reader.^ are then asked to which of these two sons they are comparable? If conscious that they are like the younger, they are urged to commence the service of their Heavenly Parent without delay*
PARABLES.
PARABLE FIFTH.
TBie IPbarisee
and Publican.
10
Luke
xviii.
14.
After a notice of the sects existing among the Jews during the time of Christ's abode on earth, and a statement of the circumstances that gave rise to this parable ; and after a notice of the different ways in which men seek that most the defects of the desirable of all gifts the mercy of God Pharisee's righteousness, and the features in the character of ti)e Publican that met the Divine approval, are stated
in full.
As to the Pharisee, he was proud and self-righteous, both which dispositions of heart are opposed to the precepts of God's word, contrary to the experience of the truly converted soul, and an obstacle to the enjoyment of the Divine blessing. Prov. xxi. 4 xvi. 5 ; James iv. 6 ; Psalm
;
cxxxviii. 6.
As to the Publican, he was humble and contrite. His language corresponded with that of David in Psalm xxv. 7, cix. 26, cxix. 124, cxxx. 3.
The consequence that resulted from these different states of heart was, that the Publican was justified (pardoned), and the Pharisee returned to his home without God's blessing, but, as we may suppose, with an accumulated load of guilt resting upon his soul.
As the subject is peculiarly appropriate to the [lindoos, the application is full, touching the means employed in this land to obtain justification ; and the readers are earnestly entreated to pursue tiiat only course which can enable them to gain what they desire.
PARABLE SIXTH.
Tlbe
The historical circumstances attendant upon the dellvery of this parable being stated, the following practical lessons are dwelt upon.
1.
All
must
die.
PARABLES.
in this parable.
viii.
It SO occurred to both the persons named See Gen. iii. 19; Psahn Ixxxix. 48; Eccles. 2S; Heb. ix. 27.
8:
Kom
vi
2. Immediately upon the death of the body the soul will enter a world of happiness or of misery. The Scriptures are entirely silent as respects any such place as purgatory. Christ said to the thief '''to-day shalt thou be with me in Paradise." (Luke xxiii. 43.) The state of the two persons mentioned in this parable appears to have been settled at once.
How dreadful is the misery of hell Of all sufFerinofrom t/iirH is most excruciating-. This sufferer was denied a drop of water. One circumstance that imparted wretchedness to the rich man in hell was, the loss of all that he enjoyed while on earth. Here, he was rich ; there, poor !
3.
!
that
Ajrain, a desire to leave that abode and enter heaven, but the entire impossibility of so doing-. His state was unalterably fixed. Again, a recollection of what he had enjoyed,
and might now possess and lastly, a feeling that his example might lead some of his friends to ruin. All these
who
4.
entered into the misery of his situation as are doomed to that world of woe.
it
does of
all
great is the happiness of heaven! The expresAbraham's bosom" was to the .lews significant of To this our Lord alludes great honour and blessedness. in Matt. viii. 11. As to the greatness of the bliss of heaven, the following passages throw some light upon this lofty theme. Psalm xvi. 11, xvii. 15 ; Rev. xxii. S, 4, 5.
sions "in
5. Riches alone cannot save, nor can poverty alone destroy the soul! This the parable plainly teaches. But we are not to suppose that riches will necessarily destroy or poverty save the spirit. Many rich men go to heaven and many poor are lost. Faith alone can save, and want offaith alone banish the soul to darkness.
6. They who fancy that if one but rise from the dead and speak to them they would believe, are mistaken. The parable is explicit upon that point. There are other in-
How
Lazarus rose frcu) the stances in confirmation of the same. dead and yet the people sought to kill him, (John xii. 10.) Christ rose from the dead and yet the Jews did not believe. The Bible is sufficient, and he who will not believe it will be affected by nothing else.
7capnot determine as to a person's being the friend or enemy of God, by the possession or absence of worldly property. Psalm Ixxiii. o, 5, 7, 12, 16, 17.
We
tant truths,
readers are earnestly invited to consider these imporand to seek God's favour which is life, and His loviuir kindness which is better than life.
li\i^
PARABLES.
PARABLE SEVENTH.
The
The occasion on which
Talents.
stated, and the points of original similitude detailed, the followino- talents or means of doing good are named as being those that God has committed ail to some, and
a part to others and which He expects them to employ in His service, viz. reason^ knowledge^ power of speech^ property and influence. The nature of each is explained, and the readers are called upon to examine themselves as to how far they possess them, and to what extent they are using them for the end designed by the Divine Disposer of these and all other blessings.
The reward that was granted to the faithful steward, and the punishment awarded to the one who was negligent, are held up, the one as an encouragement to faithfulness, and the other as a warning against indolence.
PARABLE EIGHTH.
45, 46.
The "Pearl" and the "Treasure," mean Christ and the blessings that accompany faith in Him; the "field" signifies the Scriptures; and the readiness of the merchant to part with all his other possessions to obtain this "Pearl" and "Treasure," denote the willingness of all who feel the need of salvation to part with all else to secure it.
A pearl is a fit emblem of Christ on three accounts it is So with beautiful^ rare., and enriches all who possess it. regard to Christ, (1) He centres in Himself all possible excellence. He was Immanuel the brightness of His Fa-
ther's glory
(2)
He
never had His equal. Different individuals who have dwelt on earth have possessed certain rare qualities of mind and heart, but Christ possessed all these and infinitely more. (3) All who can call Him by faith theirs are rich for time and eternity. To them are revealed blessings
10
PARABLES.
numberless and appropriate. All needed temporal favours, (Matt. vi. 33.) Pnrdou of sin, (Rora. viii. 1.) Wisdom, (John viii. 12.) Peace of mind, (John xiv. 27.) Power to conquer spiritual adversaries, (Is. lix. 19.) Grace in the dying hour, (Hos. xiii. 14.) Mercy in the day of judg-ment, (Matt. xxv. 34.) Happiness in eternity, (Rev. xxii. 5.) He who possesses these things is rich though destitute of all worldly wealth.
is
knowledge of Christ and the blessings He came men is contained in the Bible, and in that book alone as the treasure was hid in the field. John v. 89. (2) The man, probably, owned the land sometime before
to secure to
he found the treasure; so many possess the Bible for a long time before they know what treasures of wisdom,
grace, and blessedness
it
contains.
(3) So soon as he found this Pearl and Treasure he sold all else to obtain them; so when the excellence of Christ is seen by the e3'e of faith, the sinner will part with sinful practices, self-righteousness, worldly-mindedness, evil associates, covetousness, and all other things he prizes, to secure this greatest of all blessings. (4) This Pearl of great price by faith.
Christ
and
is
to
be obtained
appointed.
Let
all
seek for
its
obtainment in the
for time
way
Then
shall they
be rich
for eternity.
PARABLE NINTH.
The Sow^er.
Matthew
many
xiii.
8.
After a few introductory observations upon the fact that hear the Gospel both occasionally and regularly, who are in no way benefitted thereby, attributable to the manner in which they hear; and after a brief statement of the circumstances connected with the delivery of the parable, it is remarked that an expressed ignorance of its meaning induced the Divine Teacher himself to explain its several parts. (1) The seed is ''the word of God" revealed truth. (3) The dif(2) The sower is the teacher of the Gospel. ferent kinds of soil represent the different kind of perThese are, sons who hear the Gospel.
PARABLES.
First
]1
Way-side hearers. This is explained in ver. 19. hear without attention, without previous prayer and without a desire to be benefitted. Curiosity, custom, the wishes of friends, these and like motives induce them to They hear listen to what the preacher may have to say. "The devil catcheth away the as though they heard not. seeds sown in their heart." The fault is theirs, however, (.Tames iv. 17.) for if resisted he would have fled away.
They
Second
20, 21, to
hearers.,
explained
in
ver.
greatly pleased with the Their minds are full of delight, and their zeal warmly awakened, but they have not the root of faith. They are not true Christians. They have not seen their guilt and danger, and the true excellence of Christ; consequently so soon as the scorching rays of reproach and persecution beat upon them, they deny Christ, and return to their evil habits. Their piety withers away.
mean those who are Gospel when they first hear it.
Third The thorns among which a part of the seed fell, represent cares, anxieties, and the deceitful lure of riches, significant of those who while they hear the Gospel, allow their thoughts to be upon the pleasures or the business of the world. These prevent the Gospel from producing its legitimate effects. The word is choked and
becomes
unfruitful.
Fourth A part of the seed fell on good ground. This is explained in ver. 23, to mean those who when they hear the Gospel understand it., retain it in their memories., and practise it. They bear the fruit of piety towards God and benevolence towards men.
the exposition are admonished as to the it is their duty and privilege to hear the Gospel preached. They are encouraged by an assurance of the benefits they will derive if they hear it with attention, seriousness, faith, prayer, and a spirit of obedience. They are warned of the consequences of listening with carelessness, worldliness, and unbelief. In one case it will be, through Divine grace, a savour of life in the other, a savour of death. All are enjoined to ponder well the injunction, " Take heed how ye hear."
12
PARABLES.
PARABLE TENTH.
9.
After glancing at the circumstances that gave rise to the parable, the truth it was designed to illustrate, and the points of original similitude^ the following practical thoughts are suggested and enforced.
1.
God
has placed
all
men
and having afforded them the means for so doing, has commanded them to bring forth the fruits of holy feelings and conduct. Examples, Matt. xxii. 37; Psalm cv. 2; 1 Cor. vi. 22; Rom. vi. 13; Psalm cxvi. 12, 18, 14. 2. Though men have long continued barren of good works, if they will begin to ""fear God and keep His commandments," He will withhold the rod of His chastisement and will bless them,
3. If men continue obstinately determined to withhold from God the love and service that are His due if they remain barren trees in the vinej'ard of the Lord He will at length cut them down as cumberers of the ground.
4. The punishment of the wicked will, in the last day, be approved by themselves and by the assembled world. Readers are then urged to consider whether they are fruitful in the good works that God claims and has a right
they are conscious of so doing, they are entreated to the praise to Divine grace ; and if not, they are warned of their danger, and entreated now to commence a
to.
If
render
life
all
of practical piety.
PARABLE ELEVENTH.
xviii.
6.
The subject is treated in the form of question and answer. The questions are 1. What is prayer? 2. With what dispositions of heart must prayer be offered
?
PARABLES.
5.
4. 6.
IS
6.
7.
8.
9.
Reasons for prayer ? For what things must men pray ? For whom must tliey pray? Where must they pray ? /^'/ten, must they pray ? In what ways does God answer prayer?
What
the
and
manner of
answer?
?
10. 11.
What What
an inattention to
this
duty?
classes of readers are then addressed, those who are in the habit of prayer, and they are urq^^ed to take heed lest from any circumstances their prayers be hindered; and the prayerless^ who are warned of their danger, and assured
is a time coming- when they will pray; it is when they call to the mountains and rocks to fall upon them and hide them from the face of the Lamb. Bat they are entreated not to let such be their unhappy portion, but to commence now the duty of prayer^ that when they leave the world, praise may employ their tongues forever.
Two
that there
PARABLE TWELFTH,
8.
This parable inculcates three important truths 1 , that God has entrusted all men with opportunities or means of doing good ; 2, that they should be as zealous in the employment of these means for the end designed, as men of the world are in using facilities at their command for realizing pecuniary profit ; 3, that the blessincrs the}' shall hereafter enjoy will be proportionate to the diligence that characterizes their use of tiie opportunities of doing good now possessed. The leading thought of the parable that men areless zealous in the concerns of their sou/s than of their bodies^ is illustrated by a number of instances. For example, a man in danger earnest to escape from harm a young man seeking to be wise and learned another wishing to be rich, &c. But it is not so in matters pertaining to eternity. The mind knows what is right, but the heart will not feel or the hands act in accordance with that knowledge. Men are wise for time and irrational for eternity.
14
PARABLES.
The danger of such a course is pointed out, and the readers are urged to avoid a line of conduct which, if pursued in rehition to their temporal concerns, would send them to the mad house ; but to be wise for time and eternity, and that by seeking, through Christ, pardon, holiness and
heaven.
PARABLE THIRTEENTH.
The
Grood Samaritan.
Luke
X.
3037.
The unwilling'ness of mankind to acknowledg-e tliemselves sinners, beino- stated and illustrated in the case of ihe youn- man, whose question opened the way for the delivery of this parable, the following truths are enforced.
1. No one can see himself as he is morally^ except he compare himself with the law of God. (Rom. iii. 7 vil. 7.) But many mistake by contrasting- themselves with the notoriously vile, and thus arriving at a conclusion favour;
This the Apostle Paul able to themselves but in fact false. condemns in his 2d Epistle to the Cor. xi. 12. The law of God takes cognizance of the heart as well as overt acts, and as the deformities on the face are not known until the person views himself in a mirror, so these maybe kept from nothe Ditice until the sinner looks into the perfect standard Then he will not, like the young man who came vine v^ord. to Christ, speak of the c.')re with which he has kept the whole law, but will rather, like the publican, exclaim ''God be merciful to me a sinner,"
2. The true friends of God are ever ready to do oood as they have opportunity. Mercy is one of the Divine attributes. (Ps.cxix.C8; Matt. v. 45.) Such being the character and conduct of God, all who expect to enjoy His favour now and ever, must in this respect be like Him. So with Christ, he was ever employed in doing good to friends and foes. (Acts X. 88.) But" Paul says that "Whoever has not the Spirit of Christ is none of his.'' (Rom. viii. 9.) On this subject of doing good, the Apostle has left one most important command, ''ief us do good unto all men us wc have opportunity " S)C. (Gal. vi. 10; Heb. xiii. 16.) How different was the conduct of the Priest and licvite mentioned in this parable from that of God, who mercifully sent to him tlie Samaritan, and from that of Christ while on earth, and Paul on all similar occasions! These men most plainly
PARABLES.
15
showed
3.
nally, they
that %vhatever they miirht be nominally and exterhad not the Spirit of God, and were none of His.
sistance
They %vho truly piry the suffering- will give them aswhen they are in want. There are two kinds of The truh) merciful will follow the inercj' true and false.
Samaritan's example; they will do good, '\'\\e falsely merciful will feel sorrowful, but will, like the Priest and Levite, look and then pusn by. Of this the Apostle James speaks, (ii. 15, 16.) If Christ had shown but this kind of mercy, what would have l)ecome of our world ? A mercy that is not strong enough to constr;iiu its possessor to act as well as thinks and/ee/ and speak, is sadl}' defective. True mercy will extend to supplyino- (he wants of the soul as well as meeting the wants of the body.
exliortation, "(go
and do thou
be taken lest charity be given to the unworthy and indolent. That must be left to the individual's judgment. To the unmerciful there are thrcatenings. (Prov. xxi. 13) but to the merciful, promises. (2 Cor. ix. 7; Prov. xi. 25.) See the experience of Job xxix. 13 1.
likewise."
Care
is
to
N. B. Charity will not save the soul yo/V/i is (he only means of salvation. Hindus make a great mistake on this subject (some of their good deeds named). Merciful deeds
!
are but the fruits of faith. Let not the poor think they can do nothing. Though without money they can by kind words and the like accomplish much. Christ, though without wealth, "went about doing good." To follow His example in this and all respects, is a duty and privilege.
PARABLE FOURTEENTH.
Mnstard
Two
1.
leed
xiii.
and lieaven.
31, 32, 33.
Matthew
important truths are illustrated by this parable. Whenever a person beeomes a Christian, the thour;hts of his mind and feelings of his heart undergo an immediate and marked change. The natural dispositions of tlie heart, as descril)cd by the Apostle Paul in his Epistle to the Galatians, v. 19, 20, 21, are supplanted by the opposite
affections of humility, peace, love,
&c.
ed away and
aiidiii. 18.)
all
things have
to
As
16
PARABLES.
we are ig-norant. Our Lord compares it to the invisible wind^ the effects of which are alone known to us. instance the great change effected in the Apostle Paul and others.
2. The religion of Christ is constantly progressing in the hearts of true Christians and in the world. (1) The change spoken of before as effected in the hearts of Christians, does not become entire at once. It is gradual, like the leaven that bj degrees diffuses itself through the mass. There are other comparisons exhibiting the same. Example a child gradually advances to manhood. Again the blade, ear and full corn. Again the sun that "shines brighter and brighter." But the change is constantly going forward till at death it becomes perfect. (2) As the religion of Christ is ever advancing in the heart of each believer, so it is always going forward in the ivorld at large. Tlie world was created by the Divine will. It was quickly accomplislied. ''He spake and it was done." (Ps. xxxiii. 9.) And so Fie could renovate and sanctify it. But He has determined otherwise. It is by the dissemination of Gospel truth, accompanied by the Holy Spirit's power, .that the world is to be redeemed from sin. (Then follows a brief sketch of its onward progress from the days of Christ to this hour among different nations.) Those who may read the exposition are earnastly exhorted to examine themselves whether this great change has been effected in their thoughts, feelings, and conduct: and also to join now wltii those who are urging forward the cause of Christ, that they may share with Him the glory of victory^ and not feel the shame and terror of defeat!
PARABLE FIFTEENTH.
liOSt lheep, liost
lon.
Luke
24.
the
following
These three parables are considered as one., illustrating as they do the same important truths. After a brief view of the place in which this parable was spoken, and the circumstances that
rave rise to its delivery points of practical interest are considered.
1. The "Lost sheep," ''Lost money," and "Prodigal son," significantly represent the situation and characters of men The Prodigal son is more especially since the apostacy. dwelt upon ; and here we notice, (1) His unwillingness to
bear restraint. (2) His receiving the portion of his father's property as if he had a right to it ; '"''Give me the portion."
PARABLES.
17
Here was no gratitude. (8) His using tlie property given to liim for self-gratificfilion, witliout ixuy reference to the All of Mliicli features find will or lionour of his fatlier. their counterpart in tlie feelinos and conduct of all men in reference to
2.
God
their
Heavenly Father.
(Each
is
dwelt upon.)
the path of piety, and like the Prodig-al, pursue a course of self-i;ratification, regardless of Him who tjave them what they enjoy, are dissatisfied and unhappy. 'Jhis j'ounQ' man fancied that if awa}- from his Father's house he should be happy; but oh, how sadly disappointed Just so with the sinner. (See Isa. Ivii. 20, 21. Rom. iii. 17.) King Solomon in the midst of all his luxuries exclaimed, *'A11 is vanity." To the riohteous onli/ is there true peace. (Ps. xxix. 11, last clause ; Ixxxv. 8, middle clause ; Prov. iii. 17.) The inhabitants of heaven are liappy because they are holy. Such must raau become ere he can expect to enjoy true peace.
!
3.
peace.,
This idea is suggested by but also of true vnsdom. the phrase, ''He came to himself." And did not his whole conduct denote tlie want of an cnliiihtened mind? So, too, it may be said of all men. Says the prophet, "^ladntss is in the hearts of men while they live." What more striking instance of insanit}- can be named than that of an immortal being, careless whether tliat immortality be passed in jo}- or woe? heave'.i offered, and yet not accepted. But this is the case with all men naturally wise for time, and insane for
eternity.
4. So soon as tlie Prodigal "came to himself," he began to think of a variety of subjects. (1) Of the abundance in his father's house. (2) Ot his own povert3-; and these thoughts constrained him (3) to determine upon a return. Here we see the sinner under conviction. He thinks of what God has in his power to bestow of his own spiritually impoverished state and he exclaims, "I will return. If I perish, 1 perish."
5. So soon as his father saw his son returning, he had comHow signipassion, &c. (verses 22. 23, 24, are dwelt upon.) He ficant of the feelings of God toward penitent sinners. Hear these promises. (Isa.lv. 7; Ps. delights to pardon. XXX. 7 ; Isa. i. 8.) Surely we must exclaim, "God is love !"
to hold up this mirror and look at Thi'V who have, as they trust, returned to and their father's house, are ur^cd to ''Praise the Lord" they who are jet far away, are entreated to follow the example of this Prodigal, being assured, that God '"waits to be gracious," and that ''there is joy in heaven over one sinner that repcnteth."
themselves.
18
PARABLES.
PARABLE SIXTEENTH.
Tlie liafeoiirers in the Vineyard. Matthew xx. 116.
This parable though spoken almost 2000 years ac:o, is addressed to us of the present day. Several points of similarity being briefly stated, the following practical thoughts are then deduced and dwelt upon.
enter the church of Christ mnst labour for Master. The nature of the work required is obvious to all who read the Bible. Indolence is opposed to the nature, the will, and the commands of God. When Jehovah placed the first man lie created in Eden, He gave him work to perform. So of the Church, lie allows no idlers. (See Matt. xii. 30; Gal. vi. 10 ; 1 Cor. vi. 20 ; &c.) The spirit of Christ is a spirit o^ active benevolence^ and the person who is without that spirit, maj- have a "name to live," but he is in trutii dead. As Christ ever "went about doing good," so must His disciples do like the suu they must ever be imparting good.
1.
They who
their Divine
2. As the keeper of the vineyard ceased not to call others into his vineyard, when a few had entered; so God is ever urging- mankind to enter upon His service. This lie does by the Bible., by {V\^ providences., by Mis ministers., and by His He begins to call when men arc young., and if they Spirit. He usually continues to hear then he is specially pleased. call till death closes the door of mercy. Delay, however,
is,
on
many
accounts, dangerous.
3. The labourers received not tlicir wages till the day closed and their work was complete; so a Christian must continue in the Lord's service '"to the end" of life, and then Let it not be if '"faithful," he shall receive the crown. supposed tliat the servants of Christ are entitled to wages Wh'at he receives is a gracious as is a soldier or a servant. But God v.ill not forget his labours of love, and what gift. he receives will be proportionate to what he docs.
4. God has a rio-ht to act towards men as He pleases. Men have no right to take exceptions to His decisions. These labourers did this and their Master reproved them. The Jews did and the Apostle Paul censured them. (Romans ix. 14, God is righteous in all his ways, and holy iu 15, 21 24.)
all his
works.
5. jNTany
None can say ''what doest thou." who enjoy great advantages, derive
less
less,
adbut
PARABLF.S.
]9
who
the
Examples, are more clilis'cnt in tlicir improvement. Jews and Gentiles. So is it now with individuals.
Readers are tlien ur[>-cd to self-examination whether they are doini^ anything for dirist and His cause; and if conscious tliey are not^ lo enter upon His service vAlhout delay. Such a course is duty, and connected with it arc blessings
rich
PARABLE SEVENTEENTPI.
The Ten
The
Virgins.
Again the ''bridegroom tarried," so in like manner some time usually passes between conversion and deatii. Why are Christians detained on earth after they are ready to go to heaven ? (1) That they ma} become holier ; (2) that they may t/o good to their fellow-men ; and (3) that they ma}" be (issiired that tluyrt;*t' what they pro fcts and hope they are ; (each thought is enlarged upon.)
Again, the bridegroom came at an unexpected time^ so few men (even among true Christians) are waiting for the event of death except in special cases men are taken by a But mark the diH'erence greater or less degree of surprise. between the true and nominal Christian the former is surprised but he is readg he trims his lamp "and goes The latter is both amazed and unprepared. Howforth." A lamp is in his hand but no oil is in it doleful his state. he is in darkness a sad presage of what is to be his eternal
destiny.
Asain, these foolish virgins at once begged for oil from A ])aiuful en;blem of what the dying lie calls for a minister or a pious friend io do that for him whieh he should long since have himself done but niark^ they had none lo spiire, and so v.ith Christians even though they could give away faith, holiness. &c., they have no more than they themselves need.
their wiser associates. sinner is rciiily to do.
20
PARABLES.
closing- of
A^ain, the "door was shut" painfully sio-nificant of the the gates of heaven against those who, while on earth, remained impenitent and unbclievino-.
Readers are then appealed to concerning the solemn truth here suggested, lest they at length hear that heartreudino sentence ''I know you not."
PARABLE EIGHTEENTH.
Tiie l^heat
and
xiii.
tlie
Tares.
Matthew
2430.
This parable is instructive to all, but particularly to members of the Christian church. Its meaning our Lord himself explained to his disciples. This explanation is given in verses 87 to 43 inclusive. The parable is designed to illustrate the present moral state of the world and of the church; without the light thrown upon the subjects by the Bible, we should inquire in vain as to the reason why sin why it continues and what will be entered the world It the result? But when we open this book all is plain. gives an account of the moral state and prospects of all
mankind.
Again, as to the church. It contains two classes of persons true and false professors. Self-deceived persons or conscious hypocrites gain admission by deceptive means into almost every church this is particularly the case in this The net when cast draws in good and badfisli. (See land. Matt. xiii. 47 5(1) This cannot be avoided, as those who guard the doors of entrance to the church are not omniscient. It is not strange that they are deceived, since even Satan at times appears as an "angel of light,"
is
coming.
All
may appear
This
is
alike
graphically described in Matt. xxv. Then it will appear to the assembled universe who are the Lord's in truth, and who in name alone.
division
is
now, but a
to
take place.
Readers are called upon to ascertain so far as possible to which class tliey individually belono", and if on the wrong side, to flee for safety to their Redeemer and Saviour.
PARABLES.
21
PARABLE NINETEENTH.
X.
5.
-whom it was addressed understood not its import. Our Lord very graciously explained it to them in verses 7 to 18 The following' lessons of instructions are of this chapter. derived and enforced.
earth,
iii.
There is but one way of enterinof the true churcb on and the heavenly church above, and that way is (See John xiv. 6; Acts ir. 12; and v. 31 ; Gal. Christ I
1.
26.)
Christ
is
to
was
2. We are here made acquainted with the evidences of our being members of Christ's church sheep of His fold.
First. be.
do
?"
Christ loud though the custom, natural inclination, &c., may Their question ever is ''Lord what wilt thou have ine to "Speak, Lord, for thy servant heareth."
Second.
seen.
Christ bids them there they are to be of that way, smooth or rough, does
Third.
times.
3.
their
all
We here see
who
is
Firsts
Christ
knows
Ps.
i.
another
but
the
6; 2Eph. ii. 19; Nali. i. 7.) He knew Noah, Lot, Daniel, and Paul, and was their protection in the midst of danger, and so of all his people. Second., he will give
x.hQV[i
eternal
life.
How
beautifully
is
this
described in the
23d Psalm.
4.
down
Christians should adore the love of Christ. his life and that voluntarily for them.
He
laid
5.
all
The
blessings of Christianity are intended for all nations are called into the fold. Not the Jews alone (as they
So
it
6. Those who are true Christians constitute one family. Let not jealousy, caste, bitterness, dwell there, but brotherly love.
22
PARABLES.
teachers, and to bear tlie Good Shepherd to put themselves under His guidance and thus enjoy His salvation.
PARABLE TWENTIETH.
T!ie ^Wicked
Matt. xxi.
Hasbandmen.
xii.
3343. Mark
Our Lord intended by this parable to show to the Jews the wickedness of their conduct towards the Prophets, and the ruhious consequences attendant thereon. The points of The resemblance are plain. The Householder is God. Vineyard was tlie Jewish nation. The refusal of these husbandmen to render to the Householder the lawful proceeds of the field, represented the Jews barren of all o^ood works. The servants sent by the Householder answered to the Prophets sent by God. Their conduct towards those servants was one with tliat of the Jews towards the Prophets, &c. But their conduct brou^^ht with it ruin.
We
them
see here
First.
Second.
The long-suffering and justice of God! It becomes those who enjoy privileges
be taken away.
still
to
improve
Readers are told that if such conduct of the Jews towards Clirist exposed them to the Divine displeasure, they cannot expect to escape, if they continue without faith, throuofh which alone is eternal life.
PARABLE TWENTY-FIRST.
242/.
of the Gospel by Were tlie rest of the Bible lost, it would, with these remaining, be^ the most valuable book the world ever saw. (In iUu:tration of this a variety of texts collated from these three chapters are in-
The fifth, sixth, and seventh chapters Matthew are a casket of precious gems.
serted.)
PABABLES,
'
23
the Go5?pel preached will not (Epistle to the Romans ii. 13 ; James i. 22, 23, 2^.) Tliis truth is farther enforced by The sick man hearing of a a variety of f;imillar instances. remedy and not usin^^ it. The poor man hearing of a road The devils know to wealth and not walking^ in it, &c. what is ri<>ht, but will not do it. The bitten Israelites must hearing look to the brazen serpent ere they could be healed of its erection was not enough. So of Christ He must bu believed and followed, or the salvation He came to procure
1.
will
be of no avail.
believe in Christ and a house on a rock. The devil, afflictions, temptations of the ungodly, the allurements of the world, all strive to destroy him, but he resists all with such considerations as are contained iu
2.
fiafe
How
are
all
who
trul}'
faithfully follow
Him.
They
are
like
9; James iv. 7; Job ii. 10; Sam. iii. 39; 6; Job xiii. 15; Prov. xi. 4; and xxiii. 6; 1 Tim. vi. 10; 1 Jolin ii. 15; 1 Cor. vii. 21. These precepts and promises have, through Divine grace, enabled the martyrs and the persecuted of every age and clime to stand firm and not to deny Christ though the heaviest storms of human wrath were beating upon then).
Matt. Heb.
viii.
xii.
dangerous the state of the unbelieving and unare like a house on the sand. They have no strength of their own to meet temptations and trials, and They are exposed to dangers the promises are not theirs. that will prove their eternal ruin.
3.
How
godly.
They
to
commit
alone is salvation, and who alone can give mong the "spirits of just men made perfect,
whom
a place
ANAZtfrSIS
or ZZ<ZiUSTSATXOMS.
FIRST ILLUSTRATION,
vii.
3, 4, 5.
object here aimed at is to reprove the too ccmmon condemning others for faults of which we ourNot selves are, to an equal if not greater degree, guilty. that we must be conscious of perfect innocence ere we rebuke sin, but we must not be wilful and habitual transgres(See Rom. ii. 2 22; and xiv. 4; also Matt. vii. 1.) sors.
to the faults of others towards ourselves, we must remember that our forgiveness of them is a condition of being
As
forgiven
Ilira.
by God
for the
numberless
sins
committed against
SECOND ILLUSTRATION.
The
One of
I^ighted Candle.
viii.
Luke
upon a variety of
16, 17*
the consequences of the apostacy is ignorance subjects. The Go?pel is the light that That light is designed for all the dispels that darkness. They, therefore, who receive it are to give it to race. Said Christ to the restored demoniac, "Go home others. Mark v. 19. Again to thy friends and tell them," &c. He said 'Freely ye have received, freely give." (Matt. Every X. 8; see also 1 Cor. ix. 16; and Rev. xxii. 17.) Christian should be to the community in which he lives If he be not so, he like a lighted candle in a dark room. Ueaies bis Master, and is unworthy of the name he bears.
ILLUSTRATIONS.
25
THIRD ILLUSTRATION.
The Good
Luke
antl
vi.
Bad
Trees.
4345.
cbaracterlsilics of liavc here tests of moral character naturally brina: men All unrighteous. and riohteous the forth the h'cidfniits of pride, envy, ambition, selfishness and but when a new heart is given to them, they at the like once become fruitful in the good works of faith, humility, peace, holiness, &:c. By these tests it becomes all Christians often to try themselves, to sec whether they are in
We
truth
what they
are
by
profession.
FOURTH ILLUSTRATION.
Blade, Ear, and Full Corn.
Mark
Grace
iv.
28.
This illustration suggests the following thoughts. (1) in the heart, like seed in the ground, will not lie concealed, but will manifest itself in holy conduct. (2) The mode of its operation, like the springing up of seed, is a mystery. (John iii, 13.) (3) Divine grace does not at once change all the feelings of the heart. The M'ork like the blade, ear and full corn, is gradual. (See Phil. iii. 12 ; Prov. iv. 18.) Here, too, are evidences of Christian character by wliich we should often test the nature of our hope.
FIFTH ILLUSTRATION.
.ittle
Child.
xviii. 2, 3.
Matthew
This act of Christ's corrected the erroneous opinions of the Jews as to the real nature of His kingdom. It was to be one not of worldly cocaltation but of hunii/ifi/, and the feeling that was enjoined upon all the subjects of that kingdom was simplicity and humility the disposition of a child. 'I'hc same is inculcated by repeated revealed precepts. (See Ps. cxlix. 4; Is, Ixvi. 2 Jcr. xlv. 5; and the parable of the
26
ILLUSTRATIONS.
spirit is
Pharisee ami Publican.) The existence or absence of this undoubted evidence of fitness, or otherwise to enter
lieaven.
SIXTH ILLUSTRATIOX.
Happy
Luke
to servants,
Servant,
xii.
4246.
The members of tlie Christian church are here compared whose duty it is to be ever dilig-ent and watchful. But liow many, alas are not so, but live with but little regard to the duties they owe to their Divine Master, and less thought of His coming to receive their account. All
1
such
faithless, indolent
ones
are
vv'ilj
wiiile
thej alone
who
''faitljful
The service in which Christians are ceive a crown of life." engaged is most honourable and noble. It is one with that
of angels
who
and
li^ays.
13, 14.
are here reminded of three important truths. (1) It an easy thing to descend to hell, and a difficult one to ascend to heaven. The former is a "wide way," the latter "narrow and strait." The former requires us but to sit still and ffo with the tide the latter to be earnest and resist the current of our natural inclinations and desires, as also the customs, prejudice and fashions of the world. Our position is similar to that of the Israelites who were required to jiyht ere entering and possessing Canaan. (2) The number who at present enter heaven is small, while multitudes sink to hell. (3) All men naturally are in the broad
is
;
We
way
If conscious we are there, to destruction. leave it and enter the path that leads to heaven. ing we shall be happy now wwd forever.
we
should
Thus do-
ILLUSTRATIONS.
27
FJGHTH ILLUSTRATIOK.
!i<trong 19Ian
Armed.
Luke
Tills '-'Strong
xi.
21, 22.
is
man armed"
Satan.
He
is
called
Abad-
don, descriptive of his strength and cruelty. (Rev. ix. 11.) The '"'palace" is the heart of man in which the adversar}'' dwells, until expelled by the stronger than he^ i. e. Christ. Here is a question for self-examination. If Christ is reignina: in our licarts, we are daily obcyinsr His commandments and doiu!^ His will. If Satan is there, then are ww his slaves.
Which
is it ?
1^^
The idea of debt and credit that some seem to attach to the spiritual transactions that pass between man and God, Man is a debtor to is most erroneous and dishonourable. God, but God cannot tradesman like be in man's debt. Every duty that God requires of man should be done with If he is to love God., it must be "with all possible vigour. heart soul and strength." If he is to do all his mind irood, it must be "with all Ms inight.,'"' and so of otlier duties. The utmost energy is enjoined. T\\c idea of doing- more than God requires is impossible. The true Christian cannot but feel this. He knows that he does but his duty., and he feels that God is worthy of infinitely more than he can, with all his diligence, render.
TENTH ILLUSTRATION.
The
Single Eye.
xi.
Luke
34
30*.
As the eye is perfect or diseased, the vision will be corso if the mind be in a healthy state its rect or erroneous truth and entertaining right feelings will discerning at efforts be successful; while if under the dominion of pride, envy.
28
ILLUSTRATIONS.
selfishness
and like passions, it is in an unfit state for examining Divine truth, and it cannot but be led into error. 'The meek will He guide in judgment, the meek will He teach his way." So of other dispositions. They are essential to a healthful exercise of the mental and moral powers.
ELEVENTH ILLUSTRATION.
Blind licading the Blind.
Luke
vi.
39.
Not more plain is it, that if one blind man attempt to lead another who is blind, that both will go into danger, than that a man who teaches error will involve himself and his disciples in ruin. It was so with the Jewish doctors. It was so with Mohammed and his disciples. It is so with the Brahmans. All who attempt to teach should first be sure that they know what is truth, and all who desire to learn should go for instruction to the really wise. To all we say, go to Christ the Divine, and be guided by the instruction of His word go also to His ministers who preach in His name.
TWELFTH ILLUSTRATION.
Hfew and Old
Clotli,
Bottles.
Luke
There
is
V.
3638.
in all things,
a fitness
and propriety
it.
(Ec.
iii.
L)
The Pharisees would have Christ's But 7io, disciples fast and mourn while He was with them. says our Lord, wait till I leave them and then they can fast. ''A time for every thing, and every thing in its time," is an
and we should study
Talk not to a drunkard of his sin while inold proverb. toxicated, or to an angry man of his temper while enraged. Study to learn not on\y what to rfo, but when and how to do it. On This and all subjects Divine wisdom is needed ; which will be granted if asked for with humility and faith.
ILLUSTRATION'S.
29
liiviiis
Heater.
iv.
1-1.
John
Of
all
created thiiios, none is more necessary and useful water. On this accviunt, and that too of its (See Isa. xliv. natural purity, it is a fit emblem of Christ. 3 5.) It is ill vain to 2:0 for satisfaction to the broken They are all empty. But we cisterns of worldly pleasures. must o-o to Christ. He is a well-spring of life they who drink of the water He gives, even His t^race, will never
to
man
tlian
thirst.
FOURTEENTH ILLUSTRATION,
Tine and the Branches.
John XV.
The following thoughts
]
8.
1. TJjere is a close union between Clirist and His disciples He is the head, they the members He the Teacher, they the pupils. (1 Cor. xii. 12, 27; Rom. viii. 1 ; &c.) 2. Christians must, therefore, ever look to Christ for spiriWhat is a branch when broken tual life and strength. from the tree, or the arm when severed from the body. So Said our Lord to His disciis a Christian without Christ. ples, "Without me ye can do nothing."
a living tree manifest their so all true Christians bear the fruits of lity, faith, and active benevolence. (Gal. v. 22, 23.)
0.
The branches of
fruit,
life
bearing
by humiwhat-
4. All
who
are Christ's
by
faith,
may go
to
Him
for